[–]▶ e45713 (31) No.307550[Watch Thread][Show All Posts]
Also known as Wizardquest 2
Welcome back to Deleor, a country of men, magic, and Monsters!
It is twenty years after the events of the first story and the land has changed greatly.
Monsters are widely accepted and integrated into the land and Wizards have left their rooms, sparking a massive revolution in Magitechnology or Magitek. Life is good for most people and Monsters in the ancient human nation.
But all is not well, for the Monsters of Galmathoria eye their neighbors with jealous lust and rumors come of unrest from the sands to the east. Internal strife threatens to boil to the surface as the exterior threats loom large.
But that doesn't concern you, for you are a new Wizard, barely grown into your magic. While the restrictions on sex have been lifted, such things come with other consequences…
Now, step into the role of a new Wizard as you embark upon a new quest, and return to the realm of Deleor!
How to play: When prompted, insert any request for the player action you'd like. All requests will be considered, and I try to make them work, depending on the number of answers. Let's have some fun!
Thread 1: https://archive.is/bZuIt
Thread 2: https://archive.is/Y8Pls
Thread 3: https://archive.is/Bpyiu
Thread 4: https://archive.is/S2z3K
Important people, current items, spell list, story synopsis: https://pastebin.com/7LpDuf1N
For those new to this quest, if you wish to read up on the first wizardquest, this archive link has all the 8chan threads:
https://archive.is/eBiCg
For those interested in Illusionistquest (Colorfully called: Wizardquest 1.5) the archive link is here:
https://archive.is/jZGls
You can also find the stories on Touch Fluffy Tail. Please remember on Touch Fluffy Tail to watch the tags before reading any story. You'll thank me later.
http://touchfluffytail.org/
▶ e45713 (31) No.307551>>307552
>Story continue
"We have to move to better ground!" Tabitha says, looking about to point to a side street.
Following her gaze, you nod in agreement. Fighting here in such an open space may end well for you in the end however, especially due to all the civilians knocked asleep by Ebe's song. The various, sleeping forms of men, women, and CHILDREN, lay strewn about the ground and you feel your stomach turn looking at them. The bloody smear made from the body this thing threw reinforces this.
The others nod and start to run in the direction Tabtiha indicates, the Lizardman staying in place with sword drawn. Alice stands beside her, sword glowing blue. Given that her sword is likely quite useful against something like this, there's no quarrel about disobedience.
For your part, you try to reach out to Erwin and find him still asleep, but he feels as if he's with Ebe, who has taken wing to get closer to your group. Feeling some relief there, you grab Sylphie's arm as she moves past with Mr. Ed and say, "I need you to bury that crate!"
"What?" She says, looking confused. "Bury it?"
"Yes! Deep! Get Zoras to go with you and bury it, we can't lose that urn, but we can't fight with it! Go with the others and bury it!"
"I- Okay!" Sylphie says, nodding her head, though her eyes are wide.
"Good girl." You say, leaning in close for a kiss before stopping sharply, your eye twitching. She stares at you with extreme confusion and gulps before pulling away at Sophie's call, backing away a few steps while looking at you before turning to Zoras.
"W-Where are you going?" The Thing says, the discordant voice speaking out again. Gritting your teeth and ripping the thoughts of her soft lips out of your head, you slide your attention back to the Thing as it leaps into the air, landing yards in front of you and crushing another poor soul. It looks up at you with that wild eye and smiles. "What are y-you doing with the urn?!"
"Who are you?" You ask, doing your best to buy some time for the others to get in place. Really wishing you had Erwin handy, you do the best you can by sending something and hoping that Sylphie can read your thoughts. Of course, if she could on demand, she'd know exactly what you'd like to do to her supple body and-
"I?" The Thing says, cocking its head. "Who am I?" It pauses, seeming to think this over. "I am… I am… I am the one who rules over nature! I shall destroy… and hate Ectrians!"
It's smile widens again as it says, "I am, Hent-ateh!"
Oh Gods, this thing is Hent-ateh? The creature summoned by the ancient Apophis to destroy the Pharaoh? The creature that they were forced to seal away instead of banishing? Feeling despair enter into your stomach, you find your hand shaking until Tabitha says,
"So what?"
Both you and Alice look at her with surprise at those words, and so does Hent-ateh, who blinks the one eye in surprise. It cocks its head again before smiling and laughing that eerie, synthetic laughter. "You are i-interesting! You are n-not Ectrian, but I will destroy you to fulfill my covenant!"
"What coven-?" You ask, but before you can finish, it leaps again, diving at you with the large, black arm. Staggering backward, you throw up a wall, which it crashes through with little effort, scattering rubble everywhere. Without delay, you ring it in with more walls and then shout for the others to follow you down the street. They do without hesitation, and you dimly notice that Ebe and Erwin are gone, good.
The sound of exploding stone sounds behind you as you run, and you hear metallic feet crashing against the stone street. Turning about as you run, you find Hent-ateh running at you full bore, far faster than you can. Crying out, you pull chips of stone from around you and fire in a concentrated blast a [Shotgun Pebbles].
In the confines of the alleyway, it's unable to dodge the rocks, but its reaction time is insane, throwing up its arm to block the pebbles, most of which sink into the black ooze on the arm, doing no real damage, but others dent the twisted metal of the arm, breaking its charge as it staggers backward, allowing you to book it after the two swordswomen.
The street you come into isn't nearly as crowded as the main avenue, but there are still some unconscious souls too close to Ebe's singing to avoid falling asleep. What's really odd is that most of them are pushed up against buildings, as if placed there by haphazard in an effort to clear them out of the like snow from a plow. Snapping your head over, you see Sylphie and Zoras appear from an alleyway, the two running to meet Ako, Sophie, and Ebe as they stand around Mr. Ed, prepared to battle.
▶ e45713 (31) No.307552>>307553
>>307551
Waving your hand at them, you shout, "Get Mr. Ed and Erwin out of here!" The horse spares no time, Erwin already in the saddle bags, and he retreats, knowing that he'll do little good here. While the old horse isn't afraid of anything, you know that he's hurting from not being able to help his bonded. With that settled, you make it to the others and turn about, weapon ready.
Nothing follows you out of the alleyway. Breathing in the delicious smells of your comrades all around you (also air), you find your thoughts getting hazy as you wait for something to happen. A few seconds go by and nothing happens. Looking about in confusion, you're about to ask what the hells is happening when a discordant shriek sounds and Hent-ateh leaps out from the alleyway, arm raised to strike at you.
Taken aback once again, you try to summon a wall but are unable to as it lands before your group. The only ones with enough reaction time to counter the creature are the two swordswomen and Ako, the former slicing with their swords at it while the latter begins a complex series of hand signs that you have zero idea how they work, but you can feel a draw of mana.
Hent-ateh blocks Tabitha's flaming sword with ease, the inky blackness absrobing the blow and allowing the sword to hit the underlying metal, bouncing off with little damage. Energieschwert, on the other hand, bites deep into its chest, causing the darkness to sizzle while a furrow is cut into the red plating. It lashes out with its arm, sending the two swordswomen flying with cries of alarm, but opening itself up as Ako finishes her hand signals and shouts,
"Kasai-no JUTSU!"
A gout of red-hot flame gushes from Ako's mouth to engulf Hent-ateh, which screams further, under the blaze. It lasts longer than you'd expect, and by the time Ako is finished, she's out of breath, her appealing chest heaving with exertion. Holding out a hand to stabilize her shapely chest, you pause as you notice your foe moving again.
Red armor scorched by the flames, it stands up on shaky legs as the blackness shifts and reforms, still steaming some from Alice's attack. It staggers and stares at Ako, an otherwordly rage in its eyes. "Y-YOU! H-HOW DARE YOU!" Giggling with maniac glee, it raises its arm, the claws extending into dagger-sized talons as it rushes her.
Ako leaps over the charging construct, forcing poor Zoras to skitter away, using her legs to take purchase on a nearby wall as it digs a furrow into the ground. It turns and in a complete motion throws rocks at you and the two Cat o'Ninetails, giving your small cuts on your face and stinging your eyes with sand. Crying out in pain, you pull the sand from your eyes and throw up a few walls, which it has to smash apart.
Over down the street, you see Tabitha helping Alice up, the human coughing as she shakes her head. Feeling a sense of despair from the seeming impervious nature of this thing you desperately think things over. First off, why is it still using the construct body? Surely this creature doesn't need something like that in order to sustain itself or… does it? The thought of a power core reminds you of constructs like Chaika, and how other revenants can be made. If that's the case then… you could still maybe destroy it?
Hent-Ateh turns upon you, half-smile wide, eye manic as it searches your group. A spike of fear courses through you and you hear Sophie let out a gasp as well, to which you instinctively shoot out a hand to pull her close to you, feeling her tight, delicious ass under your fingers. She lets out a yelp and stares at you in surprise as you say, "Don't worry, because I am here."
"Oh fucking hells!" She shouts, pushing your bodily out of the way as the blackness shoots out from Hent-ateh in a line between the two of you, the arm retracting into place after missing.
Picking yourself up, you find everything still feeling off and murky. Gritting your teeth, you know you can't figure out a way to beat it, let alone fight this thing, without getting yourself under control. To that end, you shoot your head to Ebe and shout,
"Take off your bra!"
"What?!" She squawks, looking mortified. When you realize your mistake, you shout again,
"Gah! Sorry! Get out Sveth's guitar!"
She nods this time and leaps into the air, landing on the roof of a nearby building. Pulling Sveth's guitar from her back, she takes in a deep breath and, while Hent-ateh turns to look at her, she begins to play.
▶ e45713 (31) No.307553>>307554
>>307552
Sounds as hard as the earth suffuse your soul, and even without the power of [Amplify], you feel the weight of the earth shudder with the [Crusader's Call]. Your blood begins to pump faster in your veins, your concentration going from tiddy to tactics, the call to break your opponent into pieces and let the earth scatter the remains.
The others feel it too, even Ako who looks about in confusion for a moment before her eyes grow resolute. In the area where her song touches, civilians stir from their slumber, the sound reaching their very souls, and they look about in surprise, yet don't break and run. The only one who does not seem to feel it is Hent-ateh, who turns to stare at your group with confusion.
"We must destroy the core!" You shout, feeling your magic flow through you. "It's how she's bound to this thing!"
"How?" Sophie says, blush still on her face. She doesn't seem angry at least, except toward Hent-ateh thanks to Ebe's song.
"Electricity seemed to hurt it well last time!" Sylphie shouts, gathering magic about herself.
"But we need to clear whatever that is around it first." You growl, looking over at Alice. "She needs an opening!"
Hent-ateh laughs maniacally. "Y-You're not getting th-that opening!" It dashes again toward you but as you fire another [Shotgun Pebbles], it flips backward, twists in the air and then leaps toward Ebe, who is caught in a trance as she plays.
Watching it happen in slow motion, you make to cast a spell at the construct, but know you're going to be too late! Hent-ateh's arm lengthens again, and it reaches out to impale Ebe. Despite the music, the strength of the soul-wrenching fear in your chest makes you cry out in panic, knowing you would fail to keep your promise to her Mother.
"AHHHHH!" Zoras shouts, leaping from her position on the building as Hent-ateh jumps at Ebe, and collides into the construct's side, sending the two crashing out of the sky to land in a heap on the stones, eliciting cries of alarm from the nearby people.
The Girtablilu stabs with fear and song stoked fury at the prone construct, but her blades and tail do little to Hent-ateh, and in a flash it grasps her around the waist and squeezes, sick sqeulching sounds coming from the Monster as she screams. The construct throws her moments later and turns to parry a blow from Tabitha, who leaps away to avoid a counter stroke.
Zoras hits a wall and crumples to the ground, breathing in short gasps after the attack while Tabitha presses the advantage. Turning to Sylphie, you ask, "Are you ready to throw a lightning bolt?"
"No." She says, planting her staff and closing her eyes. You feel mana channeling around her as she does so. Looking at her in confusion, she says, "I'll be ready."
"Alright." You say, trusting her to whatever she's casting. Considering the large amount of mana powering into her, you assume it's something powerful, but you haven't seen her do anything like that before. Has she been practicing or is the song giving her the courage to do something she hasn't done before? Either way, you let her to it as you dash back into the battle proper.
Throwing up a wall between Hent-ateh and Tabitha as it strikes, you give the Monster time to back away and reposition. The construct reacts in fury, and you cast [Ice], doing your best to freeze it into place. The ice seems to selectively form around the blackness, but it shrugs it off before it can form anything lasting, allowing no openings for Alice, who is breathing heavily, to strike.
Seeing you as both a threat and the ringleader, Hent-ateh dashes toward you, arm out retched as it strikes. Tabitha lashes out with a vicious kick as it runs past her, making the thing stagger before turning and striking at the Lizardman who catches the blow on her sword, but still pushes her back.
Taking advantage of the opening, you cast [Ice] again, firing off a blast of [Shotgun Pebbles] at near point blank range. It staggers and shudders at the repeated blows, huddling up as it breaks from the ice and charges at you again. You fire blast after blast into it, throwing up multiple walls before you to blunt its charge, but even as you back up, it keeps coming, raising its arm and cackling as it drives it straight into your chest and-
Shattering the plates of stone you build around your body.
▶ e45713 (31) No.307554>>307555 >>307626
>>307553
The talons dig deep into the multiple layers of sandstone you used to shield yourself, forming a suit of armor about you to protect from attacks. Sweating with concentration, you grunt as the rock is pushed into your abdomen with some extreme force, more and more of the stone shattering from the incredible force, but thankfully you made it out of multiple, ablative pieces. When it's momentum is no more, you smile, feeling utterly sick from the pressure, and say, "H-How's it going?"
Hent-ateh tries to pull back, but you trap it's arm with more and more stone, making it scream in annoyance just as Alice steps in delivers two, precise blows. One takes off the un-corrupted arm while the other slices a massive furrow into its chest, revealing an orb that shines with purple malevolence.
"NOW!" You shout, droppging the stone and leaping out of the way, Alice doing the same. Sylphie's eyes snap open and she slams her staff, holds out an arm, and shouts as the power she channeled explodes from her hand as she casts [Thunderstrike].
The ground shudders as raw electricity surges from her in a near solid beam, making your beard stand on end at the passing. You're blinded for a second looking at it and you have to look away before blinking vision back to see the effects of the magic.
Hent-ateh stands motionless before you, a smoking crater where the center of the construct used to be. Behind it, a statue in the street lies ruined, the magic having stopped as it destroyed it. Inky blackness drips down around the wound, and the purple glow in its eyes is gone. Slowly, it sinks to its knees and sits there, staring at nothing.
"I… Is it dead?" Sophie asks over Ebe's playing. Nothing but the shouts of people in the city and the Ebe's guitar sounds as you stare in amazement at what just occurred. Did Sylphie manage to do what ancient Wizards could not? Is she such a powerful being that she was able to banish whatever this is with a single blow?
"Sylphie I-" You cut off as Hent-ateh's eyes flare purple again, the mouth opening and letting out a scream so loud it knocks Ebe off balance and snaps her out of her playing. Staggering backward, everyone looks at the construct as it rises, the blackness swirling around it filling in the hole and spreading to form a new, more feminine arm where the last one was destroyed. A greater semblance of a face appears, taking on female features as it stares at you with unfocused rage.
"That's enough! The covenant demands you leave!" A feminine voice cries from behind you.
A chill runs down your spine at the voice, some memory from many years ago making you turn about with apprehension, but you see nothing behind you. Feeling an immense feeling of regret for some reason, you turn back to look at Hent-ateh whose face is one of consternation. It raises it's arm and looks at you before gritting its teeth and leaping away, leaving faster than you could, or should, do anything about.
With whatever it is gone, the world comes crashing down upon you and you feel your stomach ache. Gripping your abdomen and knowing you'll have a bruise there, you thank the Gods that the ploy worked. Having something like that in the future is going to be very useful, but maybe from a little distance. If you could form a box of stone which you could attack from… but that's something to think on later, for now you need to tend to your friends and get out of here.
>You learn [Rock
"Are you alright?" You say to Sylphie, making to grab her. Sophie stops you with a cold gaze and you blink in confusion before nodding your head. "Right… sorry."
"I… I'm fine." Syphie says, shaking. "I'm just… tired."
"She probably has casting sickness, she got it a lot when we were kids using more magic than she had mana. She needs to rest." Sophie says as Mr. Ed gallops in. "Look to Zoras!"
Nodding, you run over to her, noticing Tabitha helping Alice up. Ako is standing next to Zoras, shaking her head as the Girtablilu gasps, her vision cloudy. You hurriedly pull out a [Health Potion] as Zoras says, "I… I paid my debt to her… sorry." She coughs up some blood and her head lulls to the side as you force the potion down her mouth. Some of her wounds begin to heal up, and she coughs, but quickly passes out again, her breathing a little more steady.
Ako curses in her native language. "We can't carry her back to Ammon and people are looking and watching. We will have to leave her here."
"She saved us!" You say, shaking your head. "She deserves to get medical care!"
"She is a tool, just like all of us!" Ako growls, "Now get the urn or the deal is off!"
▶ e45713 (31) No.307555>>307556
>>307554
"I have half a mind to push you to the ground and rape you in front of this whole town!" You shout, feeling the rage flow through you, making you say something horrific, yet seems correct here. She stares at you in shock and surprise before anger fills her eyes and she draws one of her daggers.
"Don't." Tabitha states, interposing herself between you and her. "Rommel, get the urn."
"I don't know where the damn urn is!" You shout, to which Tabitha narrows her eyes.
"Then use your magic to find it!"
As more and more voices sound around you, you growl and close your eyes, using [Survey] to find the crate buried nearby. Nodding your head, you run into the alleyway where it is, wheezing from your bruised belly and prepare to pull up the urn when you find someone there, the woman from before. She looks up at you as you enter the alleyway, her hands covered in dirt as she tries to dig up where the urn is hidden.
Raising your staff, you shout, "Who are you? What do you want with the urn?"
The woman blinks at you before standing slowly, her hand reaching behind her as her eyes stare into yours. Your mind digs at you, telling you something about this woman, but you can't place it, making you grit your teeth in pain as you try to reconcile this. She licks her lips and says, "You don't know what you're getting into with this urn, just let me have it."
"I'm not in the mood for this shit! Who are you and why are you so fucking familiar?"
"Familiar? I don't…" She begins when Tabitha shouts,
"Rommel? Hurry it up!"
The woman blinks once before her eyes go wide. "No… no it couldn't be… Not all the way out here and-"
"What are you talking about?" You shout, feeling frustrated.
"I… I don't…" She says, taking a step toward you. "Is it really you? But… but how?" She holds out a hand toward you and stops when she sees Tabitha and Alice appear, pulling back from you to gulp. Looking more than a little distressed, she backs up and says,
"You're on the wrong side of this, Rommel. I hope you come to see that soon."
The two swordswomen run at her but she turns tail and runs down the alley and into kicks down a door before running into a building and escaping. Alice and Tabitha stop at the doorway, shaking their heads and returning to you, the Lizardman asking, "Who was that?"
"I… I don't know." You say, putting a hand to your head. The way she said your name… the react she had and those eyes… no, that would be absurd for her to be…
"Fine, we can talk it over later." Tabitha shouts. "Get the urn!"
"R-right!" You reply, hurriedly pulling it from the ground. Tabitha grabs the crate, her legs humming to let her move with her heavy burden. She runs out of the alley and both you and Alice hobble after her. Ako sees you and nods, heading down to another side street as the sound of hoofbeats from Centaurs sound.
With a flick of your wrist, you pull a section of sandstone from the fight up and use it to <Rock Slide. with Zoras through the streets using your last burst of energy until you find yourselves before a building that Ako leads you into where she instructs everyone to hide. You stay there for a long time, the sound of shouts and screams echoing outside.
Zoras and Sylphie sleep as you tell the story of what happened to Ebe, the Gandharva gasping and looking after Zoras after finding out she saved her life. For your part, you rest away from the others, feeling sore and tired, but afraid you might try to take advantage of the others, despite your pains. Besides, you have to think over that woman. It's impossible to believe that she could be out here, it just defied comprehension. Even worse, to be part of the Cult of the Violet Sands…
"We will stay here until morning." Ako says, shaking her head. "It is too dangerous to move otherwise. Ammon will meet us here and we will transport the goods."
"Fine by me." Tabitha says, shaking her head. "The rest of you, get to sleep, I'll keep watch."
Ako bristles at this, but you don't need to be told twice. Feeling exhaustion grip you, you slip into a deep sleep.
▶ e45713 (31) No.307556>>307561 >>307607 >>307686
>>307555
"Well, well, well." A male voice says, waking you from your sleep.
Standing before you is Ammon, his suit looking the same as last night, just in a more burgundy color. He chuckles and waves a hand at you, to which you shudder and look about in a stupor. Tabitha is still standing, talking with Ako about something as the other Kunoichi wakes up the rest of your group, though Zoras doesn't look terribly much better than before. The urn is still in its crate it seems, so you look at Ammon and say,
"One curse removal, please."
Ammon blinks a few times before laughing heartily. "Ha! Well, I'm one to keep my end of a bargain if you keep yours! Of course, you did cause quite the disturbance in town here, making things rather… difficult for us, but nothing I can't handle."
Rummaging at his pocket, he pulls out a vial of a murky liquid and hands it to you. "Had to find an good apothecary for this, but it should work. Purges the body of the curse, so I'm told."
"This better work…" You say, taking the potion and drinking it with a glug. It tastes like concentrated shoe polish and you gag as a searing pain runs up your arm and neck, making your cry out. Your party leaps up, but you hold up a hand, panting as it gets less and less painful. Blinking a few times you groan and push back your robe to see the markings gone.
Sinking back after the pain, you see Ammon chuckle and clap his hands together. "Oh, it worked! I didn't actually think it would, but hey, that's alchemy for you."
"What the fuck?" You growl, "You gave me this not knowing it would work?"
"Well, do you feel like fucking those girls anymore?"
Looking over at your party, you appreciate that they are attractive, but you aren't really driven to think of them as sexual partners… you think. You feel something in your chest, but it's not an unnatural drive, and you shake your head. "No, I guess I don't."
The women of your party all look at each other and shake their shakes, sharing some kind of inner, female emotion. Well… whatever. Sighing, you turn back to Ammon and say, "Alright, so that's done. Now about the capital…"
"In due time." He says, holding up a hand. "You should rest first, and we each will have more questions for each other. Besides, many people saw you and when the Royal Guard arrive tomorrow, I assure you, there will be some trouble."
"Tch." You say, shaking your head. "Fine then." Nodding to the urn you ask, "What's so important about that anyway?"
"Hmm? Oh." Ammon taps the urn and chuckles, "It's supposed to carry the spirit of one of the ancient Apophis, but that's just a legend. Some people believe it however, and thus it's valuable. I have a buyer coming to purchase it soon so it will be out of our hands."
"So we went through all of that so just you could make some money?"
He raises an eyebrow, "Just so I could make money?" He shakes his head and smirks, clearly not telling you something. "Well then, I had better be going, if you have any questions, you can field them tomorrow. Do not worry, I am not the kind of stab my clients in the back, especially not after one of my most precious assets was hurt." He nods to Zoras.
"I'll send a healer over soon to tend after her, though I am not certain what tombs will be robbing soon for me… ah well, keep her company, will you?"
He nods his head and walks out of the building, the Kunoichi behind him carrying the urn. You watch him go, feeling a little uneasy about how casually he told you what was behind the urn, and the malevolent force you felt from it. But as it stands, attacking him with those two nearby in such an environment with everyone tired would have been difficult and even still, you NEED him… you think. Sighing, you look to your party who all nod their heads, the same question on their minds,
>What do you do?
▶ e45713 (31) No.307558>>307579 >>307609 >>307710
Hey! We're back!
With a much longer than expected entry. See, I did fine being away for two days!
…
Anyway, here's the finished Dollora (Just a minor change with rendering) and Phallia again. No bulges present.
Looking at whom to design next, if Manos ever opens again…hmm
▶ 54d106 (1) No.307561>>307563
>>307556
Ok first of all take a look at Zoras and see how bad she is and if there is a heal potion left give her some, after that make way to a inn while avoiding the royal guards rest up and make a plan of what to do after we get the info and how to deal with hent-ateh in case we meet again and when we are alone ponder about that girl we met who seems to know our wizard.
Ace what new spell we got ? you left it unfinished with just Rock.
▶ cfabaa (1) No.307563>>307629 >>307687
>>307561
Fucking hell, i really thought i finished that name. i got distracted my Metokur's dulcet tones…
>You learn [Rock Solid]
>Forming plates of rock around you, you create armor to block close attacks.
▶ 938ed6 (2) No.307578
Hey did you guys ever get the mc to learn the sand blast spell/ partial beam spell
▶ 938ed6 (2) No.307579>>307629
>>307558
Whoa holy shit i really need to get the time to read whats going on
▶ 2b98a9 (8) No.307583>>307629 >>307734
Firstly we need to rest. Glad to finally have that curse done with. Check with zoras that she'll recover then try to figure out who that woman was.im not complaining, well I guess I am a little. But that part seemed a bit cliched and shoehorned in and didn't quite get the attention it deserved. Though everyone else could disagree with me that's just my view on the matter
▶ 78d030 (2) No.307607>>307629 >>307666 >>307687
>>307556
Was the voice that told Hent to leave and the voice of the girl in the alley the same voice, or were they different?
I wouldn't be too surprised if that girl is right about us being on the wrong side. We hardly know what side we're on right now, let alone what the pharaoh, cultists, or anyone else is after beyond the most basic details. There may be a way to at least find out if we're on the wrong side right now, though.
He mentioned a buyer was coming to pick up the urn "soon". If that's before our meeting with him tomorrow, then we have a narrow window of opportunity to find out who the buyer is and why they want the urn. Unfortunately, Sylphie and her [trick-of-the-light] are out, and so is Zoras, though her loyalty is questionable anyway. That leaves a couple of options. The first is to put an [audio tap] on the urn. Another would be to send a tiny golem to follow them and report back to us where the urn is being kept, assuming golems work like that. You can't link into them like you would a familiar, right? Speaking of which, sending Erwin to follow them would be the most risky option if one of the ninjas catches him, but it'd also give the most versatility using the familiar link. I say try all three, that way only one has to work. Once we find the building where the urn is held, we can stake it out. If there's an underground entrance, we can find it with [survey], then [audio tap] it. Either way, once the buyer arrives we [audio tap] into the meeting. That may give us insight into why they want the urn. If we can get a look at them at any point, all the better. If we don't like what we hear and really want to go big, we could either ambush the buyer and retake the urn, follow them back to their base and ambush them there, or follow them to their base and give either the stables or the royal guard an anonymous tip about where the urn is. Ammon shouldn't care, he sold it, not his problem what happens after.
▶ bc8345 (7) No.307609>>307666 >>307710
>>307558
>No bulges present
▶ 410883 (12) No.307624>>307629 >>307687
i wonder if we can combo spells or have rommel and sylphie pour both their magic into a spell to give it more power like an overcharged fireball is this even possible ruleswise
▶ 74be96 (5) No.307626>>307629
>>307554
>You learn [Rock
Boy, WHAT a spell!
▶ e45713 (31) No.307629>>307666 >>307675
>>307626
See >>307563
I mean, [Rock is a pretty good spell too, probably the best. You shouldn't complain.
I'm SORRY
>>307583
Eh… yes, but your decisions earlier changed things but it sort of had to be done. RIP me I guess
>>307579
stuffs. Fun stuffs! but stuffs.
>>307607
Very similar you believe.
You can attach an [Audio Tap] to a golem if you want, but having it communicate otherwise won't work, sorry.
>>307624
Nah, but you can combine spells!
▶ 339ef5 (7) No.307666>>307922
>>307607
My bets on it being the soul of a grape snake stored inside somehow managed to speak. I want to open it and find out. Perhaps transfer it into a jewel and mount it to our staff, And if we found her agreeable maybe let her control a golem body occasionally.
>>307629
>Eh… yes, but your decisions earlier changed things but it sort of had to be done. RIP me I guess
What did we do that changed your plans? The tunneling?
>>307609
Phallia just tucks it when its not needed, Its still there and it's yuuge. Biggest phallus I've ever seen.
▶ 83f858 (1) No.307675>>307687 >>307922
>>307629
Yeah, I guess ASSUMING DIRECT CONTROL of the golems would be a little much. Well, as long as it can follow them there, come back, and bring us to where it went, that's all that's neede-
>You can attach an [Audio Tap] to a golem if you want
>Midas, your chunk of [Gold ore], floats about you in a lazy arc as you get a better hang of the basics of things.
>Pebble-sized flying golem with attached [Audio Tap]
Sounds like we now have [Spy Drone]. This just got much easier.
Just for clarification, can we have multiple [Audio Taps], or do we have to train to get more? I'm sure a pinch, Sylphie would probably pick it up quick, but I'd like to know the limit on this. We'll show those sorcerors at the Nosy Sorcery Agency that they have nothing on a Caster Information Agent. Dr Rommel, I'm CIA.
Also, can we improve the accuracy of our [Pebble Gun] by modifying [Audio Tap] into a magical [Beacon] of sorts and modifying the shot to home in on the [Beacon]?
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.307686>>307922 >>308340
>>307556
I doubt Ammon is going to betray us at this point, because he has kept his word thus far in giving us the cure to the curse for doing his task, something he wouldn’t bother with if his plan was for us to die, and he just said this:
>"You should rest first, and we each will have more questions for each other.”
…Which would imply he still needs us alive for information at the very least. In any case, with the Royal Guard arriving soon, the town guard freaking out over what happened last night and us clearly being related to the recent events on account of us most likely being the only Wizard in Hatset, it would be best if we take Ammon’s advice and just hunker down here for the time being until he returns and can hopefully get us out easily after we conclude our business with him because heading outside in the current state of the town is suicidal.
Since we’re going to be stuck here for a while and can’t really practise the majority of our spells without risking revealing ourselves to the town guard with a big target on our head due to how loud or flashy said spells are, we might as well spend our time chilling, chatting with the others in our party about how they’re holding up, recent events, future plans and the like and reading through our books since this is a great instance of downtime, preferably [Clay in a Sculptor's Hand: Golem Creation and Theory] because we might as well finish what we started so that the time we’ve spent on it thus far isn’t wasted with little to nothing to show for it, though [Familiarity with your Familiar] may be an interesting read considering we haven’t really touched upon it much yet and our bond with Erwin may have improved. As for spells we can probably get away with using at least until that healer Ammon supposedly sent for arrives, I propose we practise a mixture of [Imbue Golem] along with anything we may pick up from the corresponding book while we read it along with [Metallurgy] to play around with that [Danuki Knife] that’s just been sitting in our inventory since Blackfire Reach, since there’s no reason not to use the former when studying the magic and the latter would assist with our control over iron and steel, a skill which would be invaluable to us going forward when we come across better armed opponents, and we have been neglecting it a tad as of recently.
Something else we could potentially do since we have the time is augment Sylphie’s staff by letting her borrow the unnamed Rutile from us for the time being. I suggest this because right now the Rutile isn’t doing much for us other than looking pretty and Sylphie, as shown by both encounters with Hent-ateh, is clearly proficient in some regards with Fulgromancy, likely to do with her father’s and Harmony’s influence, so attaching said Rutile to her staff would aspect it more towards lightning, thus increasing her effectiveness with it while not hindering her other divinations of magic theoretically that is, as the description for the Rutile doesn’t mention dampening effects for other elements and as such increasing her combat potential overall. It might also help with furthering her appreciation for rocks too, which is a plus.
When Ammon eventually returns and most certainly doesn’t betray us, we should question him about a number of different things relating the capital, the dungeons, layouts, what to expect and so on as we had originally intended. We should also ask him about those Rites of Pah’sen the Prophet has most likely invoked, because right now we’re completely in the dark about how it works other than the rumours surrounding them and the Prophet having access to nigh unlimited magical power seems like something that would be a huge issue for us should we be detected. As for his own questions, seeing as he’s an information broker it would be wise if we answer with caution, deciding whether or not answering anything he asks us is worth it and even then not giving him more than requested, as any information given to him can be used against us and while he’s technically an enemy of the Prophet, what with the huge bounty on his head, we can’t really trust him not to sell what we tell him to the highest bidder and Qi did warn us that both the Royal Guard and the Violet Sands are looking for strong warriors.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.307687>>307723
>>307607
We can’t be on the wrong side of this conflict because we haven’t actually picked a side, and nor should we for that matter because we’ve seen enough to realise that both sides are pretty shit - the Prophet is evil as she treats the lower class like shit, has started sending slaver groups in Deleor to test the waters for what she can get away with and currently has both Selene and the Grand Wizard captive, both of whom we need to free either for political reasons or to berate/beat the shit out of, and the Apophis are very likely to be evil or at least a mixed bag overall because no one would make a pact with an eldritch abomination to kill innocents unless they had malicious intent, not to mention how that menacing presence within the urn is supposedly an Apophis and how those stories and rumours about them are very likely to be at least somewhat true.
On the topic of tracking, I don’t think we’re going to have a good opportunity to physically follow the urn, Erwin or otherwise, because the town guards are going to be on high alert after what happened yesterday and the Kunoichi would have to be stupid not to check around themselves to make sure they aren’t being followed by anyone or anything. [Audio Tap]ping the urn or at least the crate that contains the urn if it isn’t out of sight yet is a great idea though, since it would be an extremely subtle cast, thus not raising any suspicions, and only other Audiomancers can spot it, so unless his client is an Audiomancer we’re completely hidden and free to eavesdrop at our leisure.
>>307675
Rocks unfortunately lack any form of sight and the golems in their current state are merely puppets controlled by us rather than automatous, so we would have to constantly watch it to make sure it goes where we want it to, something which is rather hard to do when you’re stuck in one position and the people you want to track are going to be heading down a lot of side paths as to avoid being followed.
>>307624
[Plasma Blast] and [Twin Plasma] were rather big examples of combination spells back in WizardQuest 1, for both the Wizard on his own and two spell casters mixing two different spells respectively.
>>307563
You still need to add the rock names to the PasteBin.
▶ 77956c (5) No.307710>>307922
>>307558
>Looking at whom to design next
Does he draw guys too?
>>307609
That's been mentioned at least 5 times now
▶ b99e4e (1) No.307723>>307922
All wizards have [Magesight]. Use it on the urn crate for kicks.
>>307687
Just because we haven't picked a side doesn't mean we haven't been doing their dirty work. We killed a group of royal guards and freed their cultist prisoners, if unintentionally. Now we've stolen an urn containing something related to the apophis, and the most likely buyers are the cultists. Seems to me that we may as well have been working for grapey rapey snaky. You're right that we shouldn't take a side, but if we incidentally shift the balance too far, it won't matter that we didn't pick a side. Right now, we don't know whose side we're on *by proxy*, and if it's either side, we're on the wrong side.
▶ fb065b (2) No.307734>>307736 >>307922 >>308212
>considers herself to be a tool to be used and tossed away
>yet still has enough pride to take offense at a threat of rape
Ako is a hypocritical bitch.
We do need to hurry up and get those goggles. Only reason I never suggested it was because Erwin Rommel supposedly got his famous goggles from a dead enemy, so I was waiting for an opportunity to pillage some goggles from some slavers or bandits. But since that hasn't happened, let's just buy a pair now. If not from the market then maybe Ammon could help us.
If we're going to be sitting around for a few days then we may as well practice some of the quieter magics. Discuss the familiar link with her to see if we can figure out how they work and how she intercepts communications. And set up taps around the building so we are alert for intruders, as well as try to fuck with people's heads with a reverse [Audio Tap]. We also need to figure out exactly what is wrong with Zoras. If he spine is fractured then she's in quite a pickle, but then again a lumbar fracture would probably have killed her by now, considering most of her vitals would be in her scorpion part.
>>307583
Well we were going to find her here sooner or later, whether that was as a slave or under a gravestone. It just so happened that she's doing alright and is a saboteur/heretic.
▶ fb065b (2) No.307736
>>307734
*Discuss the familiar link with Sylphie
▶ e45713 (31) No.307913>>307914
>Story continue
"Wonder if we're being watched." Sophie muses, leaning her head back, cloak removed. She sits in a chair around a small table, next to her sister who looks exhausted. Sighing, she pats her sister's head and says, "I would, if I were them."
"Best to assume they are." You say, leaning back while casting, [Audio Tap] into the rafters. You actually don't hear any breathing there, nor does your survey show you any holes that you can't see already and no one is present. So… they actually are leaving you alone? Still, best not to mention it to anyone else, just in case.
"Unngghhhh." Sylphie groans, rolling her head to look at you.
Alice giggles and leans over, saying "You look like you had one too many to drink and fucked the biggest, fattest, ugliest-"
"Shut up you whooooorrreeeee." The Cat o'Ninetails groans back before putting her hands over her ears. "Fucking hells, I haven't done that in a loooong time."
"I figured you'd have done that beforehand with all the magic you cast at Blackfire Reach."
"Mrmph… it's easier when it's a little by little drain." She sighs and closes her eyes. "This was a full on blast of Fulgromancy, took everything I had left to do it. Kind of makes me uh…ungh…" Her face turns pale and she turns to the side, her sister patting her back as she shudders.
"She just needs a good breakfast and nice bottle of semen."
"Oh Gods." Sylphie burbles.
"Well… that's something." You say, looking at the others in your group. Alice snickers at Sylphie, walking over to sit at a chair while Tabitha stands, crossing her arms and looking down at Zoras who is sleeping in the corner, curled up on herself. Ebe sits next to her, strumming a little song on her ghitar while sitting next to the wounded Girtablilu. Her breathing is a little ragged but not terrible, and you look to Tabitha who shrugs.
"She doesn't seem to be too bad, but I don't really want to wake her." Nodding your head to her, Tabitha continues. "Honestly though, I thought she'd find a way to betray us. I didn't think she'd protect Ebe like that."
"Honor among thieves?" Alice says, shrugging before rummaging through her bags for food.
"Right, breakfast." Sophie says, leaning her sister against the table. "I suppose I should make something. Wish he could have left us some food, but at least there's a hearth here." She looks around and frowns. "Honestly, this place looks much like a house. I wonder if it's a kind of safehouse?"
"Possibly." You say, rubbing your chin. "I suppose we should stay here for the time being, although…" You trail off as you look at Mr. Ed who stands next to Sylphie, nuzzling her head. "This place is going to smell, isn't it?"
"Rude…" Sylphie murmurs. "He says that's really rude…"
{Is that correct?} You send to Erwin, who saunters over and hops into your lap, yawning.
{Yeah, that was really rude. I never complain that your feces smell.}
{Oh come on, that-} You cut off, thinking it over before huffing. {Stupid animal noses.}
{Hurr, hurr, hurr.} He sends, shaking his head. {So… what is the plan?}
{We rest, I suppose.} You send, leaning back in a chair yourself as you smell the fire Sophie is making and-
"WOAH." You say, standing up in a hurry. Everyone jumps, hands going to weapons or yelping. Sophie turns to look at you as you point your staff at the fire, casting [Ice] to snuff out the flame. She blinks and looks at you with surprise as you sigh and say, "Smoke."
The Cat o'Ninetails cocks her head and looks utterly confused before her eyes widen. "Oh. Ohhhh." She stirs up the ashes to cover the fire before shaking her head. "I had forgotten, sorry. Such a little thing, right?"
"It's the little things that get you." Tabtitha says, nodding to you. "Good call, wouldn't have potentially drawn authorities to us."
"Speaking of that." Alice says, leaning back. "He said the Royal Guard were coming soon… and he had a buyer, yeah? Who do you think wants to buy that stupid urn?"
▶ e45713 (31) No.307914>>307915
>>307913
"I don't know." You say with honesty. "Given the feeling of it though, and the fact that he doesn't want the Royal Guard to have it… I'd have to say cultists."
"Fuck me." Alice groans. "I meant that both literally and figuratively, but that's not important right now. I don't understand why the cultists would send someone to steal the urn and another to buy it?"
"We don't know for certain that the cultists are the ones who even tried to steal it." Sophie says, shaking her head. "It could be a coincidence, you know?"
"No." You say, looking down. "That thing called itself Hent-ateh, something the Apophis summoned and was sealed away ages ago. This covenant it spoke of… it has to be the same one with the cultists."
"How could it still have a covenant with them?" Alice asks, cocking her head. "They're all dead."
"I know a creature of the other plane whose master is dead, yet she is still bound to this world." Tabitha says. "One wonders why she hasn't just had those children draw something to unbind her though, they practically worship Xanthia."
Both Sophie and Sylphie shudder. The sick Cat o'Ninetails murmurs, "I don't know how Saya stands her… she makes my spine chill."
"Anyway…" Tabitha continues. "So it and that woman were related to the cultists then? I doubt they'd allow something like Hent-ateh to go on a murder spree if they planned on a sale anyway, but that would assume that they knew it would be stolen by someone for Ammon?"
"Makes no sense." You say, nodding your head. "Which means either the buyer isn't part of the cult or… the cult isn't very unified."
"Hmmm." Sophie hums. "Rommel, did you know that woman?"
Everyone goes quiet and turns to you, making you blink in surprise as you look about at them. A sense of stage fright grips you as you clasp your hands together. Taking a deep breath, you say, "I told you, I don't know who she is but…"
"But…?" Sophie presses, leaning toward you.
"But she felt familiar. Like I should know who she is." Frowning, you say, "That's all, I don't really want to talk about it."
It's everyone else's turn to blink in surprise, looking at each other before frowning. They don't say anything else and you don't either, thinking more about it yourself. It's not that you don't WANT to think about it much, more than you're scared as to what it would mean if your hunch is right.
You're not sure how much time passes before Sophie places a tin of food before you, cold, but edible. Blinking up at her, smile gives you a soft smile and then pats your head, fingers running through your silver-blond hair, their tips sighing against your scalp. Confused, you look over to your turban, which you just realized you haven't been wearing this whole time, before looking back at her. She chuckles and moves to eat her own food while the others munch, smirking at you. Blushing, you dig into your food.
"Wonder when he'll come back to see us?" Alice asks, chewing without manners until Sophie slaps her hand.
"Probably after the deal is made." Tabitha says. You can tell she wants to say more, but she doesn't, so you roll your eyes and tell them that no one is watching. Everyone glares at you, afterward which Tabitha says, "Well, then I would personally like to know more about the end result of our little escapade."
"Going outside is likely to truly be dangerous." Sophie says, nodding to her sister. "A lot of people saw us, and Sylphie isn't in a good place to cast spells right now."
"I feel… better." Sylphie murmurs before sighing. "But a [Trick of the Light] is too much right now, sorry."
"Think Zoras could get info for us?" You ask, to which Ebe shakes her head.
"No… she's still asleep, and I don't want to push anything else until a healer sees her."
"Well… maybe we can send Mr. Ed?" You ask, shrugging. The horse looks at you with one of those looks that only a horse can give, you know, the look that says, "Your soul is nothing in the greater scheme of it all, for I can see into eternity." Basically the answer is no.
Erwin stands up and hops on the table, shaking his head before giving the most dramatic fox sigh. {I suppose you shall ask me next, shall you?}
Sylphie snickers while you roll your eyes. {Well… it would help.}
{Oh, WOE IS ME. SO ABUSED.} Erwin sends, rolling over on his back, legs in the air. {I shall work for my Master, ohhhh!}
{Yeah, yeah, ham it up.} You send, grumbling.
▶ e45713 (31) No.307915>>307916
>>307914
Something shifts in your mind then and you blink in shock as Sylphie's voice sends in your mind, {Oh come now, he's just having fun.}
Snapping your eyes to her, she slides her tired expression at you, to which you see a smugness there hiding underneath the exhaustion. Narrowing your eyes you send back, {How are you doing this?}
{I've hacked into your connection using maaaagggiiicccc.}
Erwin mentally chuckles, {Oh hey, you're here. Can I sleep on your lap?}
{Oh my, was that Erwin or Rommel? I can't tell!} Sylphie sends back, to which the two laugh, leaving you frowning.
{Sylphie, you're going to teach me how to do this, because I'm tired of you listening in on me.}
{What, you want to listen in on me talking with Mr. Ed?} She sends, a smugness in her voice that she normally doesn’t have. {He won't like that.}
{Let him learn.} Erwin sends, being serious for once. {I'll get ready to go be a spy again. Wasn't doing anything here anyway.}
{Fine, fine, once I'm feeling better.} Sylphie mentally sighs. She goes back to eating and you frown, still feeling really worried about her ability to talk with you like this. Still, everyone goes back to eating, talking over small things until you're all fed and Erwin shrugs, making for the door.
"Hey, wait a second." You say to him, pulling out one of your friends. Looking at the small piece of gold in your hand, you attach an [Audio Tap] to it and tie it around Erwin's neck. He stares blankly at you before you inform him, "So I have other options to listen while there. Be kind to him."
{You could have tied Phallia to me…} He sends, to which your eyes sparkle. Cutting in before you can speak, {ON SECOND THOUGHT I'M OUT OF HERE.}
With that, he leaps out of the door you open, and rolls around in the dirt before sprinting off into the town. Sending him a farewell, you return to the others and sit down, shrugging.
"Guess we have some time to kill now."
---———————————————————--
"So… I do this and… then that?"
The pieces of iron ore roll over each other and form into the shape of a man, though it is still made of little pieces. Smoothing it out with some of your magic, the little golem becomes cohesive and turns to you, saluting before walking over to the [Danuki Knife] and picking it up. It looks over the knife, which seems oversized in its hands, and then makes a few practice thrusts before turning to you for more orders.
Clapping your hands, you chuckle at the actions of the Golem. Forming two others of copper and tin, you make them do similar actions, giving them multiple commands at once which they perform in order, even the vague ones you give. Greg walks up to Alice, who watches with amusement, before he pokes her breasts, making her sputter and blush.
Stan, on the other hand, pats Sophie on the head while Ronnie goes through the motions that Tabitha is performing, mimicking her sword thrusts with his little dagger. Ebe giggles over her ghitar while watching the whole scene and you nod your head, happy with the results.
It's been about two hours since Erwin left, sniffing his way around town to find the warehouse again. Apparently things are very hectic around town, but no one seems terribly interested in a fox running around beyond a butcher who keeps appearing out of nowhere trying to catch him. Something feels horribly cliched about all of it, but it's amusing and scary nonetheless. Still, you keep praising him and telling him to be safe, especially after that happened beforehand, which is why you're studying more of this particular book.
[Clay in a Sculptor's Hand] sits before you, open to a page on giving multiple commands to golems. Your attention isn't split as bad as you'd expect, and you feel this could be super useful in the future. What really catches your eye, however, is the page in here about imparting awareness to a Golem, to give it rudimentary ability to think and reply, in a similar way to a construct. The more you read actually, the more you begin to realize this is the basics of construct theory.
>Your [Imbue Golem] has increased in potency, about to give more complex orders
>Your control over Iron has increased. <Iron Manipulation is now Proficient>
>You can freely manipulate iron and have some control over steel.
"Having fun?" Sylphie says, nodding to you. Looking up from your handiwork, you say,
"Yeah, you feeling better?"
She shrugs. "Yeah, I guess so." Stretching, she looks at you and says, "You want to learn about familiar bonds, huh?"
▶ e45713 (31) No.307916>>307917
>>307915
Blinking in surprise, you nod and wave to your golems to stop their actions, falling apart into their constituent pieces and returning to you. Putting them away, you sit down next to Sylphie who sighs and stretches.
"Alright so… Familiar bonds… You know the basics, you did the ritual, but you've never really done much with Erwin beyond speak with him, yeah?"
Frowning, you say, "I suppose not."
"Mmm, a shame." She sighs. Turning her gaze to Mr. Ed, she smiles and says, "Familiars are not just a means for us to improve our magic, they're also our friends and confidants, those whom we literally share a bond with." The horse walks up to her (which you still find weird inside a house) and nuzzles her cheek as she continues,
"It takes an implicit trust between the two of you to get the most out of it. If either of you are uncomfortable about it, then you can't cast the spells appropriately."
Feeling uncomfortable, you say, "Look… Sylphie… I-"
"Hush." Cutting you off, she puts a finger to her lips and sighs. "You and Erwin remind me a little of Dad and Bubs. They didn't really know each other before they bonded, but from what he told me about Bubs, the two of them trusted each other with their lives."
Leaning forward, she asks, "Do you trust Erwin with your life?"
Hesitation fills your voice as you say, "I… yes, of course."
Mr. Ed snorts and shakes his head while Sylphie sighs. "That's why you haven't pursued anything further. You're still not trusting him. Do you even trust me?"
"Of course I do, we've saved each other's lives before."
"Then why do you hesitate to trust him?"
Growing quiet, you look down and think it over, speaking your thoughts as you piece them together. "I think… the reason I hesitate is that… I'm afraid. To be honest, he was my only friend for a long time, even if I somehow knew he was only there for the food I left out. Even though I was very much on the path of a Wizard, I still wanted a friend, you know?
"So when I made him my familiar, I thought he'd be happy, overjoyed even! But part of me was afraid that he resented me for it, for giving him the intelligence to realize how ignorant he was." You sigh and say, "I suppose I'm hesitating in that I need him, but I feel like I'm using him."
{Man, you're retarded.}
Your eyes widen as Erwin's voice cuts into your mind. {Really? You were worried that I'd be mad that I can tell you how stupid you are? Dear Gods, what an idiot.}
Sylphie shrugs when you glare at her and you sigh, sending back to Erwin, {I didn't mean to offend you I just-}
{Come on man, we're friends, right? I'm actually insulted more than hurt that you thought so little of me. Sure, I didn't know much as a fox, but I'm your friend damnit! Did you know that a familiar can reject the bond?}
Blinking in surprise, you look to Sylphie who nods her head. "Yes, if a familiar doesn't respect the person, the bond won't take hold."
{See? So let go of your hesitation and listen to the pretty girl. Do some crazy shit an- oh fucking hells, he's back}
You hear via the [Audio Tap] the sound of a large man shouting something in Ectrian. Erwin stops sending beyond some laughter and you sigh, turning to Sylphie who had her hands in her lap, giving you wry smile.
"Fine." You say, rubbing your head. "You made your point."
"Nah, you made it for me." She chuckles and leans back. "So… now that that's out of the way. The bond. You can flow magic through him as you've done before, but flowing magic into him is important to. You can turn him into a Dire Fox if you wish."
"What about a fire fox?"
She pauses and then cocks her head. "Uhhh, sure, whatever you want. Look, it's all about your intention and his trust. Give it a try later."
"Can you show me an example?"
Sylphie sighs and turns to Mr. Ed who shrugs and walks to an open area of the little house. She closes her eyes and you feel a surge of power come before Mr. Ed swells in size, his hair turning dark black, yes glowing red, steam flowing from his nose. He lets out an incredibly low neigh, yet it makes your skin crawl. The transformation only lasts for a moment before he returns to his normal form, snorts, and then goes to eat some oats.
Groaning, the Cat o'Ninetails shakes her head. "Alright, not good to cast that spell right now, ugh." She gulps and then says, "Get it?"
"I… think I do." You say, nodding your head. "I'll try it later."
>You learn [Metamorphosis]
> Change your familiars appearance and-
▶ e45713 (31) No.307917>>307918 >>308212
>>307916
"Oh and he really needs to be in sync with you or he might explode." She adds.
>Change your familiar's appearance and physical strength, need to be in synch or he could explode. Maybe.
"Right, well you have that. Try out other things with him too, I think you guys can do great stuff." Stretching, she continues, "Well that was touching and all, but you want to know about how I can tap into your link, yeah?"
"Yes." You say, expression going grave. "I would really like to know."
She chuckles, "Well… it's a secret!" When you frown she shakes her head, "Ah, joking, joking. Look, I got better with it because I grew up around this stuff, but basically it's just finding the magical frequency of the familiar bond and then matching it."
"It's… that easy?" You send, blinking in surprise.
"A lot of magic is actually easy if you think about it." She says, shrugging. "Anyway, while it's hard to form mental links between people and Monsters without creating thralls, you can tap into existing ones."
"Well then." You say, closing your eyes and feeling for the magic of the link between Sylphie and Mr. Ed. It takes you a few minutes, but as you're looking for it, you find something… nebulous, yet familiar. Pushing further into it, you feel an opening and slide your consciousness in and-
Hot air blows on your face and you push back in surprise as Mr. Ed's face appears before you. Arms flailing, you fall back from your chair and hit the ground, much to Sylphie's laughter. She shakes her head and says, "Sorry Rommel! He doesn't want anyone getting into my head it seems or… maybe he just doesn't want someone else to hear his voice."
Mr. Ed snorts again and turns around, flicking his tail. Watch him go, you shake your head and say, "I think that's enough of that for now." Groaning, you send to Erwin again and find that he's found the warehouse, and is about to look for a way to slip inside. Wishing you would have put a damn [Audio Tap] on the urn itself, you sigh and continue to wait, returning your rocks to your collection and noticing one particular one.
Pulling out the [Rutile], you look it over and say to Sylphie, "Catch!"
Surprised, she fumbles the thrown ore and cocks her head, looking it over. "Uh… Rommel, I don't want one of your rocks."
"It's not for appreciating, actually. I think it's aspected to electricity, might amplify your magic."
Sylphie looks at the ore and then closes her eyes, channeling magic. Opening her eyes in surprise, she says, "Woah, it does!" She takes out her staff and looks it over before saying, "Well I know what I'm doing now."
"Eh?" You say, cocking your head.
"Dad taught me a few things about enchanting!" She says, smiling. "I best get to work, thanks Rommel!"
"Yeah." You say, feeling kind of happy for some reason. Leaning back in your chair, you listen via your [Audio Tap] as Erwin sneaks into the warehouse. Listening intently for signs of the two Kunoichi, you hear nothing in particular beyond the shifting of boxes and some mild chatter between people. Fearing to control Erwin at the moment, you trust him to get closer until he sends,
{Hey, can you send this rock into the crate? I think those booby ninja are after me.}
Thinking it over, you figure that you can and he allows you via your bond to manipulate the piece of [Gold ore]. Erwin makes it to an area to see the crate the urn is in. No one is around except for Ammon, whose back is turned to the crate, drinking something while reading papers. Magically tossing the item into the crate, you pause and then channel a [Magesight] through Erwin. The effects aren't as powerful as it would be through your own eyes but you only look for a second before shutting it off, rubbing at your eyes.
The urn… that damn urn, seethes with violent magic. You can't even pull it all apart, but something, SOMETHING not right lurks within it, something which you feel noticed you looking at it. Sending to Erwin to leave, he doesn't argue and escapes outside, leaving your only recourse the [Audio Tap]. While fainter than you'd like, it still works, thankfully.
"Hmm?" Ammon says, chair shifting. "Ako, is that you?"
"No." Ako's voice comes. "I think we had a pest problem."
"Rats?"
"It sounded four legged, and is no longer here, my master."
"Mmm I see." He goes quiet before continuing a few moments later, "Is our guest here yet?"
Sayaka speaks up next, "She is here, my master."
"Ah, excellent!" Ammon says, standing up and clapping his hands. "A pleasure to see you again, welcome, welcome."
▶ e45713 (31) No.307918>>307922 >>308340
>>307917
"This place is crawling with guards and the Royal Guard isn't even here yet. What did you do getting this?" A familiar, yet hazy voice says.
"Another interest wasn't happy that I got the job done."
"I see. I had expected it to take longer, you must have found good help."
"Someone you're familiar with, actually." Ammon says, smugness in his voice. "A particular Wizard and his group."
"Is that so?" Qi says, her voice becoming clear. "I had thought they would do some interesting things when I met them, and I was right. The sands of time are changing, hmm?"
"That's not really my problem." Ammon chuckles. "I will do business with whomever is paying, and at the moment, the Khepri covens pay quite well."
"Won't even ask what the urn is for?" Qi asks.
"Come now, we deal in the same thing, don't we? Such information can't be free and I quite like gold instead."
"Indeed!" Qi laughs. You hear a shuffling around the crate as it's lifted out and placed on a table. "So, he didn't cast any spells on it, right?"
"Of course not." Ammon says, waving his hand. "We checked it as soon as it got here, we're clear."
"Good, good. I don't need him knowing about this quite yet. We still have a use for those two girls and I've heard a rather interesting rumor considering the Wizard."
"I know." Ammon says. "I've heard the rumor too. Given what happened last night, I think things will be VERY interesting moving forward."
"Very interesting indeed!" Qi says, amidst the jingle of coins. "Afraid I must be going though, we will have to dine together soon."
"Of course, I always enjoy your company and your information." Ammon says. "But I too must be going, one of my subordinates needs a healer and I should speak with our friends, can't keep them waiting too long, can I?"
"Of course not, they need to be moving anyway or nothing will get done." Qi sighs with content. "As your two bodyguards say, 'May we live in interesting times.'"
With that, her chitin on the floor sounds and she quickly leaves the area. Ammon begins to talk about getting healers together, but by that time you're done listening, telling your party what you heard.
"Qi?" Ebe says, looking distraught. "Qi is the buyer? I don't understand…"
"I do." You say, rubbing your head. "Anyway, Ammon is coming, we should be prepared."
"Do we let him know that we know?" Tabitha says, frowning. "Or do we pretend we haven't heard anything?"
"Mrmph." A voice calls from the corner. Turning to face it, you find Zoras groaning and rubbing at her head. "He sells information… use that how you will and- gah!" She holds her ribs and coughs. "Ouch."
Once again, everyone looks at each other and then to you. Well…
>What do you do?
▶ e45713 (31) No.307922>>307931 >>308340
>>307918
What a twist!
Man I wanted to fit in more stuff but it just… wouldn't work. Well there's more time when Ammon comes. Speaking of which, better figure out how you want to handle this…
>>307666
You might be right Satan, hard to know now.
As far as the changing… guess you won't know for now.
>>307675
No DIRECT control, but other stuff. Hey! You have a spy drone thing there now, so you can… use it and stuff.
As far as the [Beacon], yes I suppose that possible, but it's probably won't be as strong as a normal shot as it would be slower.
As far as the reverse audio tap, again, no time today… but that could be easy to work with?
>>307686
Yes… questions. And he's coming for you AHHHH. He hasn't really betrayed you though… has he?
It was getting too long to type anything else you wanted, so Ammon time.com will be… Friday, cause friend in town on thursday. Welp.
>>307710
.Less does draw guys! His list is long though! I don't think I'd be able to get anything from him for awhile that isn't part of my current MG crusade.
As for manos… I suppose! I like her girl designs better tho.
Nice Solos pic tho, that's actually kind of close to what I had in mind, just a little less ostentatious, which is fine anyway.
>>307723
You fool, what have you done?
>>307734
I watched enough Naruto to know this is a true statement.
Oh yeah, I'll be out of town next Wednesday- Sunday for GENCON YEAH.
GENCONNNNN.
Okay see y'all in a few days.
▶ 5468a0 (2) No.307931>>307972
>>307922
Hey ace im just about to pic up at the place where i left off ie right before they pass the border
But i have to know
Did the wizard ever start to go down the particle beam path
Ie:sand blast>accelerated sand blast>sand beam>accelerates sand beam>sand cutter>accelerated sand cutter>ultra highspeed partial beam>ion beam (particals move so fast they are stripped of their electrons and become ionised)>plasma beam(particles move so fast they become a beam of flowing ultra high temp plasma)
This training path follows a simple "make smaller and smaller particles go faster and faster with each level" learning approach
▶ 0083a3 (1) No.307972>>308061
>>307931
Ah, no, sorry mang that didnt get broughg up again. To be fair the tank hasnt had much progress either. Situations and such havent called for it.
▶ 2b98a9 (8) No.308061
>>307972
We'll we got rock armor at least. So we can form the basic body for it at the least. And it shouldn't be too hard to figure out how to shoot larger rocks through the main gun.
▶ 410883 (12) No.308116>>308158
hey can erwin learn magic on his own or does he get it from us
▶ e45713 (31) No.308158
>>308116
He doesn't have magic of his own, however you can channel magic through him.
▶ 9bab28 (2) No.308212>>308340 >>308358 >>308362
>>307917
I think we should initially play dumb about us knowing the buyer as it gives us more options if the conversation goes in the direction of the urn. He bargains information but I think we can play a similar game by perhaps, in return for another piece of information, reveal to Ammon who we think was the other thief. This is if we were rational though and considering that Rommel really doesn't want to talk about the subject I don't see this course of action happening. Still we can play his own game as Zoras suggested. I'm sure some anons have ideas which are along these lines but are way better than any I could think of. I think it might get us somewhere
>>307734
>If he spine is fractured then she's in quite a pickle
As someone who recently had a spinal fracture I can confirm that it is a bit of a pickle.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.308340>>308362 >>308363
>"Hey, wait a second." You say to him, pulling out one of your friends. Looking at the small piece of gold in your hand, you attach an [Audio Tap] to it and tie it around Erwin's neck.
>Thinking it over, you figure that you can and he allows you via your bond to manipulate the piece of [Gold ore]…Magically tossing the item into the crate, you pause and then channel a [Magesight] through Erwin.
>Ammon begins to talk about getting healers together, but by that time you're done listening, telling your party what you heard.
Unless I’m reading this wrong, we just threw Midas into the crate with Ammon and left him there without really thinking this through. We need to get him back before we leave Hatset.
>>307918
So this is very likely to be how Ammon knows about our group, through contact with the Coven via Qi, which honestly shouldn’t be too surprising considering that they are known for trading information themselves and how they referred us to him when we mentioned trying to breach the capital undetected, giving us the town he was located which they shouldn’t know unless they have spoken with him recently. Speaking of which, if Ammon did indeed get his information about us from the Khepri, then that would mean he would have had to travel from Gahn to Hatset like we did since the Coven are located near the former. Considering how little time we spent doing the same journey and how Ammon was already set up in Hatset with the urn transaction planned and Zoras sent off to plunder a nearby tomb, he must have obtained the information about us rather early to have had enough time to do all that. With this in mind, I’m guessing he probably learned about us just after Qi returned having first met us to bring back her associates to trade with us, which technically wouldn’t go against our deal with the Khepri as the deal hadn’t actually been made yet. But I digress.
With Ammon and Qi both apparently being unaware of our eavesdropping, I suggest we be smart about this and do what >>308212 suggests, playing dumb to the whole ordeal for the time being. Most people don’t tend to like being spied on when they’re making secret deals in the dark, so us bringing up our snooping may give him reason to reduce the amount of information we can get out of him if not make him outright refuse to help us, both being pretty bad considering the potential consequences for what we just helped him with albeit without much of a choice. By pretending to be ignorant instead, he would believe he is still in control of the situation and would be more willing to disclose the information he promised us as well as potentially more; after getting everything we can from him, we can then bring up the urn transaction and those rumours surrounding us should we feel the need for it as there would be little to no consequences for doing so since he can’t take back information he’s already given, but it might help to avoid pissing him off as he seems like he will be useful for us later. Of course, there is the possibility of him being aware of our actions we weren’t the best at getting close to him undetected and Midas is still in the crate with him, after all and potentially bringing them up during our conversation in which case deception is absolutely pointless, but it’s still worth trying it until he calls us out on it.
As for what to ask about, I’m going to refer back to what I said in >>307686 with emphasis on the Rites of Pah’sen because I’m typing far too much as it is and everything there is still relevant. If either he or us calls the other party out on their secretive actions, then drop the deception and ask about any connections between the Khepri and the Apophis, as it would help to know if they are cultists or not for future referenceit’s still not clear, and those rumours surrounding us, because any information relating to what others know or think about us can be useful especially if they know something about us that we don’t.
Other than all that, finish our business with Ammon, somehow get Midas back and figure out a way to escape from Hatset potentially with his assistance before the Royal Guard show up, because the moment they do we won’t be able to leave as easily and especially undetected. As for where to go, consider heading towards any nearby settlements because we could use the supplies and we certainly aren’t getting them from here since our entire party is, or is going to be, wanted in Hatset for our actions in the Stables.
>>307922
>He hasn't really betrayed you though… has he?
Considering that he’s an information broker, he never promised not to mention us and he’s actually coming back to see us with a healer in tow for Zoras thus seemingly keeping his end of the bargain beyond giving us the cure for the curse, I wouldn’t really consider to him to have betrayed us on anything.
▶ b98f03 (1) No.308350>>308358 >>308362
This was posted on 4cucks b in a draw thread
Ace they were asking for lewds
▶ c19669 (1) No.308358>>308362 >>308363
Play dumb. I don't see anything to be gained from outing ourself, and if he or Qi try anything funny then it's better that they should underestimate us. If he does know we know then eh, whatever. We're in Ectria.
>>308212
>ratting on our own mother
NO
>>308350
That's not Sophie, brah.
It wasn't even Ace that commissioned that. I don't think she has anything to do with this story.
▶ e45713 (31) No.308362>>308374
>>308212
Mmm, again, will need the healer to say whether or not that is the case, but she doesn't seem that bad off. Tabitha would know something about broken spines…
>>308340
Someone wanted a sentry. He's tagged with an [Audio Tap], so retrieval isn't awful. She didn't take the crate for some reason.
Guess they sold you out! Although Qi is alone so… hmm.
Yah, we'll cover all of it, sure and there are tunnels out of the city still, so that's always and option, though you'll have to get back to that warehouse..
>>308350
That was done by Manosdetrapo, but it's someone else's OC he shills around. Not my concern.
>>308358
Man, if that's his mother, she's really young looking.
▶ 9bab28 (2) No.308363
>>308358
>ratting on our own mother
NO
I was under the impression she was a childhood friend or something. Mother doesn't seem right to me. Besides my suggestion was to play dumb and use discretion, and I remember mentioning that revealing our hunch was an unlikely course of action.
>>308340
>So this is very likely to be how Ammon knows about our group
It's obvious that Ammon knows a lot more about our group then he let's off to be. Despite the fact that Sophie and Sylphie didn't reveal their tails in the fight Sophie did reveal them to Qi. Now it would not be surprising if Ammon purchased information about our party from Qi so it would be safe to assume he knows.
>he would believe he is still in control of the situation and would be more willing to disclose the information he promised us as well as potentially more
I would like to think that because he knows sensitive information about us he would most certainly see himself in a superior bargaining position relative to us, meaning he may get overconfident. And I will say "may" because he isn't so stupid as to slip up easily. It would take a very clever set of moves on our part to make him say what we want. And before any anon suggests betraying him or threatening to reveal information about him to gain leverage I would tell them to really reconsider.
▶ 5468a0 (2) No.308374
▶ e45713 (31) No.308522>>308523
>Story continue
Ebe stands up and walks over to Zoras, helping the Monster with a gentle wing. She winces and then thanks the Ghandarva before speaking up again. "Gah, you know, at the time I thought I was acting bloody cool, but this really hurts."
"Can you move your legs?" Tabitha says, a look of genuine concern on her face.
Zoras winces and then wiggles her scorpion legs, all of them and the claws moving. Her tail is a little stiff, but she sighs and says, "Bloody hells this hurts."
"Take it easy then!" Ebe says, bapping the Monster with one of her wings. The Girtablilu blinks in surprise at Ebe, who puffs her cheeks out before saying, "You need that healer that Ammon is bringing!"
"Healer? Oh… well… alright then." She sighs and shakes her head. "Well, can you tell him you know his buyer or whatever after I get patched up?"
"Your legs work, you're fine." Tabitha says, to which Zoras frowns and then looks at the Lizardman's legs. Clacking her tongue, she concedes the point.
Stretching, you stand up and say, "We’re not going to tell him."
"Eh?" Sylphie asks, cocking her head. "Why not?"
"Because, dear sister." Sophie sighs. "Having information he doesn't have puts us at an advantage. Cornering him with such knowledge off the bat will not end well for us."
"Correct." You say, nodding your head as you listen via your [Audio Tap]. "He's moving." After saying this, you focus your attention to Erwin and channel though him to retrieve the piece of ore, the fox cursing at you for trying to get him killed by "those booby ninjas." You tell him he's a good boy and you believe in his strength.
{But seriously, be careful.}
He mentally sighs in return,{Yeah… I know, I know. He took the titty twins back with him anyway, I think I'm good.}
{Might want to hang back for awhile anyway, they're probably watching for pursuers.}
{Heh, alright, alright. Geez, have one little heart to heart and you're a worry wart.}
Rolling your eyes, you turn your attention to the others and tell them that Erwin will be delayed some. Everyone nods and goes back to what they were doing, though there is a palpable sense of unease, especially from Ebe who can't keep secrets very well. The longer you wait, the more nervous she gets, biting her lip as her wings shake on her ghitar.
When Ako appears at the door, the Ghandharva nearly leaps into the air with a yelp, which causes the Kunoichi to give her an odd look as she enters the building. Scanning about, she nods her head and waves in Ammon, who steps in with his suit, taking his hat off and nodding to you.
"Ah, sorry to keep you waiting, but things concluded smoothly."
"Things? Your buyer?" You ask, cocking your head.
He chuckles and says, "Yes, indeed. The Urn is gone and I am richer, everything concluded just as planned."
"I see." You say, nodding over to Zoras. "Did you…?"
"Ah, of course." He snaps his fingers and Sayaka enters, another woman in white, dust stained robes following behind her. The woman pats the sand off herself and sighs, pulling a wand from her pocket and walking over to Zoras. She looks tired, but doesn't say much of anything as she begins to examine the Monster.
Ammon smirks and waves a hand. "She doesn't say much, but she's a great healer, patched up my girls a few times in a pinch." Ako and Sayaka look at each other before shrugging as he sits down at the table and stretches. "Sooooo, the Royal Guard are just arriving from what I reckon, here quite quickly actually."
"Interesting." You say, face impassionate. "It will be difficult to leave the city at this rate."
"Indeed, I don't think they'll investigate a few of my holdings, but the streets will be difficult to traverse. As it is, it's difficult for even a fox to travel…"
▶ e45713 (31) No.308523>>308524
>>308522
He trails off, looking at your eyes as he does. You feel that his gaze is boring into you, looking for a sign that you'll betray that Erwin is gone. There's no choice but for you to believe that he doesn’t know Erwin was spying on him, but that he knows Erwin is gone. Choosing to ignore the jab, you say, "So, you have some more information for us, right?"
"Mmm." Ammon says, shrugging. "Yes, I suppose so. You wished to know a way into the capital, yes? Mind if I ask what you're going to do there?"
"That will cost you." You say, to which he smiles.
"Well of course! Although knowing where you're wanting to go would be quite beneficial to getting you in."
Tabitha cuts in, "The dungeons."
A silence pervades over the room at her words and Ammon clears his throat before speaking again, "The dungeons, you say? Interesting. You can get into the dungeons quite easily without my help, all you have to do is step outside."
Waving you hand, you say, "We're looking for someone in the dungeon."
"Someone? Or perhaps, a pair of someones?" Ammon says, folding his hands. When you narrow your eyes at him, he shrugs, "Oh come now, we all know you're here for the Grand Wizard and the Monster Lady."
Sophie and Sylphie look at each other, the two furrowing their brows as they think over the situation. Ako and Sayaka shift, hands moving toward their weapons, but Ammon holds up a hand to keep them still. "Now, now, no need for violence. It's a simple enough thing. There's only three Cat o'Ninetails after all and we know who the Pharaoh has in her dungeons."
Shaking your head, you say, "Let's imagine this was true. What would you know about how they ended up there?"
"They got caught, that's how most people end up in a dungeon." He says in a flat tone, though at your annoyed look, he shrugs. "Buuuut… one would assume it would have to do with the Rites of Pah'Sen."
Nodding for him to continue, he sighs, "Very well, you do have a boon from me after all." He rolls his shoulders and says, "The Rites of Pah'Sen are quite real. This is from a second hand source, of course, but some kind of disturbance occurred in the throne room causing massive damage to it. Shortly after a battered and bruised Cat o'Ninetails and human male with silver-blonde hair appeared within the dungeon."
"So…" Ebe says, looking worried, "Then the legend is true? She has unlimited power?"
"Nothing is unlimited beyond our imagination." Ammon chuckles.
"So then… that would make the other part true?" Alice says, clacking her tongue. "These grape snakes are back in the world hmm?"
The information broker nods. "One would assume that to be the case then."
"Are there any Apophis though?" You ask, to which Ammon shrugs.
"There are things even I don't know."
"Or won't tell us." Sophie sighs. Ammon nods his head,
"She's rather astute! Must get it from her Mother, yes?" When she only frowns at him, he chuckles, "Don't give me that look. As a freebie, I'll tell you that your parents are alive, though I'm afraid I can't say for what purpose."
"Politics most likely." You sigh, shaking your head. "Now then, about the Rites…"
"Ah, of course." He says, coughing. "The Rites of Pah'Sen as far as I know was a ritual magic which called upon Dollora to give strength enough to bind the Apophis to the staff, and end their reign of terror. I'm no magical scholar, but I would assume it required an enormous amount of effort and the channeling of many Monster Witches to perform, but clearly it worked.
"As to releasing the magic, however? One would assume it was a much faster process to unleash the magic."
Surprisingly, Sylphie speaks up, "But wait, if the Apophis was released, then how does she retain the power? There's no way she could just… store it in herself or the staff anymore? The only way she could maintain such a thing long term would be to suffuse herself with most of the Apophis's strength, but even then it would probably bleed away unless…" She frowns with consternation and asks, "Is there an Aether transformer in the palace?"
▶ e45713 (31) No.308524>>308525
>>308523
Ammon's eyebrows shoot up at the question. "An aether core? What does a young lady like yourself know about Aether transformer?"
"Please." She says with disdain. "Who do you think my Father is?" At Ammon's conciliatory gesture, she continues. "An Aether transformer could contain the bleed of such mana if it's attuned to it. I'd imagine that it would be nearly impossible otherwise to contain the power. If it were to fail, it would likely all dry up rather quickly, yes?"
"My oh my." Ammon says, smirking. "I must confess, I do not actually know what an Aether transfomer was, but now you have me curious. What would one look like?"
"Depends? They were ancient inventions and the replicas we have today are rather shoddy and expensive to make, useful only in magitek workshops. In the past though, some shrines would have them."
"Shrines you say?" Ammon muses, rubbing his chin. "Shrines indeed… You know, I've heard a funny rumor recently…"
"Such as?" You ask, narrowing your eyes. He looks at you and waggles a finger,
"Not so fast. This is a rather important piece of information, I'd expect compensation." When you sigh, he continues, "Tell me about your family."
You blink in surprise. That's not… the question you thought you'd be asked. Hairs prick up on the nape of your neck as you feel like everyone in the room is watching you, keenly interested in your answer. Now that you think about it, you really never brought it up with anyone, which you'd rather have kept to yourself. Memories of last night flashing through your head, you grit your teeth and say, "Can I answer something else?"
"Mmm… no." Ammon says, predatory grin widening. "No, I am quite interested in this information. It's quite the simple question, you know, especially in regard to what I think you'll find interesting."
Feeling nervous, you look around at the others to find your suspicions are correct. Everyone seems hesitant to intervene, though Ebe seems torn between wanting to hear and telling you not to push yourself. Sylphie licks her lips and says,
"It… could be important for Mom and Dad…"
Gripping your hands you take a deep breath and sigh. "Fine…" Taking a moment to collect your thoughts, you begin:
"My Father was a scholar while my Mother was a housewife. As far as siblings go I have… had, one older sister, Helene. We lived out on the Eastern border, a little south of Borne, and although I never left the town much, I remember it being nice enough."
Frowning, you continue, "I was eight when it happened. A group of Monster bandits raided the town in an effort to drag off mates. I had never met any Monsters before and was terrified by them. My Father tried to fight but was soundly beaten and captured while my Mother was taken as a slave. I remember hiding with my sister as we heard everything. We thought we might be free, but we heard one of them outside our door. I figured that would be it but she… she sacrificed herself for me."
You put your hand to your forehead and grit your teeth. "She crawled out from under the bed and pretended no one else was there. They captured her too and… I wanted to stop her but I… I couldn't. I couldn't move until it was all over."
Taking a shuddering breath, you look up with haunted eyes and say, "There you go. That's my family, taken by slavers, or close enough years ago. They're all probably dead by now, are you happy?"
Silence pervades the room as everyone stares at you with surprise. Even your friends have shocked expressions and you realize you haven't quite shown this kind of emotion before. Gritting your teeth, you grip your staff in your hand and say, "Well?"
"Oh Gods Rommel I…" Sylphie begins before gulping. "I didn't know."
"Hells…" Sophie murmurs while Ebe looks at you with horror. You didn't really even say that much but it was enough, you guess?
Ammon licks his lips and then adjusts his suit. "Well then… that's a little bit more than I was expecting to hear, but it does answer the question, thank you…" He coughs and says, "Where were we… ah, shrines, yes."
▶ e45713 (31) No.308525>>308527
>>308524
His efforts to get back on track feel hollow following your story. You feel drained, as if you ran ten miles in the sands, and can only look at him with hollow eyes as he continues. "There is a rumor that more of the Queen's personal guard of Anubis are guarding the Holy Altar of the Twins in the capital. All manner of ancient artifacts are there, but none so more than the Mirror of Heaven, said to allow you to see the Goddesses if you are pious enough."
He looks to Sylphie who is still staring at you until he clears his throat. She blinks and then jumps, "Oh-Oh! I… yes! That could be… an Aether transformer." She coughs, "Yes, well… if that's the case then destroying it could rob her of her power?"
"Good for both of us to learn!" Ammon chuckles, trying to clear the mood. "Now then, as to entering the city, the easiest way is via one of the cargo caravans. It's easy enough to smuggle something in with the right bribe and there are plenty of caravans that enter all the time, but you'll want a man named Kuhalik. He does business in a town named Jahordin to the southeast of here."
"What do we do once we get in?" Tabitha asks, back on track.
"Well, that would be arranged with him, I should think. He should know how you may reach another informant in the city named Polah, who I have worked with before. She's a little hard to work with, but… well, you'll see when you meet her."
Alice snorts, "Can't be harder to work with than I am." When Tabitha eyes her and she still hasn't realized what she said, it's assumed she knows EXACTLY what she said. The Lizardman merely sighs and asks,
"This Polah inside the city, she'll know how to get into the dungeons?"
"If Polah doesn't, then no one does." Ammon says, rummaging in his suit. He pulls out two coins and hands them to you. Looking them over, you see their made of rough iron and have a large letter "A" stamped on them. They look well used.
"These." He continues. "Will show you've met with me. Unfortunately I have no reason to leave here so I can't come with you, but those are as good as gold here, use them wisely."
>You obtain 2x[Ammon's Marks]
>Given to you by Ammon, these show that you've met him and work as an introduction.
"Thank you…" You say, stowing away the coins. Still not feeling 100%, you begin, "Well-"
An unfamilar voice cuts you off. "She'll live. A few broken ribs set straight and some wide scale bruising, but she'll live."
Everyone turns to the healer who puts away her wand and waves to Zoras. The Girtablilu stretches and then winces, rubbing at herself before standing and turning about. Grunting, she says, "Bloody hells, I'm not going to be doing any acrobatics for awhile but at least I can walk."
"Ah, pleased to hear!" Ammon says, smiling. "I'll need you to rest for awhile before your next job, hmm?"
"Yeah, yeah…" She says, sitting back down. "Anyway, you lot leaving?"
"In a moment." You say, getting back on track. Setting your jaw, you ask, "Is that everything?"
He searches your eyes before saying without any falsehood, "Yes, that's everything you get in regards to entering the city. It's out of my hands now."
"I see." You say, nodding your head. "Could you answer me one more question then?"
"Depends, but shoot."
"What do the Khepri want with that Urn?"
Ako and Sayaka's hands go to their weapons awhile Ammon stares at you with a calculating expression. He makes no movements and tension rises in the room as everyone prepares for conflict. When it nearly becomes palpable, he asks, in a deliberate voice, "The fox?"
"The fox." You say, nodding.
Ammon's lips draw tight and he closes his eyes before taking a deep breath and then… smiling. "Ah well, no harm done here. I know you're familiar with the buyer then, yes? She and her coven are how you found me, after all."
"They promised they wouldn't sell us out!" Sylphie says, looking aghast.
▶ e45713 (31) No.308527>>308528 >>308531 >>308537 >>308760
>>308525
"I have no comment on that other than the Khepri are not united." He says, brooking no argument. "As to what she intends, I cannot say, but they are known to trade with many people. Maybe they'll sell it to the royal guard? Maybe they'll sell it to the Violet Sands? I don't know, nor do I care, and that's about all you'll get of that from me."
Feeling a danger in his tone, you nod your head. He smirks and then asks, "So… did you hear the other part then?"
"The rumor about me, yes."
"Curious?"
"Should I be?"
He chuckles and claps his hands together. "A man who knows what he wants, I like that. Well, just because of your heartfelt story, I think I'll tell you." He leans in close to you and says, hand cupped,
"I knew your story before you told me. It's the same story told by a member of the Violet Sands, a one former slave named, 'Helene.'"
He pulls away from you and stands, leaving you with wide eyes. He adjusts his suit and waves to his bodyguards, who walk over to him as he makes for the door. "I'll give you some time to process all of that. Don't worry, I have no reason to sell you out, there isn't a good price for such a thing at the moment and chaos breeds more business. When you're ready to go, just let Ako know."
Ako looks surprised for a moment but then bows her head and steps into the corner, watching all of you. Ammon chuckles and says, "It's about two days by foot to Jahordin. You could try to get some horses and make it all easier but… well, the guard are in force. Not certain how patrols will be out there, so I'd be careful if I were you."
"It's an open desert, how are we supposed to hide?" Sophie asks, frowning.
Ammon thinks it over. "I suppose… you don't! Going off the beaten path might be easiest you think? There's even a small settlement named Tet'ahn a little off the main trails but… well, of course, just because you evade attention of one party doesn't mean you'll avoid attention of others? There's many dangerous things out there but…" He chuckles, "I'm sure you'll do fine."
With that, he waves and walks out of the room with the healer and Sayaka, leaving a sullen looking Ako to watch over you. As the door closes, Erwin slips in, his tail almost getting caught in the door. He sniffs and then saunters over to you, nudging out the piece of gold ore for you.
{There. It's back. What did I miss?} He sends, knowing exactly what he missed.
"Rommel…" Sylphie says, and you realize everyone is looking at you with concern. She holds her hands together and says, "I… I'm sorry to hear about your family and-"
"Nevermind." You say, not wanting to think on it at the moment. "What's done is done."
"What did he tell you at the end there?" Sophie asks, looking concerned. "Your face went pale."
"I… I have to think about it some." Feeling a little sick, you take a deep breath to stabilize yourself before saying, "Come on, we need to prepare ourselves to go."
"…Sure." Sylphie says, clearly wanting to dig more into it but refraining out of respect.
"Well, that certainly was one hells of a bloody adventure." Zoras says, rubbing her face. "But I suppose this is where we part ways then, yeah?"
"I suppose so." Ebe says, bowing to the Girtablilu. "Thank you again for saving me."
"Aww hells, you're making me blush." Zoras says, trading thanks with Ebe.
Tabitha walks over to you and plants a hand on her hip, reptilian eyes looking down at you as she asks, "Well, what do you intend to do with this information?"
You can tell it's a loaded question, not nearly as simple as it seems. But with Ako in the room, answering straight may be hard. Still, that would give you some time to think it all over and provide a more proper response. Do you let your friends know more about your past? Do you even dare bring up what Ammon told you that your sister is alive? Even worse, do you act upon that information? Or is it best to just continue forward, trusting that he told you no falsehoods, despite giving up information incredibly easily.
Scratching your head, you sigh and lean back, all the while time slipping away. Gods above…
>What do you do?
▶ e45713 (31) No.308528
>>308527
I think… I covered everything.
Man, for an information broker, Ammon is really lose with his tongue, huh? Maybe he's just bad at his job.
Oh and there's that backstory thing, but you don't want more details on that, right? Eh, it's not important, getting out of town is important.
▶ 87b129 (3) No.308531>>308537 >>308647
>>308527
No let's keep our past for ourselves, no use to open more wounds like that, and if our sister is really alive she probaly gonna come clean later on, no need for more drama, we already got info of our destination, let's move now before the royal guard comes up and throw us on jail, if he's playings us for a fool he's gonna have to deal with one angry wizard later on.
▶ 545113 (2) No.308537>>308647
>>308531
>>308527
Agreed, the faster we move out of here, the less of a chance of being detected. We can leave that stuff for later. We should head to Jahordin while stopping by Tet'ahn for the night. Since Ammon said it's off the main trails, we shouldn't have too much trouble with any patrols hopefully.
▶ c1adc2 (1) No.308553>>308647
Leave Ako a message to pass to Ammon. Politely, but firmly, impress him the fact that we, having potentially learned of still having living family, would not react well to betrayal at this point.
If one of the twins really wants to know, instead of saying it out loud, we say it over the familiar link.
▶ e45713 (31) No.308647>>308657 >>308760
>>308531
>>308537
>>308553
Fair enough it seems! Old wounds don't ever heal up fully.
Anyone want to say goodbye to Zoras?
▶ 29102a (1) No.308657
>>308647
I mean, it would be rude not to, right? I hope we see more of her later. She seems reliable. Plus Girtablilu a cute.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.308760
>>308527
With the Royal Guard soon swarming into Hatset we don’t really have time to dawdle or contemplate what we’ve just been told right now, so get everyone to gather up their things and talk to Ako to have her lead us out of the town safely and without incident. Once she’s left us and we can freely discuss our plans with our party without anyone listening in, we should start heading towards Tet’ahn; not only would the small settlement allow us to potentially gather up supplies we desperately need but couldn’t get back in Hatset due to our recent actions, but it would also allow us to avoid the Royal Guard until we reach the capital, thus continuing to keep them in the dark about who and where we are for the time being they have pretty much nothing on us right now and only information they could obtain on us is an idea of what our party composition is like, and even then by the time they get such information we would have hopefully finished our business in the capital and thus giving us the best chance at infiltrating the dungeons when we get there. We are likely to encounter either bandits or the cultists instead if not both simultaneously, but both of these are of less threat to us than the Royal Guard as of our current predicament and the latter being present may give us an opportunity to hinder the Violet Sands as to restore the balance in Ectria somewhat since our actions thus far have only hindered the Royal Guard should it be deemed necessary, so the longer route is still ideal overall.
In terms of our past and other related topics, it’s clearly still a sore spot for us if the revealed emotions during the talk with Ammon and our actions towards slavers are any indication, so there’s no real reason for us to bring it up unless someone in our party asks about it. If someone does ask about it, then we might as well discuss it with them if just to satiate their curiosity, but make sure to leave out any information regarding that recent revelation from Ammon for the time being because we clearly need to process that ourselves first.
Other than that, there isn’t much to be said or done here that hasn’t already been done or isn’t already obvious.
>>308647
>Anyone want to say goodbye to Zoras?
We might as well do so, since she seems nice enough and did save Ebe’s life at her own expense, giving us reason to forgive her for trying to kill us earlier, not to mention how it would be a good idea to stay on good terms since something tells me this isn’t the last time we’re seeing her and the rest of Ammon’s group.
▶ 410883 (12) No.308781
we still need a map of the layout of the palace and we need to stock up on items
it wouldnt hurt to find out where the altair of the twins is
we should also confirm that the contact can get us in the palace where we need to be we dont need to head in immediatly
then to wrap up we needexit plans and a plan of attack
▶ e45713 (31) No.308829>>308830
>Story continue
Tapping your staff on the ground, you shake your head and look at Tabitha with tired eyes. She furrows her brow at you as you say, "If the Royal Guard are present, we shouldn't sit around here. Besides, we've spent enough time as it is, everyone should be ready to go, right?"
Your voice must have been harsher than you thought, because Sylphie and Ebe flinch while even Alice looks a little surprised. They look at each other before nodding and standing to gather their things. Unable to change this, you sigh and turn to Tabitha who looks you in the eye and nods with understanding before helping with preparations to go.
"Ako." You say, walking over to the Kunoichi. She frowns at you and replies,
"What?"
A wave of frustration comes over you, but you stifle it and say, "Look, sorry about last night, I wasn't exactly in my right mind, you know?"
"It is not my duty to judge such things, only to make sure we all do our duty."
Part of you wants to slap her upside the head for being such a bitch, but you can't tell if that's also the part that doesn't want to talk about your past and is making YOU bitchy. Instead, you grit your teeth and say, "Fine. We're going need to see Ammon soon."
"Very well." She says, nodding her head to Zoras. "And her?"
"Oh yeah, I'm bloody fine, thanks for asking." Zoras groans. She tries to stand, but her legs are wobbly even to you and you find yourself going over to her and putting a hand on her shoulder to drift her downward.
"You should probably just stay here."
"Oh like the hells I'm going to stay here like some damn spider in her web, I'm going."
"Listen." Crouching down to get to eye level with her, you continue, "Zoras, I know our meeting was a little rocky and while attacking Ebe like that should be unforgivable, she clearly has forgiven you and so must I." Shaking your head you sigh, "You proved who you are, and I want to thank you for it. As such, I don't want to see you risk yourself outside when you're not in your best health. Please, stay here, alright?"
Zoras looks at you with utter surprise in her eyes. "You… you're worried about me?"
"I mean." You say, feeling a little conflicted still. "Yes, I suppose. You did right by us so… why not?"
Zoras goes silent at this, biting her lip as she searches your expression. Despite her apperance, she nods her head in a rather demure gesture and says, "I… suppose I will then." She blushes and looks away, "Ah Gods, I haven't had to say goodbye to someone in awhile."
"Who knows, maybe we'll meet again." You say this figuring you probably won't meet again, and both of you know it. Still, these things need to be said, and as you stand she grabs the hem of your robes, making you look down at her.
"Hey ah… if you're going to the palace, mind swiping me souvenir? I always wanted a piece of bloody royal treasure."
Unable to keep yourself from smiling at this, you smirk and say, "I'll see what I can do." She nods her head at this answer and leans back, folding her arms under her breasts and sighing as you finish your own preparations.
Soon enough you're ready to go and Ako steps back in from outside, nodding her head. "We are free to go now, please be quick."
Without any objection, you follow her outside into the bright light of the Ectrian day. The warm sun shining down on you feels good, though you don't get to bask in it long as Ako heads you down another alleyway, such as they are in this city. The city is more quiet than you'd expect, most people likely being indoors when the guard are out in force, and you have to stop at multiple times as you hear other sets of hooves coming. At one point Ako curses and leaves you behind, tossing a cloak over herself and stepping out into the street. A few terse words later she returns to you and continues you on the way.
Despite being mostly in the shadows, you can hear the guards crawling the streets, knocking on doors and questioning people. More than one shout of protest comes as the guards barge into a house and you feel sickened at this. They clearly feel nothing wrong ruining people's lives in the name of the Pharaoh. You remember the words of your ah… your sister… and then quickly put them out of your head. No, let's not think about that for now.
▶ e45713 (31) No.308830>>308831
>>308829
Eventually you reach the warehouse again, and are ushered inside by Ako who closes the door shut behind you with a worried look. Your group sighs as they find themselves in familiar territory, and Ammon greets you, looking as cheery as ever.
"Ah! You came much faster than expected! Why we could have traveled together had you told me!" As he says this, Ako walks up and whispers in his ear to which he frowns and says, "Ah, we'll go and pick up Zoras later. Seems there's something that calls my attention in the streets anyway."
"Such as?" Sophie says, cocking her head.
"Never you worry little princess." Ammon says, smirking. "Now then, you'll head out the way you came, I can confirm they won't be watching that area, for now anyway. It won't be hard to reach the trail and-"
"We're going to head to Tet'ahn." You say, cutting him off. He blinks at you in surprise and says,
"You're going there? Ah, but I suppose you would need some supplies and such." He nods his head. "I would advise you not to linger, everything has been dangerous these days."
"You're telling me." You sigh. Shaking your head, you make to move past him, but he puts a hand on your chest and whispers in your ear,
"Aren't you forgetting something?"
Your spine stiffens as your eyes narrow. "Ammon, you better not-"
He smiles and says, "Can you say, 'thank you?'"
Blinking at him in surprise, your mouth works soundlessly at this and he chuckles, heartily until you finally sigh out, "Thank you."
"See? That wasn't so hard." He says, pulling something out of his pocket. "Oh yes, I had forgotten this, but you might need it. It's not terribly well detailed, but such things are hard to come by and this copy is all you get."
Holding out your hand, he gives you a piece of parchment, which you unroll to look at. Before you is a map of the palace, clearly drawn out by someone who had infiltrated it at some point rather than an architect. Scribbled words and moderately straight lines show a layout of the important places in the palace and while it looks rather sad, it's easy enough to use.
>You obtain [Palace Map]
>Not the map of the Palace of Setet you deserve, but the map you need
"I see." You say, stuffing the map away in your bag. "Thank you for this, you've been a big help, possibly more than you've needed to be."
Ammon gives you a sidelong look. "That is a statement rich with implications, my dear Rommel."
"Is it? My mistake." You say, feeling some tension building. He smiles at you and steps away, waving his hand over the stairs down to the tunnel.
"Very good! You have a nice trip now, and do let me know how the reunion goes? I love family gatherings?"
Sophie sniffs, "You'll know as soon as we do."
"Hahaha, so I will! So I will!"
With that out of the way, you head down into the tunnel with Sayaka in tow this time, the Kunoichi opening the grates. The passage is boring as before, yet not quite as tense, and when all of you reach the outside, the Kunoichi bows and makes to leave, pausing next to you only to whisper,
"My sister is rather enamored by you. She's a little disappointed you didn't get rough with her."
Blinking in surprise, when you turn to look at her again she's gone. Feeling utterly confused at the whole situation, you shake your head and play off the confused looks that Tabitha and Alice give while glaring at the two Cat o'Ninetails who look just like the grinning fox next to you. Their animal ears twitch and you groan at their stupid non-human hearing. With them in good spirits, you push once again into the desert heat.
▶ e45713 (31) No.308831>>308833
>>308830
Oh right, the desert sucks.
This thought came to you quite quickly as you began your journey to the southeast. With the sun beating down on you, you have no time to feel mopey over your past and current revelations, because you're sweating like a pig again and feel your chest aches every now and then as you walk. Such is the price of being a hero, you suppose.
Conversation is, of course, sparse in the group, the twins having grown tired of their bullying of you. This is something you're also quite thankful for as you travel through the sands. You're honestly only able to tell you're off the beaten path because of Sayaka's instructions, telling you that if you run into any sign-posts, then you're too close to the roads. As such, you see no sign posts and no signs of well, anyone.
The day drags on and before long you stop for lunch, eating some food that Sophie prepares while looking over the map. You agree that there's really nothing much to do be done about it until you reach your new contacts, though Tabitha is understandably nervous about the situation. She bring up what you failed to bring up with the others.
"I don't trust this Ammon. He's playing us for something, but I can't tell what."
Everyone agrees with her on this point, but there's nothing much to be done for it, how can there be? At this point it's all you have to go off of, and at least it's something. His words about this Tet'ahn though are a little cryptic however, but again, you'll have to meet it head on.
As the day drags on, you find yourself glad no one asks you about your family again. That was your top fear as soon as you got out of the city and frankly it still eats at you. Thinking you put most of this behind you, you know that eventually it's going to come to the fore and you'll have to talk about it… or face it. You'd like to say, "what are the chances I'll see her again?" but you know the answer to that already.
Ebe returns from a survey in the later afternoon. Near some craggy lands she found the town surrounding a small source of water. Not very large and made in simple Ectrian style, she doesn't describe it as different from any of the many other towns in Ectria, at least from the air. Based on distance, she suspects it will be evening by the time you make it there, possibly well after dark. Feeling this to be rather better than staying out in the sands for the evening, you decide to press on, despite any particular fatigue.
The sun sets and you travel by the moon and the eyesight of the two Cat o'Ninetails, foregoing any light for the time being. As you approach the town, you see lanterns set up at the edge of the town, near a rocky outcrop. Given the size of the place, a wall would be difficult to build and likely useless as they may not have people to defend it anyway. Still, the light should belong to a town watchman.
Signaling to Sylphie, she sets her staff to glowing to announce your presence. The watchman in the closing distance stands up at your approach and looks at you in alarm, calling out, "Who goes there?"
"Just some travelers looking for a place to spend the night and get supplies!" You shout from a safe distance.
The man pauses for a moment and brings something up to his face before nodding. You can't tell what it is, but he says a moment later, "We don't get many travelers out this way, who told you about us?"
"Someone from Hastet." You say. "We didn't want to travel the main roads, too dangerous these days.
He pauses again, holding the item to his face. Letting it fall, he says, "Very well then. Let me inspect you and I'll let you in. Come closer."
Following his commands, you walk over to him so he can inspect you, looking at all of you in the torchlight. He pauses to study each of you, looking under cloaks and such before pausing and squinting at your face. He turns around and whispers something, to which Sophie and Sylphie both frown.
{Erwin?} You send.
{He just said, "That can't be right."}
▶ e45713 (31) No.308833>>308836 >>308842 >>308845 >>308851 >>308865 >>308875 >>308882 >>308885 >>309007
>>308831
The man turns around again and smiles, "I suppose you don't much look like bandits, especially not with all that magic and such beautiful women." Tipping his hat, the man nods to the town, "Let me show you in."
Everyone looks at each other. Feeling off about this, you nod your head and follow the man into the town. As you enter, you get the feeling of eyes watching you, though only a few of the houses have any lighting. Your staff doesn't illuminate anyone at the windows, but you just feel… weird. Still, nothing much happens as you find yourself at a larger structure, a tavern of sorts which has a few rooms for the occasional traveler.
Getting settled in and paying with some of the Ectrian coin you found, the innkeeper is helpful enough but he only has three rooms able to house two people per bed available. Mr. Ed goes to the stable out back while your group figures out the task of, "Who gets to sleep in the room with Rommel."
This, of course, means that everyone is in your designated room, arguing about it while you hold your hands in your head. Your suggestion of, "Can't someone just triple up?" was widely dismissed. Everyone wants some bed space, which means even if you're on the floor, someone is going to be in the same room as you. Why they should care you don't know, but either way you're tired of the arguing.
Sighing, you step outside of the room as Alice tries to impress upon them in perfect logical discourse why she should get to sleep in the same room as you. Rubbing your head, you make to go take in some of the night air. As you do, you step near the common room and pause as you can't help overhearing the innkeeper speaking.
"Yes, yes they're here but they're in their rooms. We should postpone the ritual though and- what? But we can't!… I see. Very well then."
His voice cuts off and you hear him walking away, to which you hurriedly zip back into your room to find Tabitha with her magitek foot on Alice's back, shaking her head. The others are still chatting though when you return they cut off, evidently seeing the look on your face. When you tell them what you heard everyone grows serious, even Alice on the floor.
"What do you think they mean by ritual?" Sylphie says, looking nervous.
"I don't know, but it might not be worth it to find out." Sophie murmurs. "Does Mr. Ed see anything amiss?"
"No but-" Sylphie cuts off as a knock comes at the door. Licking her lips, she calls out, "Yes?"
The door opens to reveal the innkeeper, who has a very fake smile on his face. "Ah, I am afraid I am going to have to ask all of you to retire here soon. It is quite late and any commotion may be unsettling for the nearby townsfolk."
Not having settled their little debate, nor decided how to proceed, your party once again looks to you, their fearless leader, for guidance.
Well…
>What do you?
▶ e45713 (31) No.308836
>>308833
Nice, double dubs. Things are looking up.
Actually you have a really tough decision on your hands. Who the hell gets to stay in your room tonight? How annoying, and you're upsetting the inkeeper. You need to put a stop to this.
Oh yeah, I might not get an update in on tuesday, I will do my best but I gotta get prepared for my flight to Gencon on Wednesday, to which I'll be out until that next monday. Sorry guys!
▶ 87b129 (3) No.308842>>309040
>>308833
Act natural, play cool and try to come up with a plan to leave this place as quietly as possible. Whatever is happening we should not get involved any further.
▶ 339ef5 (7) No.308845>>308852 >>308872 >>308875 >>309040
>>308833
Kill the innkeeper, Follow through with everyone in town for being sneaky heretical bitches.
Okay seriously though, Send Erwin and Mister Ed out to recon for spoopy shenanigans. Or we can try to shake it up by sending out a small contingent of tiny golems to sneak around with [Audio Tap]'s placed on them. I'd personally recommend this since it will broaden our skills more. We've gotten real lazy recently with expanding our powers since shooting things is just so damn efficient.
While the scouts are out we can rest and recuperate. And while logic says Tabitha should share our room for obvious reasons, The heart demands Ebe since its fun to watch the sexual frustration build.
Shame about Ako. She sounds like a keeper
▶ 85555d (1) No.308851>>309040
>>308833
Send poor Erwin to scout, and share the room with Tabitha.
▶ 87b129 (3) No.308852>>308872 >>309040
>>308845
If we decide to stay rather than leave I in for this anon plan and for Ebe.
▶ 410883 (12) No.308853>>308855
pretend to sleep at night sneak around and follow the inkeeper
▶ 410883 (12) No.308855>>309040
>>308853
maybe say we've come to a decision my good man then put your hand on his shoulder and cast audio tap on it
sophie and sylphie ahould sleep with tabitha since she knows them ebe and alice can sleep with us
▶ 740b7d (1) No.308865>>308872 >>309040
>>308833
The sisters should stay together so that eliminates them as a choice. That leaves Alice, Tabitha and Ebe. Tabitha would probably be better off on her own, and Alice is just asking for trouble. So Ebe is clearly the best choice we can make here a choice made completely free of bias obviously
▶ 2b98a9 (8) No.308872>>309040
>>308865
>>308845
>>308852
You are all misguided. The lizard is clearly the superior choice for when we eventually have our heart melted. Ebe simply has an exotic appeal. This anon has it right.>>308851
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.308875>>309040
>>308833
It’s obvious that the town is full of cultists, Violet Sands most likely, who had plans for tonight before we showed up, plans of which that now potentially involve us in some fashion since they’ve recognised us or at least our spell casting capabilities. We can’t really leave though, because not only is travelling the desert at night much more dangerous, more so since we’re likely tired by this point, but the cultists also know we are here and may try to pursue us should we attempt to get the fuck out of dodge. Staying put would be our best bet, as it would be the safer option overall, would give us a decent night’s sleep since we would be sleeping in beds as opposed to the cold desert sands and may present us the opportunity to hinder the cultist’s plans should we deem it necessary after some snooping around.
Since the girls are pretty much forcing us to make the final decision on who shares a room with us, I’d recommend we take Tabitha for both logical and totally not personal reasons try to make it fair for everyone by putting it up to chance so we can limit the complaints we have to deal with; flip a few coins, do the short straw method, have them guess how many rocks we’re holding behind our back, spin a bottle or a pointed stone, have them guess the name of the oft-forgotten Valinthia the [Bauxite], anything works really so long as none of them have an advantage though Sylphie will probably find a way to cheat somehow. Just pray Alice doesn’t win, because that will make things really awkward for us and then everyone loses.
Once that’s out of the way, have the others pair up and then get each pair to decide on watches, because it’s clear that sleeping here isn’t safe and it would be best if we had at least three people awake at any time to both deal with any occult shenanigans that may occur and to wake up the other three who are sleeping to be prepared for whatever -- for our own pair, we should take first watch since anything that may occur is likely to occur sooner rather than later and we want to be awake to snoop around. We should also hand Erwin over to one of the four girls who lost the gamble so that we can maintain communication with at least one group should things go awry and because Erwin could probably use the affection given what he’s put up with thus far. Giving him to Sylphie would be a good idea, seeing as she has contact with Mr Ed outside so she can keep us updated and can actually understand Erwin not to mention her expertise at belly scratches, but if she can read our thoughts when neither us nor Erwin is in sight, just nearby so our familiar link is close by, then it would be better if we gave Erwin to the pair that doesn’t contain Sylphie so everyone can stay in contact with each other.
With everyone settled down and us hopefully on first watch, talk with the person we were paired up with to pass the time because the cultists are likely to wait for us to fall asleep before they do anything. Once our vigil begins, we should do what >>308845 suggests with the golem patrol, because that inspection the watchman did on us means that Erwin is known and may be expected to skulk around, thus potentially making sending him out a bad idea, while nobody expects the obligatory Monty Python reference rocks which makes them great for eavesdropping. Maintaining sight of our friends when moving them might be rather awkward for us, but we wouldn’t have to move them too much since we’re relying on the attached [Audio Tap] to listen in, and even if we did we could probably reposition ourselves without drawing attention due to the distance from everything or even bullshit our way through it somehow with [Survey] should the distance between us and the rocks not be very far. Should we discover something suspicious, let the others know via Erwin and decide what the plan of action is and whether or not to wake the others though that discussion will likely occur next update.
▶ 545113 (2) No.308882>>309040
>>308833
Like the others have said, send Erwin to snoop around as usual, and share the room with Ebe, because I'd like to see how she'd react. And also the chances of Sylphie winning here are slim
▶ d502bf (1) No.308885>>309040
>>308833
Personally, I'd have Ebe sleep with Rommel. Tabitha with Sylphie and Alice with Sophie. Each girl gets a swordswoman to protect them. This actually pains me, as I'm a Tabitha fanboy. But Ebe is a close second! Whom ever ends up with Rommel, there needs to be a heart-to-heart scene. Aka talking about a bit of their own past life ect. Please Ace!
Mr.Ed can patrol around the Inn. Erwin can snoop, and if possible follow cultists to their ritual. The party needs to be ready to move if something dodgy occurs.
A Golem patrol within the Inn might be interesting.
▶ bc8345 (7) No.308915>>309040 >>309387
We should set thing up with Sylphie and Rommel being the magic team, Sophie and Ebe for support, and Tabitha and Alice for the main force.
▶ bbfa86 (2) No.309007>>309040
>>308833
Well, if we were a simpler man, the best idea would be to get the hell out of dodge before the Kali-Ma ritual goes down. But we are not a simple man, we are a Wizard. It is our Solos-given duty to become personally invested in every event that takes place between us and our objective.
We should take steps to prepare for the inevitable cultist attack. I really like the idea of using our rock friends as a Golem listening device. We should also make sure we can tap into Mr. Ed to let us know if anyone tries to sneak in from the outside. They have no idea that we're a Wizard, and won't expect us to keep tabs on them magically. And if it turns out they're just organizing some huge dance party or something, let cultists be cultists. As long as no-one is being sacrificed we've got no reason to care.
Now this is not going to be a popular with the rest of our group, but I advocate that we all sleep in the same room. The girls will complain about the space, but this is about being smart not comfortable. Having our team sleep in different rooms didn't work out so well in the haunted mansion in Wizardquest 1, and we can remind Tabitha of that fact if anyone argues. Granted, that was due to ghost possession, but I'm getting some similar vibes from this place. Splitting our team up when we're most vulnerable and in hostile territory is just plain stupid. One night of awkward sleeping is better than members of our party being kidnapped.
As far as the arrangements, give Tabitha and Alice the bed. Desert nights are cold and Tabitha is cold-blooded, she can share the bed and stay warm with Alice. It also keeps Alice from getting any ideas while we're asleep. As for the rest of us, between the twins fur and Ebe's feathers we should be more than fine on the floor. The more time we waste arguing the less rested we'll be tomorrow.
▶ 38b980 (2) No.309028>>309040
we should send erwin out to scout out again, his hearing and eyesight should be perfect for it,I say the group should be split up with rommel and ebe in room1, sophie and alice in room 2 and slypie and tabitha in room 3
▶ e45713 (31) No.309040>>309387 >>309413 >>309939
Wao lots of replies
>>308842
Boring!
>>308845
Less boring! But scary!
Tiny golems sound fun, but who do you send out?
We got one for Ebe.
>>308851
One for tabitha
>>308852
Two for Ebe
>>308855
Nice double dubs, but it don't work that way my friend. That would be scandalous!
>>308865
Three for Ebe
>>308872
Two for Tabitha
>>308875
Whaaaat? Cultists? You crazy.
Having a game of chance is even crazier. You're crazy!
>>308882
Four for Ebe
>>308885
Five for Ebe! Wao!
A heart to heart scene? Me? Impossible, I can't write feels/ corny shit.
>>308915
O-one for Sylphie?
>>309007
Everyone in the same room? SUPER MADMAN. Even if it makes sense.
>>309028
Another vote for Ebe, well I guess Ebe is probably going to be the lucky winner! Oh boy oh boy.
▶ 43bd59 (2) No.309318>>309363
Thread being weird, lets see what this does..
▶ 339ef5 (7) No.309363>>309383
▶ 813978 (3) No.309387>>309390
>>309040
How!
I didn't expect such a landslide for Ebe. I thought Tabitha would get more to be honest as best girl.
>>308915
>set thing up with Sylphie and Rommel
Poor Sylphie. But then again, there's no way Mr.Ed would allow Sylphie to be in the same room with Rommel!
▶ bc8345 (7) No.309390>>309428
>>309387
He's a horse, whats he gonna do? Rommel could be fucking her and all he could do is listen through his link. He has no dick too so it only completes the image.
▶ b41752 (1) No.309413>>309415 >>309428 >>309438
>>309040
>couldn't vote for tabby in time
Being a tabithafag is suffering
▶ 38b980 (2) No.309415
>>309413
you also couldn't sage faggo
▶ 68e4a0 (4) No.309417>>309422
All these Ebe fags.
The only true love for Rommel is his rock collection.
▶ 74be96 (5) No.309422
>>309417
gargoyle waifu confirmed
▶ 813978 (3) No.309428
>>309390
1. He's threatened to smash the skull of anyone who defiles his Flower. ok, Rommel could seduce Sylphie. But, if he does it in an asshole way, the horse can crush his skull later!.
2. Mr.Ed is a gelding, meaning he's had his balls cut off, he's been castrated. He still has a penis, dick. Educating you kidds is so tiresome at times.
>>309413
Sage damn you!
▶ 339ef5 (7) No.309438>>309442
>>309413
She should be knocked down a peg on the waifu list for you not saging
▶ 813978 (3) No.309442
>>309438
Noooooooo!
Don't take it out on Tabitha!
▶ 58d205 (1) No.309464
Tabitha would be the logical choice for no lewds Rommel since she definitely wouldn't try anything or let him try anything. Plus she could fight off horny Alices.
But then again rooming with the bird just sounds like it would be a lot more fun in probably a really awkward kinda way.
▶ d7c8ac (1) No.309939>>309961 >>310342
>>309040
>>309383
Rommel still needs to find out why Dollora tried to contact him in the temple.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.309961>>310297 >>310431
Howdy y'all! I'm back from Gencon with a much lighter wallet!
Something nice is being worked on for y'all currently but otherwise we're back on track tomorrow I believe. Too tired today/ need to catch up on stuff.
>>309939
Yeah no real time back then, plenty of shrines in the new towns, probably one here too actually, though whether or not anyone is a big worshiper though…
▶ 27e37a (1) No.310037
▶ 339ef5 (7) No.310297>>310449
>>309961
I was afraid you were going to Jexx us.
▶ 77956c (5) No.310342
▶ ec25bd (1) No.310431>>310449
>>309961
Hooray! Waiting warmly for Ebe lewds/heart-to-hearts/awkwardness.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310443>>310444
>Story continue
"Ahem."
Clearing your throat, you turn to the innkeeper and smile. "Of course sir, we were merely reminiscing about the day's events and making plans for our evening rooms."
The innkeeper's face brightens. "But of course! I can escort your parties to their rooms."
He lingers at the doorway after saying this, smile still forced on his face. The party looks about with awkwardness, Sophie coughing in her hand as the uncomfortable silence drags on. Each of the girls glances toward you, as if waiting for you to say something. When the oppressive feeling grows too great you eventually groan and say, "Can't we all just share one room?"
"NO!!!"
The accumulated voices of your assembled party and the innkeeper hit you like a physical force. With effort, you keep yourself from reeling backward, though you do take a step backward. Seeming just as startled as you, the others look about each other with surprise which quickly turns to embarrassment. Thankfully you're too shocked to be embarrassed, though something tells you that you should be.
As eyes shift between each other and occasionally to you, you sense that you need to act quickly or else things may get out of hand. Looks like you're forced to choose after all. Time seems to slow down around you as possibilities race through your mind. You have to choose one of them to end this nightmare, so does it really matter who you choose? You could randomly spin a bottle or roll some dice for Solos's sake!
And yet… something tells you otherwise. Two voices in your head, bickering, drowning out the other voices. Despite the insistence of both, one speaks louder, and though you don't really know why, you have your answer. After what feels like six days, you open your mouth and say,
"Tabitha and Sylphie, you two share a room. Alice and Sophie share the other room and for the last room, me and… Ebe."
Silence deafens the room. Ebe's eyes grow wide as her cheeks flush furiously. The other girls look at you, then to each other, before looking down and nodding their heads. Even Tabitha looks a little confused, but she shrugs moments later and turns to Sylphie, putting a hand on the Monster's shoulder.
"Alright, you heard the man, come on."
Sylphie, looking perturbed, makes no objections as she's lead away toward the innkeeper, who looks like he just passed a kidney stone. As for Sophie, she looks at you with a raised eyebrow before shaking her head and putting a hand over Alice's mouth before the woman can make any trouble. She attempts to, but ends up rolling her eyes and walking out without much of a protest. The innkeeper nods to you and coughs before closing the door to your room, leaving you with Ebe and Erwin.
The Ghandharva looks at the door with surprise before turning back to you, her green eyes meeting yours. Despite her bronzed complexion, you can see her blushing furiously and it soon makes you uncomfortable. Looking away, you spy Erwin grinning at you in a way that only a fox can, and you frown at the familiar, sending,
{What are you looking at?}
{It's just so cute!}
{Ugh, get out of her!} You send, feeling angry for some reason. {Go do some recon or something!}
{Mmm, but I'm doing some good recon right here!}
{Damnit, look can you go bother someone else? Go be with Sylphie or something!}
{Can I snuggle her chest?}
{Sure! Whatever!} You send back, putting a hand to your forehead. Gods damnit why are you so embarrassed? It's the atmosphere from before putting you out of it, isn't it? That's the reason, you're just so tired you're caught up in it!
Erwin slips out of the room as you sit down on the bed, shaking your head. A shuffling of feathers sounds next to you and you look up to see Ebe bending over to look into your face, a look of concern on hers. She opens her mouth and then closes it, scrunching up her mouth before sighing and asking, "Are you alright?"
"I… uh, yeah." You reply, coughing into your hand. "Just a little worked up is all. Erwin, you know."
"Oh!" She says, standing up and chuckling. "Erwin, of course. He's… causing trouble?"
"You don't know the half of it." You sigh.
"I suppose I never really know what Erwin is doing or thinking, just that… he's a good friend to you, right?"
Taking a moment to think about it, you exhale some of the stress before responding. "Yes… he's a very good friend, if grating at times."
"Ah, I see." She says, fidgeting.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310444>>310445
>>310443
Looking up at her, you frown. Sitting down let you clear your head a little and the conversation toward Erwin is a welcome distraction. Still, seeing her fidgeting like that is a little disconcerting, so you pat the bed next to you. "Might as well sit down, I suppose, no sense in looking uncomfortable."
"Eh… eh?" She says, looking more red. "A-Are you sure?"
"I don't see why not?"
"O-Okay then." Ebe says before taking in a deep breath and sitting down on the bed next to you. She grows quiet, looking at you every now and then out of the corner of her eye as you lean over, rubbing your face. You catch her at one point and frown, sitting up and asking her what she's doing.
"N-Nothing!" She squawks. "I just… well, I mean." Coughing into her wing, she says, "I was thinking about good friends and such. I had friends growing up but none of them were really… good friends, you know?"
"Mmm, I know that." You say, nodding your head. "Given my… circumstances, I didn't have much of a chance to make friends. Or maybe I shunned them." Giving a wry smile, you say, "Maybe that's why Erwin means so much to me."
"That's sweet." She says, a genuine smile on her face.
"Thanks." You reply, to her embarrassment. Quirking and eyebrow, you shake your head and ask, "What do you think of this place?"
"Huh? Ectria? I mean, it's my home and all but-" She cuts off as you give her a knowing look and she clacks her tongue. "Oh, you mean this village. Uhm…" A look of concentration comes over her face as she thinks it over.
"I don't like it." She says, nodding her head. "The rhythm feels off here, you know?"
"The… rhythm?" You ask, looking confused.
"Ah! I mean, like there's a strange vibe here." She says, looking flustered. "Like there's something with the air, a humming almost. The innkeeper doesn't look like any innkeeper I've seen, he looks scared."
Sighing, you nod your head. "My thoughts too. Something's wrong here."
"What should we do?"
"Hmmm." You muse, rubbing your chin. "Sending out Erwin might be unwise since they saw him when we arrived. I would still like some early warning beyond Mr. Ed though, but how to do it?"
"Uhm." She says, cocking her head. "Can't you put those uh… [Audio Taps] wasn't it? Hear what the innkeeper is saying?"
"A little difficult unless I know where to cast the magic. If I had Erwin scout places out and cast through him… bah same problem." Grumbling, you lay back on the bed, thinking. "If only I had something small and mobile…"
Ebe shifts, "Uhm… what about those little golems of yours?"
Blinking, you think it over before bolting up. "Ebe, you're a genius."
"H-Huh?" She says, looking confused as you race over to your [Backpack], pulling out rocks. "W-what are you doing?"
"Pulling out rocks of course." Having chosen four rocks, you focus your magic upon them and cast [Imbue Golem].
The piles of rocks shift and soon take form as Stan, Phallia, Babyface, and Greg take shape into golems. Each takes a humanoid form, and though it's a little taxing, it's worth it to make them seem vaguely distinct. You take special pride in Phallia, who looks at you a smooth face, yet feminine form. Pleased with your work, you attach [Audio Tap] to each of them and then ascribe a set of orders for them to patrol the grounds in a pattern as you have laid out.
The golems, orders imbued, parade out. Phallia and Babyface go out the door while Stan and Greg go through a little window, beginning their patrols. As they walk away, you listen for anything they pick up immediately, but hear nothing beyond the sound of the pitter patter of tiny rocks on the ground.
"That was pretty cool." Ebe says. Turning to face her, you see a smile on her face that's rather genuine. "Your magic is always so interesting to watch, you know."
Blinking in surprise, you cough into your hand and say, "Well, it's not like some mummer's show or anything, it's rather life and death stuff."
"Uh huh." She says, giggling. "If you say so."
"What's what supposed to mean?" You grumble, to which she giggles again.
"Nothing!" Ebe walks over to the bed and sits down, sighing as she lays back, her golden wings spreading over the bed sheets, framing her voluptuous body as if it were art in a gallery. Looking up at the ceiling, she asks, "What now?"
"Well…" You say, your golems in the back of your mind. "I guess we wait to see if anything happens."
"What if nothing happens though?"
"Then I guess we get a good night's sleep."
Ebe's cheeks flush and she lifts her head to look at you. "Oh, r-right." She fidgets on the bed before stuttering, "W-Well, i-if you want, we can sh-share the… ah… uhm…"
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310445>>310446
>>310444
"Hmm?" You say, looking up at her as you unroll your bedroll. "Something wrong?"
Ebe stares at you in confusion and surprise before sitting up and leaning over. She narrows her eyes and says, "You… were planning on sleeping in the bedroll?"
"Well, yeah. You're getting the bed, so I'll sleep on the floor, it's fine."
"It's f- no it's not fine!" She groans. Using one of her wings, she slaps the bed next to her and says with a touch of anger, "You're sleeping in the bed tonight too."
"Uh… why?"
"Because you're tired and you've done a lot and… and… j-just do it!" Ebe's cheeks flush after she says this, all hints of defiance leaving her expression. She blushes and turns to the side, crossing her wings over her chest.
Looking at her like this, she seems rather defenseless in a way, and yet the strength in her voice from before reminds you of when you first met her. You feel something stir within you at this and your mouth goes a little dry as you begin to feel uncomfortable. Looking away, you begin to say, "I think I'll be fine with the bedroll" when she asks,
"Please?"
Closing your eyes, you sigh and lower your head. Ah Gods damnit, that tone of voice, trying to guilt you into this. Feeling conflicted between a sense of danger and your respect for Ebe, you weigh your options carefully. On one hand, you're going to probably be awake all night listening for anything going on as it stands, so it's not like you're in any danger if you keep your wits about you. Besides, it's Ebe, it's not like there's any reason to be afraid, not like you're with Alice who would be naked already.
With a groan, you roll your bedroll back up and say, "Fine, I'll sleep in the bed."
"R-Really?" Ebe says, looking surprised for some reason. "You mean it?"
Shrugging, you walk over and sit down on the bed. "I mean, I don't see why not I guess." You smile at her and say, "That is, if you're fine with it."
She blinks a few times before smiling herself and nodding her head. "Of course!"
"Good." You say, still feeling a little conflicted, your heart beating hard in your chest. Taking in a deep breath, you exhale slowly and listen close to your golems. Feeling the signal to the golems, you're able to get a rough estimate of where they are. Nothing comes to you but the sound of the night time desert, making you wonder where the innkeeper went. Maybe he retired to his own chambers?
"Everything alright?" Ebe asks, to which you tell her you're looking after the golems. She nods and says, "I suppose it's fine then? Maybe it's nothing after all."
"Maybe." You say, shrugging. "I'd like a nice, uneventful night."
"Yeah… seems like we're always getting into trouble these since we met." Ebe chuckles nervously before sighing. "Hey Rommel… uhm… what do you think you'll do when this is all over?"
"Hmm?" You ask, turning to her. "Where did this come from?"
"I was just thinking, you know? I know the main goal is to help Sophie and Sylphie and I love both of them as my best friends but… what happens when it's all over?"
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310446>>310447
>>310445
Crossing your arms across your chest you think it over. Your plans still haven't changed, though at the same time it feels a little more nebulous than before, a little less certain. After you confront him… what then? Even if you're able to convince him, what WILL you do? Go back to your home and live in solitude again after everything you've done so far? Somehow that seems a little difficult to accept, a little too lonely.
"I'm not certain." You say with honesty. "I haven't really thought that far ahead, I've just been focused on the goal ahead, meeting it one challenge at a time." Feeling pensive, you ask, "What about you?"
"Me?" She asks, looking surprised. "I… I don't know either. I know I said I wanted to return home after my experience in Deleor but… the more I travel with you and the others and after going home again… it all seems so small. I feel like, pardon the wording, like it's not enough space to spread my wings."
"I think I understand that." You say, nodding your head. "Sometimes… I think I understand what the Grand Wizard felt on his journey."
Ebe watches you for a moment before smiling and reaching over to pull out her ghitar. You watch her with curiosity as she tunes it before nodding her head. A wan smile comes to her mouth as she says, "There's something I've been working on, would you like to hear it?"
"Well, as long as we don't make too much noise… sure."
She smirks and then takes a deep breath before beginning to play on the ghitar. Soft notes play from the instrument, washing over you. Though she doesn't sing, something in the melody is seemingly imbued with her voice and you feel as if the music is speaking to something within your heart. Memories of your home, your family, come to you unbidden and you soon close your eyes, drinking in the sound that pours forth from her ghitar.
It feels like it ends almost as soon as it begins, though you know that isn't true. The longing in your heart for the sense of belonging that you had when you were little, the bonds of family pull at you. You feel something soft caress your cheek and you look up in surprise to see Ebe wiping a tear from your cheek, that wan smile still on her face.
"So… what did you think?"
It takes you a few moments to gather your thoughts enough for you to say, "It… it's beautiful."
Ebe lets out a deep breath. "Ah, good. I was afraid that making a song based on my own feelings wouldn't speak to someone else but… I guess it spoke to you, haha…hah."
The Ghandharva chuckles, a little awkward before she clears her throat and says, "I'm glad you liked it though."
"Yeah." You say, feeling tired, yet happy. "Yeah I did."
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310447>>310459 >>310494 >>310591 >>310678 >>310778
>>310446
Nothing much seems to come through from your golems, and you share the news with Erwin who shares with Sylphie, who ends up barging into your damn thoughts anyway to tell you what Tabitha told her. Frankly, it's annoying, but it's the best you have.
"Consensus seems to be that nothing's wrong and that we're paranoid." You sigh out, rolling your shoulders. "Tabitha suggests we all get some sleep for now."
Ebe yawns, covering her mouth with a wing. "Sounds good to me, I'm beat." Saying this, she places her ghitar with her things and begins to remove the jewelry she wears. You're surprised to see how well she's able to slide the delicate pieces off using only her wings, and you don't really notice that you're watching her undress until she begins to remove the silken garb over her hips.
Quickly turning about, you pull the surprisingly comfortable bedsheets over yourself. A few moments later you feel a warmth moving towards you. Something touches you and you close your eyes. It's Ebe, you're so… uncomfortable.
"Sorry." She whispers. "Could you take care of the lantern?"
Ah, right, the lantern, the light which is over course in the room. You could use magic, but that could get messy. Easier to just get up and turn it off. Groaning, you get out of the bed and walk over to the lantern, turning it off and casting the room into darkness. Only a faint light from the moon outside trickles into the room, allowing you to find your way back to the bed. As you slip back under the covers, you bump into Ebe and apologize.
"It's fine." She giggles. "I mean, one can hardly share a bed without bumping into each other… right?"
Feeling a little unsettled by her choice of words, you once again turn over and scoot close to the edge. The room grows quiet as you lay there, listening via your magic for signs of anything, yet nothing comes to you. Perhaps nothing will happen tonight, maybe you just are paranoid. That whole ritual thing the innkeeper talked about, maybe it has to do with some rain dance or something. Feeling a little silly, you allow sleep to begin to take hold of you.
Something warm and soft presses against your back and you freeze up. A soft wing wraps around you while plump, pillowy thighs lay against yours as Ebe presses herself against your back. You feel sweat that's not at all connected to the heat trickle down your face as a whisper tickles your ear,
"Rommel… I-"
Babyface's aetheric signature shifts as he crumbles into a pile of granite. Despite Ebe's hold on you, her words are drowned out you hone in on the [Audio Tap] placed on him. You left orders to crumble into a pile of stone if they saw anyone, however your anchored magic is still in effect. Focusing, you hear two voices speak.
"Are they asleep?" A sensual, female voice asks.
"I believe so, they're split into three rooms as well." The voice of the innkeeper replies.
"Good… that will make things easier. The ritual time is almost upon us and I must prepare myself for the apotheosis."
"Are… are you certain? I know that we wish for the return but… does it have to be you, Lady Aliph?"
"It is a blessing granted to us. I sense doubt in your voice… are you not committed?"
"O-Of course I am! I'm just… worried about you, we all are."
The woman laughs. "Don't be! When this night is over, we will begin the end of the Pharoah's reign!" She chuckles again, "Now then, take these and make sure our guests don't wake up. The cult has need of them."
"A-As you say, my lady."
His voice trails off as the sound of footsteps trail away. You can hear the innkeeper muttering to himself before walking forward and away from your golem. You're not certain where he's going exactly, but you have a feeling he's coming to pay you a visit. Frowning, you pull yourself back to hear Ebe speaking.
"Is it something I said? I'm sorry Rommel, I didn't mean to offend you by being too pushy, I just-"
"Ebe, we're in danger."
The Ghandharva stutters in surprise. "W-what? Danger?"
Pushing away from her, you get out of bed and listen through your other golems as they too crumble. Greg and Stan let you hear the sounds of many footsteps outside. No voices, only the feet of many, many people, all heading in an indeterminate direction. This ritual IS happening and it's going to happen soon, though you have to wonder what this Lady Aliph means by apotheosis?
Taking your staff, you light it slightly and look to Ebe, to find the Ghandharva wearing small clothes which only cover her with some modestly, exposing the majority of her curvy, bronze skinned body. You push the feeling of her on you out of your mind for now as you relay the information via Erwin to Sylphie and Tabitha. Alice and Sophie are left in the dark, however, but the main question being asked of you pertains to how you're going to handle what is coming.
To put it simply:
>What do you do?
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310449
AND WE'RE BACK
>>310431
I hope this is good enough for you.
>>310297
Please don't hurt me.
▶ 2b98a9 (8) No.310459>>310487 >>310494
>>310447
Summon the golems. We need more details. I get the feeling someone is going to become a vessel of sorts for the apophis similar to the mindflayer in illusionquest. Have everyone get dressed. We must stop this ritual. Who knows what could happen once the apophis is brought back to this world.
▶ 017f0b (4) No.310487
>>310459
Let's not be hasty with the whole ritual busting, the inkeeper is coming for us, reunite with the group and be ready to catch him and make him cough off information about what they are doing, the more we know the less unexpected surprises we get.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.310494>>310527
>>310447
Well that was painful to read.
Since we’re clearly in a bad position currently due to being split apart from the rest of our party with poor communication, it would be best if we got everyone awake and grouped up to prepare for the worst, possibly having packed up their things if we have enough time so that nothing is left behind in case we need to hightail it out of here at some point which seems pretty likely. Right now it appears that only the innkeeper is heading towards us with the expectation that we will all be asleep in our separate rooms for him to use whatever items he was given by this Lady Aliph on us, so we should probably leave the rooms and ambush him when he comes up to check on the first pair before he can do anything to us, preferably with usage of [Privacy Barrier] to prevent him from alerting anyone else so we can keep our element of surprise for later. If we don’t immediately kill him, then quickly interrogate him for information regarding what the hell the cultists are planning and why before either killing or disabling him in some other fashion such as binding him, whatever seems most fitting. It might also be worth taking whatever he was planning on using on us to use on the cultists or some other target later, even if it’s something as mundane as shackles, as there isn’t much reason not to and we could use the increased number of options for some later scenario.
With the innkeeper is out of the equation, we can either leave the premises to put as much distance between us and the cultists as possible or begin snooping to find the rest of the cultists and to see what they’re planning, intervening if necessary. Since we’re not cowards and spying on their ritual would help us to understand the Violet Sands, of whom are currently a bit of an enigma to us, I’m going to advocate for the latter, as dangerous as it is. Intervention might not be a good idea though, based on the supposed amount of cultists present, the potential strength of certain individuals among the cultists and how we would find ourselves in the middle of the lion’s den with no easy way to escape alive let alone unscathed, but we’ll have to see.
As the [Audio Tap]s we set up on our friends are still present, we can use that to determine both where our friends are so we can collect them and where the cultists are based on the location we heard both the conversation and the large amount of movement at, so have everyone go there. Once we’ve reunited with our friends, have Erwin scout ahead, looking through any buildings he comes across for hidden lower floors the presence of footsteps implies the cultists are on some kind of hard flooring and not sand, since we now have a general sense of where the cultists are and a large group of people would probably leave a pretty noticeable scent for him to follow, with everyone else following behind him and using a mixture of [Audio Tap] and the twins’ eyes to ensure the coast is clear. Avoid confrontation at all costs, because we won’t be able to get close to the ritual otherwise.
Speaking of which, the ritual was referred to as “the apotheosis”, implying an ascension into godhood or something similar. Given that the Violet Sands seem to view the Apophis as deities and the some of the cultists are hesitant to have the supposedly respected Lady Aliph go through with the ritual, >>310459 is likely correct about the apparent leader sacrificing her own will to become a vessel for one of the Apophis, which would help explain why an extinct race can return despite having no physical form or powers of resurrection. As such, even if we do somehow stop this ritual from occurring, it’s almost guaranteed that other groups of cultists are performing the same rituals, thus making the effort rather pointless in the grand scheme of things, if not outright detrimental to us when the Apophis collectively decide that we’re a threat to them and need to be promptly dealt with. But I digress.
When we arrive undetected at the ritual site, sit back and watch the cultists do their thing, paying attention to any key components to said ritual so we can identify similar practises later on, perhaps also opening up our [Magesight] to both identify the larger threats present for future reference and see how the magic in this application works. Do not attempt to stop the ritual until we know what is actually happening, as there is potential for this backfire on us in the future were we to jump the gun, and until the perfect opportunity reveals itself, as trying at any other point will lead to us meeting a horrible fate and likely failing to do anything of worth. In any case, make sure to have a plan to get the fuck out no matter how the situation changes, even if it means being spotted, because we’re definitely better off alive and going all-in against a large group of cultists whom we know nothing about, how they fight included, when we don’t have to is a terrible idea.
▶ 9d4fce (4) No.310496
first things first put a privacy barrier over sophie and alice's room and send erwin in there to yell at them to wake up, we should then gather up in one room while rommel listens in with some well placed audio tap while everyone else looks for a quick exit route, we should then try to abduct the innkeeper and get out of here and head to safety and to interrogate this guy, we should also act as oblivious as possible to ebe
▶ 808bac (2) No.310527>>310572 >>310573
>>310494
When you say "painful" could you elaborate?
Was it cringy, poorly written, or did was it emotionally painful? I'm genuinely curious.
▶ bc8345 (7) No.310552>>310585
Send Erwin to wake the other two up, and once we get them all up, just BUST THROUGH THE FUCKING DOORS. Take them by surprise with group ferocity while they think we're still asleep.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.310572>>310573 >>310591 >>310593 >>310778
>>310527
>Spoiler text
Opinions and a wall of text inbound.
A bit of both if we’re being completely honest here. In the case of the latter, it’s for fairly obvious reasons. In the case of the former, it’s down to a mixture of Ebe’s character and the situation itself.
Firstly, Ebe. To be blunt, I’m of the opinion that Ebe is the worst character you’ve ever written in any of your stories, image board or TFT. Not because she’s an absolutely shit character per say, as you are very good at writing believable and endearing characters though I still think she’s quite weak overall, but when compared to the likes of Blake, Hala, Tabitha, Richard and Ammon, all characters whom I personally find to be interesting in one way or another, she comes off as really boring. Her personality is a one-trick pony of being a cheery and caring person, with no other interesting traits, quirks or flaws to explore, unlike literally every other character present. Sylphie has a similar personality, but also has her inferiority complex to her parents and the ability to act as a foil to her sister. Sophie has her constant worry for her sister, her mischievous nature and the concept of responsibility, alongside the aforementioned dynamic duo with Sylphie. Tabitha is stoic, but she actually has a personality underneath that as shown by her actions and general wit and when she occasionally drops her guard, and even in spite of her character arc back in WizardQuest1 she still has things like her hydrophobia, her backstory and how she’s coping with having mechanical legs to explore. Even Alice, who back in IllusionistQuest seemed a tad repetitive, showed that there was more to her character back when we dealt with the Anubis Warden, and she has areas of her character to explore such as her backstory and the way in which her views have changed over the course of both this story and the previous one.
Ebe, on the other hand, has none of that. She doesn’t have an interesting backstory she grew up in a small village and only recently left it for the first time, without any incidents up to that point that could define her character other than the death of her father which hasn’t affected her in the slightest since she barely knew him, nor any aspirations to strive for, nor any weaknesses to be overcome, nor even a real motivation for sticking with our party -- she’s just there with no real presence or purpose, not unlike Ophelia in that regard but at least the rabbit had character and wasn’t in the spotlight so much. The only things Ebe has going for her is that she speaks Ectrian, which isn’t unique or interesting because so does every other Ectrian and even Rommel himself, and her abilities making her a hybrid between a bard and a dancer, which is neat and all but her skillset shouldn’t be the sole thing to define her character and even with the concept being cool it boils down to ‘person hears song and watches dance, person is disabled in some fashion’ with no other options that come with weaponry or especially magic, thus making it repetitive and not good for storytelling as every situation it’s used in resolves the same way. I really feel like Ebe had so much potential that has just been wasted and left behind a bland and uninspiring character. This doesn’t make you a poor writer by any stretch of the imagination, you’re one of the better ones on this board after all, but I truly feel like you missed the mark here.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.310573>>310578 >>310591 >>310593 >>310668
>>310527
>>310572
Secondly, the scene that just occurred. It doesn’t quite match Ebe’s established character, at least from my own understanding. I mean, earlier in the day Rommel finally confirmed why he’s had a distrust of monsters for the majority of his life, as a result for monster slavers completely ruining everything and enslaving everyone he knew and loved, in front of the entire party with his expression and emotions being clear to see it even took Ammon by surprise, and then Ebe takes the opportunity later on to push her luck with him. Considering that she’s acted exceptionally submissive this entire time, has never had any character development in the form of growing a spine or any at all really, but there isn’t much to develop as I’ve already brought up in the first section so this is to be expected and is of the caring type of whom try their best to make everyone around them happy, for her to suddenly become assertive, demand Rommel get in the bed with her and, to an extent, force herself upon a man who very recently went through a period of emotional turmoil from merely bringing up his past seems rather out of character from my perspective -- you could argue it shows a bit of childishness from Ebe which would make sense given her sheltered upbringing and thus be part of her character, but she has never shown such a nature at any point beforehand so even if that were the case, it still comes out of nowhere and at a time when it really shouldn’t. That entire scene was also completely pointless because nothing was achieved from it; we didn’t learn anything new, nothing of interest was discussed and there was no real bonding between any of the characters involved though I’m thankful for that last part in this case, which is unlike every update on any of your image board stories; you could remove that entire segment, say ‘Rommel lied down for a bit’ and we would be in the exact same position we are now. A final thing is that I believe any large amounts of affection shown, such as by Ebe just now, seems rather premature, especially considering that Rommel hasn’t actually known any of the girls for longer than a month, but I can at least understand why you’ve written it like that since you can’t keep drawing this story out forever and you ideally want to have some character progression over the course of the tale.
But hey, all of this is just my opinion so feel free to agree or disagree with whatever and sorry about the painful comment, seeing as it was a tad rude and not constructive in the slightest.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310578>>310590 >>310593 >>310744
>>310573
No, honestly I like your honesty and analysis with your commentary on the story, I really do read your entries and often they're the ones that get used!
*Everything you said is, unfortunately for me, pretty true. I never really sat down and looked horrifically much into Ebe's story which is a similar problem with Ophelia, though the bunny I may or may not have foisted on people as opposed to Ebe who was a random encounter.**
I fully acknolwedge I went overboard with this scene. After posting it, I thought, "Should I have written all of this? Initially I just wanted some uncomfortable bed stuff without her being pushy, but it ended up like that. I think we'll see her a little less so coming up, though it may be that she got caught up in the moment? One of her motivations in the past was to find a husband, though as you point out, that has nothing to do with why she's here. I should have elaborated further on her bond with the twins and her drive for something more than her hometown. Even looking at it myself, it's really not that convincing, eh?
The downside to my style of writing for these is that I do the work all in one block and then post it, because if i edited this shit I would never update. While it means I have a lot of updates, it also allows for errors that you've pointed out in the past or the entirety of Wizardquest 1. I also get ideas as I write as opposed to planning it all out like Slavsan, RIP(?). Ironically I think the parts where I planned shit out are the last well received in all my stories!
So no, don't apologize, you're right with your criticisms and they are valid. I can't always change the past, but hopefully we can have a good ride in the future… really hopefully because I may be writing into another tangent again if I'm not careful.
▶ 68e4a0 (4) No.310585
>>310552
This. Fuckit, just go in geomancy blazing and wreck everything. Fuck these cunts for ruining the first good sleep we could've gotten in a while.
▶ 1ad0e7 (1) No.310590>>310592
>>310578
This guy has a point. I kinda wish the scene had fleshed out Ebe's character more, her and Rommel's relationship, her motivations for going with the party. I'd like to see that stuff expanded on eventually because I'm an Ebefag .
▶ 6d13e6 (1) No.310591>>310592
>>310447
>>310572
>>310573
I kinda wish I'd gone with Tabitha now. A missed opportunity there. But, that's what you get for trying to be tactically, rather then go with the pure best waifu route!
▶ bc8345 (7) No.310593
>>310578
>>310573
>>310572
Ebefags BTFO everyone knows Sylphie is the best waifutoo bad Rommel is a wizard which means no waifu
▶ ca337d (1) No.310668>>310744
Erwin will wake up Sylphie and Tabitha. Everybody goes into Sophie and Alice's room since somebody will need to go in there to wake them anyway.
If the hotel is made of stone then I'm voting that we use golem magic to make it punch somebody in the face.
>>310573
One could argue that rather than a sexual advance, maybe it was a clumsy attempt at comforting us that ultimately resulted in spaghetti.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.310744
>>310578
Thanks for that, it’s nice to know that the time spent brainstorming and drafting my ramblings actually has merit.
There’s only one more thing I wanted to bring up but didn’t during the first post, and it’s how I’m not really sure how you could fix Ebe’s character going forward this late into the story. Her fundamental problem to me is the lack of foundations to build upon, leading to an absence of substance which is highlighted every time she comes to be the focus of a scene, like what just happened now, because you can’t flesh out something which was never there in the first place. It isn’t something you can fix by trying to build on nothing nonetheless since that just leads to everything collapsing in on itself or, best case scenario, being exceptionally ramshackle with very large cracks revealing the faults of the character design and thus not looking great; it’s fixed by going back to the drawing board, starting from scratch and building anew, this time actually with proper foundations and perhaps some extra space to place more foundations should you feel the need for later usage. Unfortunately that isn’t really possible in this situation, because, as you’ve said, you can’t change the past. Her character what little there is of it has already long since been established in this story and to change her character now in such a drastic fashion would either clash with or retcon a lot of things that have already been said and done up to this point, especially her relationships with the main cast -- her backstory has already been brought up and covered multiple times so that can’t be changed, adding any personality flaws or quirks would clash with every previous interaction she’s had with anyone because her behaviour, actions, manner of speaking and so on would change, any possible weaknesses would seem to come out of nowhere despite having many opportunities to crop up previously, etc. In my eyes, it’s very much a damned if you do, damned if you don’t situation with very minimal compromise.
But then again, I’m not a writefag, let alone the master of writing, so who knows, maybe I’m being far too negative and am completely wrong in my views here and you could figure something out. You somehow made Cair work out in the end despite the autism, after all.
>>310668
>One could argue that rather than a sexual advance, maybe it was a clumsy attempt at comforting us that ultimately resulted in spaghetti.
That argument doesn’t really work though, because not only would that contradict her earlier demands which were not comforting in the slightest nor were they trying to be, but it would also contradict everything she said during that scene, especially the “I didn't mean to offend you by being too pushy” line right near the end which shows both acknowledgement of her actions and what the intent of said actions was.
▶ bbfa86 (2) No.310778>>310784
>>310572
>Doesn't like sheltered and naive, but down-to-earth birb.
>Thinks Ammon and Hala are interesting
I'm not knocking your taste, but you picked some weird comparisons. Ammon's only role in the story so far is the "shady guy". The only things we know about him is he's greedy and knows more than he says. Besides that, Hala's arc took a nosedive after her and Blake became a couple. Her whole shtick of "I'm the group fuck-up" was old before it started.
>>310447
I was expecting a feels scene, especially since Rommel's past with his family is still a fresh topic, but there's plenty of time for that later. For the story, we know the cultists are coming for us, but throwing stealth out the window may not be our best chance. Ambush the innkeeper when he comes upstairs and interrogate him. Get him to tell us every danger we can expect to run into. We find out what they're planning and then we can direct our group and disrupt whatever ritual is happening.
On a related note, I really like Ebe, she a grounded voice in the story. Sticks with the group not to repay a favor, or because she was paid, but because she cares about her friends. A normal girl thrown into extraordinary circumstances, and her inexperience with everything that happens is a great contrast to the rest of the group. She has room to develop, but then so does every character. Just my two cents.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310779>>310780
>Story continue
"We have to let the others know." You say, gritting your teeth. Not looking behind you, you add, "Ebe, get dressed, now."
"Uhm… y-yeah, of course." She hops up out of the bed as you confirm with Erwin what you're hearing. The fox already has Sylphie awake and it doesn't take long to get Tabitha up either, the two waiting for your command, such as it is. Erwin, you ask to dash out and wake up the other two, but the fox replies in the negative.
{I can't get into their room, the door is closed and I doubt they'll awaken in time to let me in without anyone noticing.}
Frowning at his sending, you think over the situation and then send back, {No, we're all going into their room, get the two packed as soon as they can and move it there, we don't have much time at all.}
The reply is a few moments in coming. {Alright, I'll let them know.}
Figuring that Sylphie already knows all of this, you turn to Ebe to find her hastily pulling the clothing over her hips. Frowning, you say, "Forget the jewelry, just throw it in your bag, we need to go."
"R-right." She replies, still flustered by the whole scene. You don't really have time to gawk or anything at her, and as soon as she's ready to go, you open the door and peer outside, into the hallway. Nothing greets you, so you cast a [Privacy Barrier] to mask your footfalls as you usher Ebe over to Sophie and Alice's room. She hurries without complaint, and you watch as the door opens, she makes a few gestures, and then slips inside. Shortly after Sylphie and Tabitha do the same, the Lizardman giving you a curt nod as she makes for the room.
Seeing them in, you hesitate and then go to make the move yourself when out of the corner of your eye you see a light from a candle flicker down the hall. Turning, you watch as the innkeeper rounds the corner and stops, staring at you with wide eyes. In one hand he holds a candle on a small candlestick, the other, two vials of a thick, white liquid.
He gasps and steps backward, making to run. Before he can take two steps, you slap the wall next to you and channel power into the sandstone, a wall forming behind him. He runs into it and looks at the edifice in shock as it starts moving, pushing him down the hallway until he's standing right before you, a look of horror on his face. Mouth opening, wide to scream, you slap a hand over his mouth and give him your most powerful glare you can summon. His protests die in his throat as the others spill out of the room.
Tabitha and Alice (who isn't quite dressed yet), disarm the man while you hold your [Knife] in your hands, mostly for show. You don't need it, but it feels good to have and you'd have to bother the others for the sword, which frankly isn't the best in a hallway anyway. The innkeeper looks sick as the process occurs, whispering, "H-how did you know?"
"I was just going to relieve myself, you're the one who was acting suspicious." You say, to which he pales further.
"I-I don't… but you…"
Sighing, you shake your head and say, "What's in the vials, what were you going to do to us for this Lady Aliph?"
"You know about… but how?" He asks, looking incredulous. "They never said you were part of the Royal Guard! You were supposed to be our allies!"
Blinking in surprise, you look between the rest of your group who also look confused. Turning back to the man, you ask, "Why would you think that? Better yet, why would you try to drug your allies with…" You wave at the vials which Sylphie takes and uncorks. She sniffs it and then says,
"Ugh, it's like straight semen. This looks like those sleeping drugs that slaver had, crude alchemy."
With a frown, you turn back to the innkeeper and ask, "You were trying to drug your allies into a deeper sleep? Why?"
"B-because I was told to! The ri- the evening is special, you weren't supposed to be here."
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310780>>310781
>>310779
Alice snorts, "Well, we are, so what of it? I should just kill you for all this." When he squeals a little, she smirks, though Tabitha glares daggers at her before clearing her throat.
"While I agree in a way, there's no point playing us, we know about the ritual, this 'apotheosis,' what is it?"
He swallows and then licks his lips, eyes thinking about whether or not he should speak. It seems as if a moment of defiance would come to him before Alice pulls at her sword, revealing some of the glowing steel and he relents, all his defenses shattered. "Okay! Okay! I'll tell you, just… oh Twins, please don't kill me."
"Fine." Sophie says, crossing her arms, though she keeps her tails still hidden. "How do you know about us, what is this ritual, and where is it occurring?"
"Look, I just hear from others over the sigils, alright? I don't know anything else about you other than you saved some of your brothers." He says, looking beaten down. "The ritual is… I… I don't know much about it. I just know that Lady Aliph is to commune directly with the great ones and it's occurring in the temple of the Twins."
You blink in surprise at this answer, blurting out before thinking, "The temple of the twins? But how would they be able to do that there?"
"Look, I don't know any more than that!" He begins to cry some. "Twins, I knew this was a bad idea, but the whole town is in the cult and Lady Aliph is going to… going to…"
Tears begin to spill for real from the man and you groan, figuring you're not getting anything else out of this. Nodding to Alice, the woman makes to know him out. Before she can, Sylphie stays her hand and holds up one of the vials. She kneels down to the man and opens one up, saying, "Here, drink some of this."
"B-But that's made from my own semen!"
Sylphie shudders, same as everyone else in the group. You and the man trade glances and the look in his eyes digs into your soul. Closing your eyes, you say, "It's either this or being clubbed on the back of the head."
The man gulps and closes his eyes before nodding his head and opening his mouth enough for Sylphie to pour some of the thick, creamy substance in his mouth. He grimaces before his eyes flutter and he topples over, asleep.
Tabitha and Alice drag him into a room as you remove your wall, the stone sinking back into its original architecture. Sylphie corks the bottle again and puts them in her bag with care, sighing before saying, "I'm glad we didn't have to kill him." Ebe and Sophie mimic the gesture.
"For a cult member, he's a little off, don't you think?" Sophie says with consternation. "He didn't seem very devoted to the cause."
"He implied much of the town is part of this cult… I think." Ebe says, thinking. "Maybe he was pressured into it?"
"Maybe." You say, nodding to the others as they return. "But now we have to figure out our next move. I can't hear any sounds from my golems any longer, which means everyone is probably at the temple."
"Is it worth getting involved in this?" Tabitha asks, her expression serious. "If they're so involved in this ritual, then they probably won't notice us leaving. I doubt we'll generate much ill will leaving one of their members alive."
"Apotheosis, however…" Sylphie mutters, concern on her face. "It implies the pinnacle of something, I've heard it referenced before when concerning transformation processes." She blinks when you give her a surprised look and she says, "What? I read a lot."
Ebe thinks it over for a moment before grimacing. "Someone is transforming? You don't suppose they're… they're going to Monsterize someone, do you?"
Everyone trades glances, grimacing themselves. Sophie speaks first, "It does… fit with what you said beforehand, these blessings the cult received. However if it was the Apophis who gave such blessings, then-" She cuts off suddenly, eyes growing wide.
Tabitha cuts in, "I doubt that there are any Apophis here at the moment, or else that man would have been far, far more fanatical. We have to assume it means something else."
Muttering to yourself, you resolve your plan of action. "We need more information." When Tabitha raises an eyebrow, you say, "I don't plan on just busting in and killing people, but we need to know what's happening. This could impact things here, especially since it's likely these cults are in communication. Having something happen here may cause us trouble down the road."
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310781>>310782
>>310780
Her reptilian pupils narrow, but she relents and says, "Very well then. We'll make for the temple."
Nodding, you usher Alice to finish dressing while you address Erwin. The fox groans at your commands, but runs outside, quickly finding your two golems, which you reform and send alongside Erwin, their new orders to follow him until otherwise notified. By the time this is settled, Alice and Sophie are ready, and you head out into the inn, sending [Audio Taps] head of you to listen for anyone, but no one is present. With this secure, you head outside at the all clear from Erwin.
Along the way you collect Babyface and Phallia, the pile of ore seeming almost gleeful to be back in your pockets, though you're certain you're imagining things. Rocks don't have emotions! That's what makes them superior to people! Thoughts turning away from this, you and your group exit the tavern and head to the shadows.
The small town is quiet, with no signs of light beyond that of the moon. No sounds come to you, neither from your golems, nor from around you. The silence is eerie out here, making you shudder as the cool night wind passes over you. With no one in sight, you continue to walk through the town, wishing you'd asked the innkeeper where the damn place is.
"Usually Temples are in the center of town." Ebe says when you ask her. "It's pretty common for smaller towns to work like that."
Sending this information to Erwin, you almost jump as you notice Mr. Ed standing next to you, snorting in the cool desert evening. You get the impression he's laughing, but you're glad to see him here. While not the most inconspicuous member of the team, he is one of the wisest and most dependable.
Erwin confirms the location of the Temple soon enough sending, {There's lights around the Temple, and a few townsfolk around the entrance with torches. I guess they're on guard or something.}
{Any other way in?} You send, to which Erwin asks you to wait, making you sit with tension for awhile. When he returns, he says,
{There's a second story. No one is behind the place and there's an open window you can enter.}
Relaying this to your team, you make your way around the Temple, staying out of line of sight of the guards. Unfortunately, this means you have to take a rather long path around the town, but what else can you do? You're forced to act this way, though a palpable sense of wrongness begins to build in you the longer you take to do so.
When you reach the back of the Temple, you cast a [Privacy Barrier] before throwing an [Audio Tap] in the room above you, listening for anything. In the distance you can hear someone speaking, but you can't make out the words. As far as you can tell, you're in the clear. Casting, [Build the Wall], you rise up on a column of hardened sand and look about the empty room.
The room appears to belong to the resident priestess, this seeming to be her home. Dollora and Phallia aren't terribly big on cleanliness it seems because articles of clothing, some very skimpy, are spread around the room in various heaps while rustled bedsheets lay atop the bed. No light burns in the room, but beyond the closed door, you can hear that speaking again. Nodding to the others, you go in groups, leaving Mr. Ed at the bottom, the horse taking it upon himself to act as sentry. You sense he really wanted to go into the room though.
Bringing Erwin and your golems up, you pat all three on the head before opening the door just a crack and peering out. It appears that this room is along a narrow band of fenced hallway overlooking the main area of worship. Peering out a little further since the coast is clear, you can see there is another room nearby, also closed, but beyond that just various items of worship stored in the small space and a small staircase heading down in the corner.
With the door open you can hear a little but clearer that is being said, though you use an [Audio Tap] to amplify it, listening with keen interest, though you have to parse out what is being said from your limited Ectrian.
"And so, on this night we give thanks to our great masters. After all these centuries, they will arise again to deliver us from the tyrannical rule of the Pharaohs!"
"Praise be!" An assembly of people speak in eerie unison at this. The voice from the before sounds much like this Lady Aliph character who was speaking to the innkeeper. You whisper some of this to Ebe who confirms what you're thinking, quieting down as she speaks again.
"Now is the time that our Masters will awaken, but they will not come from the grave to reclaim what was once theirs. While their essence is tied to this land, freed from the shackles of the Pharaoh, it is up to us to give them form! We must not sit and wait for our liberation to come to us, but to instead be the VESSELS of our own freedom!"
"Praise be!" The crowd cheers again.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310782>>310794 >>310797 >>310820 >>310824 >>311117
>>310781
"This…" She pauses, though you're not certain why. "Is an ancient vial of venom from Kis'ta, one of the most revered of the Apophis. It has sat here in this village for generations in this very altar, disguised in order to hide its true purpose. However…"
Her voice trails off again, though you wish you could see what she's doing. Feeling a little more confident, you send Erwin out, who looks out over the assembly, and you through his eyes. "It has lain dormant, without power of its own. But with the seal broken, and the power of the Apophis returned, it once more brims with the vigor of its former master! It sings in my hands with the transformative powers it once held! Brothers and sisters, while many others of our families will try their best to invoke the power of the Apophis, WE, yes WE shall truly bring it here once more into this ECTRIA!"
"PRAISE BE!" They cry out in exultation.
"I, as your leader, will take the responsibility upon myself. Once we have taken this step, there is no turning back, though I know you all understand."
A murmur goes through the room, which hushes soon after. "Now then, we shall finish preparations. Prepare the circle and light the candles. Rael, Ephra, watch over the preparations. I must meditate before it begins."
Looking through Erwin's eyes, you notice this Lady Aliph is a tall woman with bronzed skin and long, ruddy-brown hair. She's utterly beautiful and dressed in a ceremonial silk outfit which doesn't leave much to the imagination. A few dozen cultists in robes and town clothing stand about as a flurry of activity begins with people moving about, chanting, etc. Next to the Lady, however, are two Monsters, one of them a Lamia wearing purple robes whom you think is Ephra, the other, Rael, is a…
You pause as you look closer through Erwin's eyes. An Anubis? But… but why would one of them be serving the Purple Sands! She stands stock still, spear in hand as she looks out over the crowd with a critical eye.
Fearing being caught, you pull back and tell this to your group when you hear Lady Aliph say in the crowd, "Oh yes, check on our friend at the Tavern, we are expecting some guests."
Closing the door as silently as you can, you turn to the others and tell them what you've heard. There's a possibility you can get out of here quickly, before anyone notices. It will take some time before someone hears something from the inn, and they may start the ritual before they get back, so you may stay undetected. Still, this is the moment to decide if you're going to disrupt the ritual or not, though with those Monsters present things might not be as easy as you'd expect, not to mention whatever the cultists and Lady Aliph have up their sleeves.
Weighing your options, you ask yourself the age old question,
>What do you do?
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310784>>310830
Well, do you bust a ritual, watch a ritual (probably undetected maybe), or leave? Or maybe something else? It's your choice…
>>310778
TBH I found that a little weird too. While originally I was going to have Ammon join the group, after the thing with Zoras I changed him up some. I kind of like it atm, and it might not be the last you see of him though…
And yeah, I dropped the ball. I feel like there haven't been as many super ball drops like in Illusionist or Wizardquests in this story but not as many UMPH scenes either. Well… guess we're still chugging along. Also, this story is over 200k words now. Y-Yay
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310785>>310827 >>310846 >>310934
Oh yeah, and a present for y'all! Thanks for sticking around.
▶ 68e4a0 (4) No.310794>>310805 >>310970
>>310782
Conjure up an earthquake and disrupt the ritual maybe causing some rocks to knock out/kill Aliph then amscray.
▶ 74be96 (5) No.310797>>310805 >>310970
>>310782
if it's possible, we should make a new [Golem] out of sandstone again and set it near the candles and then set the golem to continuously cast [aeromancy] so the candles can never stay lit just to fuck with them
▶ 017f0b (4) No.310805>>310970
>>310794
No, let's not make more enemies, killing a important person from this cult might set up our group very high on their shit list and news go fast, rather not have to worry about weathever a village holds vengeful cultists or not.
>>310797
I vote for this, let's fuck with them on the sidelines if possible disrupt the ritual or destoy the transformative poison, like when she's about to drink the thing have a golem cast one of our peeble gun on the vial or if possible audio tap a bunch of golem and try to make Ebe play that sleeping tune of her through the golems and when everyone is asleep steal the vial of poison and run away from the village.
▶ 9d4fce (4) No.310820>>310824 >>310865 >>310970
>>310782
I think we should befriend them and help them out, but right before she drinks that vial rommel causes it to explode or leak out
it would help having allies to take this pharoh out, and this lets us keep a close eye on their fuckery, sounds win/win to me
▶ 859c86 (1) No.310824>>310865 >>310970
>>310782
>>310820
Saying hi maybe the best here.
▶ c01261 (1) No.310827
>>310785
Zoras is cute! Cute!
▶ 2b98a9 (8) No.310830
>>310784
I would suggest a dramatic entrance. It's clear they desire us incapacitated for this ritual. Let us question why. We should learn first their reasoning before we decide one way or the other to stop the ritual or allow it to continue, if it turns out the pharaoh isn't a bad ruler and we allow the apophis to return then we'all have unleashed an evil upon the land. But if we stop the ritual and the pharoah is a tyrant then we've doomed these people to suffer under tyranny,
So we ask questions, and for the love of solos dont go in throwing rocks or killing people Willy-nilly. Let's wait until we're sure they're just a bunch of crazy cultists
▶ 889666 (1) No.310846>>310851 >>310934 >>310970 >>311065
Monsterization of willing participants is none of our business. No more so than some crazy desert hobo giving himself a lobotomy. Unless of course it's our sister, mother or father involved, in which case we tell them to cut that shit out.
The thing about expecting guests is concerning. If they weren't up to no good they would have either just drugged us and left us to sleep out the ritual, or been straight with us and asked if we wanted in. Drugging us and dragging us into their fuckery is a big no-no.
Still, I don't think we should RIP AND TEAR just yet. A few black eyes and bloody noses are an acceptable response to sending a dude to pour his own cum down our throat, however. If we fight, make it clear that we are pissed off about that, and aren't really invested in the power struggle either way.
>>310785
Noice.
▶ 8e23e4 (4) No.310851>>310852 >>310894 >>310970
>>310846
>Monsterization of willing participants is none of our business.
But what of the willing participant is Rommels sister They are already very aware of who we are with a focus seemingly on Rommel himself and they consider us allies since we saved a few of their members from certain death. So there has to be a damn good reason for them to want us as far away from that ritual as possible.
For that reason alone I'd say we keep an very very close eye on this whole thing and shit it down if needed. We also should consider the endgame here. There's a very good chance that the endboss is gonna be the pharaoh and that we have to kill her. If that happens we basically serve the whole country to the grapesnake on a silver platter. Maybe they are not as bad as the pharaohs say but maybe we just replace one tyrant with an even worse one. This is not just some little ritual this is huge geopolitical stuff that could affect people far beyond the borders of Ectria. We better get that shit right.
▶ 8e23e4 (4) No.310852
>>310851
Bah. Sorry for not sageing. Am retarded.
▶ 089f8a (4) No.310865>>310941
>>310820
>>310824
I agree with these, no reason for hostility yet.
▶ 9fbd96 (1) No.310894>>310957 >>310970
>>310851
how the is the pharao a tyrant
▶ 339ef5 (7) No.310934>>310957 >>310970
>>310846
>Monsterization of willing participants is none of our business
Lets not be coy here, We all know whats going to happen if we do nothing. She turns into a grapesnake and then is immediately going to try and suck us dry since we are such a potent mana battery and she'll be extra thirsty. So then we either have to kill her, Her 2 body guards, and likely a ton of cultists, Or we get husbando'ed by the Grape and live out the rest of our days in venom, snuggly, and sexual bliss.
>>310785
Something is off about this and Im not entirely sure what it is. Possibly its her being to lithe. Her breed is supposed to be a large bodied monster and this picture just makes her scorpion bits look to thin. Almost anyt like.
Can you post all the art of this series so far?
▶ 9df265 (2) No.310941>>310954 >>310957 >>310967 >>310970
>>310865
>Monsterization of willing participants is none of our business
What are you, a cuck?
Earthquake them, throw the sleeping position into one of the priestess' face, strategically beneficial music from ebe.
▶ 8e23e4 (4) No.310954>>310970
>>310941
Agreed. Rommel wouldn't be a very good wizard if he wouldn't have a few problems with monsterization.
▶ 6e9872 (1) No.310957>>310970 >>311065
>>310941
>not meddling with the personal life choices of complete strangers in a foreign country makes us a cuck
I never thought /monster/ would appeal to nosy old women.
>>310894
Did you not see Ebe's village? She places crippling taxes on rural communities and executes them if they stick up for themselves. It's to the point that people are trying to bring back yandere slaver snakes because they sound less tyrannical. This is to fund her empire, and we all know that it's going to be a "Public costs. Private returns." sort of imperialism.
>>310934
That may actually be the plan. I concede that we should at least hold off the ritual until we are clear of the village so that there is no possibility that any of us are to be sacrificed one way or another. Still, remember that our priority here is finding our informant. Pissing off the cultists would detriment that.
▶ 089f8a (4) No.310967>>310968 >>310970
>>310941
Nigga this is some foreign land and we are only here to get the grand wizard, if some cult wants to do whatever cult shit they are up to and we can just leave with no issue then lets fucking leave, we have a wizard to rescue. If we were a holy man of some sort I would agree with you. But we are a wizard on a mission.
▶ 8e23e4 (4) No.310968>>310970 >>311027 >>311065
>>310967
>we are a wizard
And thats exactly why we shouldn't be ok with monsterization. Wizards protect humanity from monsterkind. That's their purpose and that doesn't just change because we are not in the neighbourhood we grew up in anymore.
Monsterization is heavily frowned upon by many monsters and most humans. What do you think a conservative wizard like Rommel thinks about that shit? Do you think it would be in character for him to just stand idly by while this is going down?
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310970>>310972 >>311040 >>311065
>>310967
>>310954
Yo! Tomorrow should be good for updating but after that things get dodgy due to a HURRICANE. I'll do what I can though! It probably won't be that bad tbh.
>>310794
Violent!
>>310797
You can't channel magic through golems sadly. You can cast things on them, however. While being arc nodes is possible, it's beyond your skill atm. Now if you have Erwin act as a convincing stuffed animal…
>>310805
Oh yeah you'd make them super anger probably.
>>310820
>>310824
Now that is an interesting take.
>>310851
>>310846
They want you there and they don't want you there, it's like they're tsundere… or just very careful of you.
>>310894
Because everyone says she is :^)
>>310934
One would assume that's what's going on, whether or not that's the case is really something you'd have to ask about.
Also, pics incoming.
>>310941
>>310954
Mmm differing opinions.
>>310957
Shots fired! Also, this isn't the village with our informant, he's in a larger city.
>>310968
>>310967
*Popcorn*
▶ dca7bf (40) No.310972
>>310970
I think that's all of it! The last two don't count specifically for this series. Also, the Tabitha and Alice once isn't complete…hmm. I need to bug her about that.
▶ 089f8a (4) No.311027>>311028 >>311080
>>310968
I have yet to see Rommel have strong feelings about anything other than slavers. Besides, lets say this whole thing is going to turn that (willing) woman into an Apophis, an extinct species has just been brought back from death, should we really be interfering with that? and frankly, if that does happen and it causes a shit ton of trouble for the Pharaoh it may well make our job easier having some civil disturbance possibly civil war unfolding. Pharaoh is apparently a tyrant, maybe the people would welcome a new rule and it never hurts to not piss off someone like that by fucking with them. Or it could all end terribly for everyone involved, but I am willing to take the risk
▶ 089f8a (4) No.311028
>>311027
Son of a bitch I forgot to sage, sorry everyone.
▶ d2baf1 (5) No.311040>>311080
>>310970
>Hurricane
Where you at Ace, roughly? Somewhere in Texas, or you in Louisiana?
▶ d2baf1 (5) No.311041>>311065 >>311080 >>311270
Also, as far as what we should do.
I kind of want to see "Had enough of this shit" Rommel. Literally just walk in and start bitching at people. Yell at them about how this is the third town we've been in where we've had to wake up in the middle of the night because people were scheming like dirty Danukis. Don't destroy anything crucial to the ritual just yet, be cranky and cross.
Old Man Rommel FTW
▶ 84e06e (1) No.311065>>311080 >>311270
>>311041
Actually, I like the sound of that. Seconding Old Man Rommel.
>>310968
It's frowned upon because it changes the target's mind on a fundamental level. In a sense, the target is not only killed, but their soul is killed too. If somebody monsterizes others, or promotes it then that is bad. But if an informed individual does it to herself then that's a bit more gray. I suppose views on it would be subjective, or a cause of philosophical argument?
On one hand it might be an insult to the gods and one's family, and it sets a standard for people casually destroying themselves.
On the other hand, how can we claim to value the minds of people so much while simultaneously denying their agency? How can we say that the work of the gods is so great while we prevent it from doing the very thing it is designed to do? Is it truly an insult to her family when she is doing all this just to save those she loves?
For the record, Ace, I'm >>310957 and >>310846 . Just don't want to be responsible for a false majority or anything.
And wizards weren't meant to purge all monsters, we are just supposed to balance them out.
>>310970
Good luck. You near the coast?
▶ 808bac (2) No.311080
>>311027
Aww thats not fair, he's had strong feelings about strong things and… Ill have to look through again for where, but im sorry if it never came off that way.
>>311040
Texas born and bred. Ive lived through a lot of hurricanes, though its been awhile since Ive been back home for one. Im stuck at work anyway…
>>311041
>>311065
Going through all these responses is going to be fun, becauee there is no clear consensus I think, though we might be leaning toward not fighting them…
Monsterization doesnt wipe someone's mind or destroy their soul but it changes how they percieve the world and their fundamental values. Libido is kicked up, they can sense things that people normally wouldnt. Its an alien concept applied to you and it feels fucking great (one would assume). The problem is, with such rapid changes, you're fundamentally not the same person you were before. Oh your memories are their, maybe your feelings for people, but you arent the same person. In essence the old you is "dead."
And that, to most people and Monsters, is a little terrifying.
Oh, and remember, Wizards are a weapon for humanity to defend themselves from Monsters. They are yes, a balance in a sense.
▶ bc8345 (7) No.311094
We really should interrupt this ritual. We can't be having something like this biting us in the ass later.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.311117>>311118 >>311134 >>311172
>>310782
>Fearing being caught, you pull back and tell this to your group when you hear Lady Aliph say in the crowd, "Oh yes, check on our friend at the Tavern, we are expecting some guests."
Originally I was going to suggest we let this ritual happen while we run far away and forget about, as we ideally want to stay off of the Violet Sand’s shit list for as long as possible so they don’t cause problems for us and we could potentially use the return of an Apophis to our advantage by splitting the Prophet’s resources while we infiltrate the capital. However, considering that they were planning on not only drugging us but then bringing our unconscious forms to the ritual site for some nefarious purpose likely to enthral or sacrifice us implies that, even if we let them do their thing, they’re still going to fuck with us any way because that would help them in their goals despite the fact that letting us do our thing would help them more, which itself implies a lack of knowledge from them about our goals, so we should really nip this problem in the bud before it gets out of hand. There’s also the reason that the majority of the people here likely don’t actually know what they’re getting into nor why it may not be the best idea to go along with it I have my doubts that the lower ranks would know about the existence of Ectrian-murdering Hent-ateh, for example, one of the many things that shows the Apophis aren’t on their side and as such stopping them from making a terrible mistake would be the morally right thing to do, but that may or may not be relevant here.
As for how to go about stopping the ritual, we should abuse the fact that we have the element of surprise because that is always going to be our greatest strength in these situations. As boring as it is to have a similar action to the last event, I would recommend we have Ebe sing a lullaby to put the vast majority of cultists to sleep, with the standard [Amplify] and [Privacy Barrier] to strengthen the song and keep us safe from its effects, because it is unlikely that any but the three near Lady Aliph have any defences against such magic we can open [Magesight] prior to Ebe doing anything to make sure and putting them to sleep would both take them out of the equation and, should the worst case scenario of us having to kill the three important figures become a reality, give us the opportunity to slink away without anyone being the wiser, thus keeping the cultists in the dark about what the hell just happened. We should then use [Build the Wall] to separate the main three from the others to both ensure the safety of the likely innocents and ensure anyone still awake can’t intervene. This would be the point where we could do what a few anons have suggested and yell at the leader for trying to drug us and summon an evil being back into this world via using herself as a vessel should we wish, though she likely won’t care and will try and down the vial any way before attacking us for trying to intervene -- still, it’s worth a shot to see if she reacts differently.
Since we’re trying to stop the ritual, or more accurately any transformations, preventing Lady Aliph or anyone else from consuming the Apophis venom is priority number one, because the moment anyone does so is the moment a transformation or empowerment happens and our lives become oh so much worse. A well placed [Gust] would be impossible to block and should be good enough to knock the vial out of her possession without killing her should we wish to keep her alive and without immediately destroying it in her hands and letting the venom splash onto anyone and potentially causing the same effects as consumption. The vial doesn’t contain the soul of an Apophis like the urn probably did, only the power of one, so it breaking wouldn’t be a huge deal so long as the venom goes to waste, but it might be nice to get our hands on it so we can use it for later, possibly to create some form of magical anti-venom which removes the effects of the indoctrination of anyone bitten so we aren’t completely screwed if another group of cultists successfully brings back an Apophis that we’re forced to deal with there is a person with knowledge of plaguamancy in this story who could help us with this should we attempt it, so considering knocking the vial in such a way that we or someone else in our party could catch it, though preferably not Erwin due to concerns with him breaking the vial in his maw and spilling the venom down his throat; Sophie has pretty good agility and is severely underutilised so she could probably do it safely.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.311118
>>311117
With our first move made, the trio are almost certainly going to try and kill us, seeing how they didn’t have the best intentions earlier and we have just fucked with their plans, so be ready to fight. Ephra, being a cold-blooded reptile, is heavily susceptible to cryomancy, so have Sylphie focus on her and use something like basic [Ice] or [Cold Prison] which we still really need to learnto completely disable her without hindering Tabitha in any way, with Sophie giving her back up since the watchman earlier clearly did a thorough inspection of everyone earlier and has as such identified the Cat O’Ninetails present, thus making hiding her identity and tails pointless. Rael strikes me as a former Warden, which makes it likely that she has access to the Blood Ward, so have both Tabitha and Alice engage her pre-transformation, seeing as they don’t use magic and thus don’t have to worry about the magical resistance of the Anubis, and then disengage the moment said effect activates to avoid being overpowered while we deal with her instead, by using our [Metallurgy] to disarm her if we haven’t already and then hitting her with our offensive magic, preferably with pyromancy because geomancy becomes less useful due to her physical strength though blunt trauma worked surprisingly well last time, there’s no risk of setting anything unwanted ablaze in a stone building and we could use the experience with the divination of magic so we can keep increasing our spell pool -- alternatively, if not simultaneously to our own assault, Sylphie could use her fulgurmancy since it was already powerful before and now has the added advantage of being empowered by the [Rutile] on her staff, though that depends on how much of her attention is taken up by Ephra. Lady Aliph could be completely defenceless or an absolutely monster with some hidden weapon or magic, so best if we engage her seeing as we’re the most versatile member of the party on account of being a Wizard and can adapt to nearly anything she might try, be it close range combat with our own not weapon skills and [Rock Solid] which could be used on an enemy to create a pseudo-petrifying effect, now that I think about it or magic with our own spells, especially [Build the Wall] seeing as it’s basically a more general purpose [Counter Circle] another spell we should pick up at some point in case exceptionally powerful magic users crop up later on. Speaking of which, make sure to assist our party with well-placed [Build the Wall]s and [Trench]es when we can afford to do so since they could use the help in combat, with the twins being prioritised due to their lacking combat ability in comparison to the others in the group and our contract of protection with them obliging us to do so.
Assuming all goes according to plan, we would have stopped the ritual and any attempts in the future, incapacitated or killed the major threats so they can’t do anything to us in the future and have kept some semblance of our anonymity in Ectria assuming we gather what we need and leave quietly before anyone else wakes up. Just be ready to retreat in case things go horribly wrong, and make sure that no one gets bitten by an Apophis should the ritual of transformation be successful since that would mean effectively losing our party member to her control; usage of [Rock Solid] on either ourselves the likely target of her attacks or on our party members to block her fangs should be enough to save anyone caught out of position while the others wail on her.
▶ 25acda (1) No.311134
>>311117
>preventing Lady Aliph or anyone else from consuming the Apophis venom is priority number one, because the moment anyone does so is the moment a transformation or empowerment happens
Are we sure that's going to happen? I think we can assume this is correct if the poison is administered to a female. But what about a man? If worst comes to worst we should just pour it down some poor lads throat. Just for fun. Maybe the dude will explode or transforms into some psychopathic Incubus. Maybe he will just paint the entire town white with his semen.
Is that a horrible idea? Absolutely. Has it the potential to create some stupid memes? I sure think it has.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311172>>311280
>>311117
Hey man, y'all wanted to sneak in and watch them undetected! I thought about forcing someone to come upstairs too to make you act but this gives a little more freedom.
So I'm being a scrub and watching news reports/ killing myself in ff14 and I lost track of time. Now, going back and looking over the responses (there are quite a few!) It seems the consensus is…
to go out and talk with them/ make sure they don't consume the venom? Is that what I'm seeing here? I want to make sure we're choosing this right, also I can't focus atm…
But I have a tablet and potential tethering in case I lose power! So we have time to get all the responses in, to duke it out, and figure out what exactly we want to do here because actions maybe sometimes have consequences if I can write it correctly.
▶ ead087 (2) No.311270
>>311041
>>311065
Old Man Rommel sounds like the perfect response to this situation
▶ d2baf1 (5) No.311280>>311329
>>311172
What server do you play on on 14?
Also, what region of Texas? About twenty miles North of Galveston here, and getting ready for a shitstorm to start.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311324>>311325
>Story Continue
There's no right way to handle this situation. If you do nothing, the ritual goes as planned and you could be looking at a disastrously powerful Monster returned to this world. If you intervene, you get on the shit list of the Violet Sands, because someone will somehow get the word out. If you sit tight and watch, they'll figure out you're gone anyway! In fact, the only thing you have going for you is the fact that the Violet Sands holds no outright hostility toward you and even thinks of you as guests, depending on how nefarious this may or may not be.
So what, you go out there, [Pebble Guns] a-blazing? Kill everyone there, even the cultists who may not even know what they're involved in? Or what, just walk out there and say hello, drink the fruit juice Erwin spied in that bowl in the corner, and then slap the vial out of her hands? Ugh, all you fucking want is a good night's sleep, is that so much to ask? You're only thirty, but you're far too old for this shit.
"Actually." You say, standing up as anger suffuses you. "You know what, fuck it. Sylphie, give me cover, Tabitha, Alice, you get the stairs. Ebe, you're in support if I need you."
"Uhm." The Ghandharva says. "What are you about to do?"
Breaking off a piece of Ronnie with your magic, you further turn him into smaller little pieces of ore which you hold with a tight grip. With that, you take your staff in your other hand and thrust open the door, which slams back against the wall.
Confused shouting is heard from downstairs but you don't care. This was the intention, afterall. Walking over to the railing, you look down upon the assembled group of cultists who look back up at you with wide eyes, alarm in their expressions. The Anubis is already moving to the stairs while the Lamia sits there, hood over her face, though you can see a red, glowing eye underneath. Lady Aliph as well has a momentary look of surprise as well before her features smooth out and she says, projecting her voice,
"Rommel and friends! So good of you to jo-"
She's cut off as piece of hot Ronnie zips past her face and imbeds itself into the far wall. She blinks and makes to touch her cheek, turning about to see the hole in the wall after she finds she's not bleeding. Licking her lips, she makes to speak again, but you beat her to the punch, your voice feeling hoarse and gravely.
"You tell your damn mutt to stop before she gets her limbs chopped off, because I want to yell at you in fucking peace."
Rael doesn't stop up the stairs until Ephra hisses in a way that would normally make your spine tingle. The Anubis's paws stop moving right as she reaches the second to top step, putting her at eye level with Tabitha, who crosses her arms and frowns at the Anubis, not bothering to draw her sword. Of course, considering the position of the attacker, Tabitha would just need one magitek kick to knock her to her doom.
Once the Anubis is settled, paw hand still on her weapon, you turn your gaze back to Lady Aliph and say, "First off, I was looking forward to taking a nice sleep in a bed for a change, getting some supplies, and then going off on my way. I wouldn't have given a shit if we woke up and there's some purple snake rolling around as long as you minded your own damn business."
"But you couldn't, and you didn't, and now you're going to get me yelling at you, or else I'm putting a piece of iron into your head faster than you can say, 'Oh, please don't put a piece of iron into my head.'"
In hindsight, that's rather slow, but the point still stands. Taking a deep breath, you continue in your tirade. "Now then, you're going to fucking tell me why I had to make a man drink his own refined semen because you wanted to bring us as guests to this little party?"
Lady Aliph purses her lips before speaking. "Well, I suppose if you're so courteous as to ask nicely-"
"By the Gods, please don't fuck with me."
She licks her lips and continues, unfazed. "Yes, well, you see, we had heard of what you had accomplished fighting the Royal Guard and had thought that you would wish to aid us in our struggle against the Pharaoh and her tyrannical rule."
Pinching your brow, you say, "You know, I'm not from around here, and I don't much care about your political struggle, but humor me: Why is the Pharaoh a tyrant?"
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311325>>311326
>>311324
The assembled crowd of cultists all murmur to each other, looking almost outraged that anyone would question her on this. Ephra hisses again to the crowd and they quiet down, still seeming unsettled however as Lady Aliph speaks.
"The taxes she levies are unfair for the people and her guards do nothing but trample over the unfortunate while she sits on her throne and orders her people to fight a country we have no reason to quarrel with. A tyrant who uses her subjects as chattel must be overthrown."
"Eh?" You say, cocking your head. "Way I see it you look like a noble compared to all of these folk here. How are you so on the side of the common folk?"
The cultists burble up at this, voices angry. "You can't talk that way about Lady Aliph!" "She's been here for us for years!" "She's one of us, she understands our plight!"
Lady Aliph holds up a hand, quieting them down as she says, "Clearly, you can see the loyalty here. True, I am off the nobility of Ectria, but I found their ways so repugnant that I came here to be the priestess of this temple, where I have served these people ever since."
"Yeah, and when you found out the secret behind that altar, you went digging and found out you could become a purple snake Monster and take down the Pharaoh with a mob of people who don't understand what's happening." You say, rolling your hand. "For a priestess though, I would have expected you'd keep your dirty laundry a little more well kept."
While you were referring to her undergarments strewn around the room, it does become a nice double entendre and has the effect of the cultists burbling to themselves. They probably know exactly what's going on, but having someone point it out in this way makes them question it, or so you think. The more you talk, the more annoyed you get, but also the clearer you think. As such, you get back on topic:
"Now that we have that established, why again did you need us?"
A flash of annoyance comes and goes on her face. Her hand tightening on the vial, she says, "Because, as a Wizard, your seed would be quite powerful as a catalyst for the ritual." Her gaze turns to Sophie and Sylphie. "Having a little touch of the blood of princesses would be quite useful as well- but only a little!"
Sophie frowns and mutters, "So they did know… but that's not even how that works in the Monster Nation, we aren't princesses."
"So!" You say, stamping your staff on the floor. "To recap: You could have let us just sleep and we wouldn't have been causing any trouble here, but instead you tried to have the innkeeper drug us so you could drag us here, take their blood, and suck me off?"
Lady Aliph shrugs, "In simple terms, yes, I suppose so. I do not see why you are being so hostile about this."
You hold out your hands, shaking them at her with bewilderment. There's no real words to be said at how matter of fact she put this, and she even doubles down by continuing.
"Do you not also have your grievances with the Pharaoh? Does she not currently have their Mother and Father in her possession? What do you stand to gain by hindering us here? Lay down your arms and join us in the ritual! Should you do so, I promise that you will be rewarded quite well for your help." Her eyes flash with something wicked at that, and you can't tell what kind of fantasies she has in her head, but they're probably something perverted.
Your eyes turn to the vial she holds her in her hands, the one filled with the venom of a long dead Apophis. Can this really have the power to change a human into one of their kind? You know what most Monsters have abilities made to improve sexual experience rather than actually hurt them, but what if that vial kills her? You suppose, in a sense, if it works as intended it will kill her, or at least the person she was before.
On an ethical level, maybe she's right, maybe having someone go and stop the Pharaoh would be good for the people, to have someone more benevolent in charge of things outside the capital. Clearly it's a popular sentiment, to have people join a damn cult over such an ideal, but those stories you've heard, what Ebe has told you…
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311326>>311327 >>311381
>>311325
You became a Wizard to gain the power to maintain the balance between man and Monster, to make sure nothing like what happened to your family happens again. This land, filled with slavery and greed, is corrupt and needs a change, that much is certain. Is it your responsibility though to guide that path? Your actions almost certainly are changing the course of history, but that's unintentional, not something you want to do. Your end goal is still the same as it was before, to get to the Grand Wizard, but if you do that by ignoring one of the reasons for Wizards existing, are you any better than he is?
Can you just let her turn herself, and possibly others, into Monsters?
The vial of black liquid swirls in her hand as she waits for a response from you. Watching it for a few, tense moments, you ask, "What happens if it doesn't work?"
The crowd goes quiet, their eyes all turning to Lady Aliph. The woman stands before the crowd, lips drawn tight as she sees the questioning look in their eyes, something no cult leader wants. She begins to speak, voice meant to embolden the people, "It will not fail. With the ritual done correctly-"
"WHAT IF IT DOES FAIL?" You shout, voice drowning hers out.
Lady Aliph blinks as if she'd been struck, doing her best not to stagger backward. Her eyes dart back to the cultists and she frowns seeing they will no longer be placated with propaganda. Licking her lips, she says, tone more serious, "There are other means to draw the Apophis back to this world. The San'ha urn has been recovered by one of our sisters and it will as well bring one of our Masters back into this land. As for other relics, I do not know, but our brothers and sisters will stop at nothing until the harmony is brought back to the sands."
The cultists murmur between each other, their fears assuaged, for now. For your part, you feel a sense of dread coming over you. So the Urn would have a similar effect, and you have no idea where it is! Gods, you hope that your sister, if that's truly who that woman is, isn't mucking with this sort of thing. Sadly, you know this isn't true, as she must have known what she was getting into to steal the urn in the first place.
You probably can't stop that ritual, whether or not it would succeed, but you can stop this one right here and it would be easy. What comes after though, is not. There is no doubt in your mind what will happen as soon as you take this course of action, but your conscious can't allow this to happen. Besides, you're tired and cranky.
Raising your staff, you slam it to the floor, casting [Tremor]. The effect is immediate upon the cultists, who jumble about and fall to the floor with cries of alarm. Lady Aliph staggers back as the ground beneath her becomes unstable, the vial tightly held in her hand. Seeing your opening, you throw out your hand and cast [Gust], but before the magic can strike, a wall of sandstone rises up from the floor and intercepts your magic, causing it to fizzle out harmlessly.
Blinking in surprise, you look to see Ephra smirking at you, her hood falling off to reveal an angular face with Ectrian skin and red, ritual tatoos on her face which are a shade darker than her red hair. She pulls a charm from her pocket and you feel magic channeling within her moments before she casts [Tremor] at your group, forcing you off balance!
Once the initial shock wears off, you're able to stabilize your group by reversing the tremors in the ground cast by her spell, but the damage is done. While the cultists are still on the floor, your element of surprise is gone and Rael has used the opportunity to bound up the stairs. The only reason she didn't instantly kill Tabitha is because the Lizardman's magitek legs have stabilizers in them, allowing her to stay upright, though not much else. Though she couldn't draw her blade, she was able to deflect the blow enough, only drawing a small line of blood across her ribs as the spear head slices through her clothes.
Rael, taken a little off guard by this, is unable to utilize the full power of her spear in such close quarters and is forced to pull back, giving Tabitha time to recover, at least a little, before the attack recommences.
For your part, you sense another spike of magic coming and leap to the side as a spike of earth juts forth. Regaining your composure, you make to counter attack against the Geomancer Witch when the whole second story seems to rumble. Looking down in confusion, you, Sophie, and Ebe cry out in surprise as the section of stone you're on gives way, breaking apart underneath you as Ephra's magic destroys the supports and sends you falling.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311327>>311329 >>311345 >>311348 >>311355 >>311357 >>311373 >>311381 >>311383 >>311654
>>311326
The impact is jarring, and you feel your head swimming as you pick yourself up, using your staff for support. Dimly, you see Ephra digging in her bag to pull out a white vial, fumbling with the stopper to get it open. All around you are screaming cultists, their numbers confused and afraid from the sudden magical assaults. Sophie groans next to you, pushing debris off herself while Ebe managed to dodge the worst of it by flying when the mainstay of the magic hit. She lands next to you with a worried expression, ghitar held in her hands like a weapon, though she looks terrified.
"Rommel! Stop her!" Sylphie cries from above, sending out a burst of magic to drop the wall that Ephra created. It sinks back into the earth to reveal Lady Aliph unstopping the vial. She holds the liquid up, a fanatical look in her eyes.
Ephra manages to get her own vial opened but stops as she looks at Lady Aliph with horror on her expression. "No! Not without the ritual!"
It's too late however, and even though you cast another [Gust], it's doesn't reach her until the venom is already down her throat. Your magic causes her to stumble backward and the vial crashes to the floor, shattering into shards of glass.
You look on in fascinated horror as she begins to write on the floor, arching her back and letting out a scream of agony. Sick, popping noises issue forth from her body as she does so, foam dribbling forth from her mouth as her eyes go wide and begin to bleed. You can't tell for certain, but it looks like her sclera bleeds so badly it becomes black, her iris turning red and her pupils becoming… oh Gods no.
Her pupils become slit like a serpents, her tongue, which is busy screaming, elongates and splits while her ears grow pointed and sharp. Along her cheeks, skin sloughs as scales form while below her waistline the most dramatic change occurs. Though you can't see much under the skirts she wears, you hear more of that squelching, popping sound. She lets out another scream of either agony or bliss and from where her legs should be a long, serpentine tail emerges. It lengthens with speed only possible from arcane magicks, rapidly growing out to the size of Ephra's tail.
It seems to last an eternity as you look on in horror, but it can't have been more than a few minutes, if that. Lady Aliph lays on the ground, her chest, which appears larger now, heaving up and down as she takes in breaths with her new lungs. Her skirts, which barely cover any of her new lower body swish as she rolls to the side and shakily rises, Ephra coming over to help her.
Feeling an intense sensation of loss, of being unable to stop this event, you find yourself surprised when Ephra wails, "Nooo, the transformation failed!"
"What are you talking about? I feel… I feel amazing!" Lady Aliph says, cackling. "Power surges through me! I must be an Apophis now!"
"Lady… look at your skin."
Lady Aliph blinks and looks down at her hands, her eyes growing wide. "No… NOOOOOO!"
It takes you a moment to realize it yourself, but then it hits you. Her skin is the same shade of Ectrian it was before and her scales are a dirty brown instead of the purple that has been described in the stories. Oh, Lady Aliph has monsterized, but she is no Apophis. She is however, by the glare she gives you, quite upset.
"You… you ruined it! With the ritual in place I would have had the power! You could have been willing helpers of the Violet Sands but now you will pay!"
She holds out a hand and hisses, "Give me a vial." Ephra hurries to comply and the newly transformed Lamia downs the white liquid in one gulp before throwing the vial to the ground and hissing at you. "If you will not serve me willingly, then I will have to make you do so BY FORCE."
Above her hand a spiral of purple energy appears, and both you and Sophie cry out, "Dark Magic?!"
From the second floor you can hear the battle raging between Rael and the two swordswomen, their numbers meaning little in the confined space while Sylphie looks down at you with a concerned expression. All around you the cultists are still in their confused state, none rising to attack you, but before you are two very angry and rather powerful Monster Witches. Maybe… maybe it's not too late to say sorry?
Either way, you better think of something fast.
>What do you do?
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311329
>>311327
This was a rough one to write because I wanted to stop halfway through with more information written and ask again exactly what people wanted to do.
Reading through the comments again it seemed that, while people had different opinions, there was a majority that wanted the ritual stopped, though without ripping and tearing.
Unfortunately, as you now see, Ephra is indeed a Monster witch and this course of action sadly led to failure. However, because the actual ritual didn't go off, you have an angry snek instead of an angry grepsnek. Unless you do some serious talking down, it's probably going to end in combat here. At least none of the cultists are attacking you… yet.
Anyway, things have changed a little bit, but hey! Here we are. Who knows, maybe this would have been how things would have ended up if the ritual went through after all?
Guess we'll never know.
And if you ask, if the vial was broken onto the floor and she tried to lick it up, it probably wouldn't have been a full transformation but she wouldn't quite be human anymore.
>>311280
Cactuar
And I'm in H-town. It's quiet here atm… too quiet
▶ d10256 (1) No.311345>>311405
>>311327
Rommel:
"My Dear, you were and still are a failure. You have not ever had what it takes to be a gRape Snek Apophis!"
▶ 01e7b8 (1) No.311348>>311405
>>311327
>If you will not serve me willingly, then I will have to make you do so BY FORCE
I have had it with this disrespect, kill her
▶ 68e4a0 (4) No.311355>>311405
>>311327
Let's try a new trick with our pebble gun. [Rapd Fire]
Mow 'e, down.
▶ 860c9e (1) No.311357>>311404 >>311405
>>311327
Stopping it was probably for the best. Wasn't dark magic the stuff that fucked over Franz Jack-whatever from the first wizardquest? Nasty stuff. Speaking of which, we probably shouldn't let her finish her animu charging sequence. Do the pragmatic thing and shoot her. I'm sure Sylphie can do something similar to geo-snek with lightning. If geo-snek manages to get a wall up, [Geoflex] a rock through it into them. If they somehow live through that, use [Flurry] like a smoke grenade for cover and send the golems to kill them. If the golems fail, our enemies are magical, so use [Magesight] to see them through the [Flurry] and shoot them.
Once it's over, tell the surviving cult members that this little attempted kidnapping stunt and dark magic use has just destroyed any goodwill they had with us. If they avoid us, they may get lucky and we'll be forced to kill the pharaoh. But we aren't going to be friendly to any other cultists we come across except Helene, but I'm on the fence whether we should tell them that..
▶ d2baf1 (5) No.311363>>311404 >>311405
Lets keep on with Old Man Rommel. Shotgun blast a huge fucking hole in a wall, toss some spikes up all around that don't hit anyone, and tell them that one of two things are going to happen. Either we're going to go back to bed, and get some sleep, then deal with this shit in the morning, or we're going to deal with this shit permanently, and then get back to bed.
More old man rambling too. We need a two minute spiel about how this is the first time our poor aching back has had a proper back in weeks, and we have to get out of bed to deal with danuki behavior.
Yell at them about how if there was nothing sinister about the ritual, maybe they should have asked us instead of trying to drug us.
We shouldn't outright kill anyone right off the bat unless we need to.
▶ faa850 (1) No.311371>>311405
just kill everyone there, we can't let those cultist have a chance for revenge later. burying them alive is a nice option.
▶ 9d4fce (4) No.311373>>311405
>>311327
Let's get out of this without violence
tell her she would have failed anyway and that she would have never been able to accomplish it alone, her and her cults plans are bound too keep failing, just overall be a smug lil shit to her. if they agree keep out of our way we'll stay out of theirs and maybe we can work together at a later point
also tell her she should be happy since grape sneks a shit
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.311381>>311383 >>311405
>>311326
>"There are other means to draw the Apophis back to this world. The San'ha urn has been recovered by one of our sisters and it will as well bring one of our Masters back into this land. As for other relics, I do not know, but our brothers and sisters will stop at nothing until the harmony is brought back to the sands."
That urn was stolen (by us) and sold to Qi earlier this day, so that would mean one of two things: either Qi likely the referred ‘sister’ in this case, thus almost certainly confirming her as a cultist if it wasn’t already managed to both bring back the urn to her own group of cultists and have someone send this information out to this group before we arrived at the settlement since our golem patrol would have picked up anyone arriving at the site otherwise, or the cultists have a very quick method of communication between groups that we are currently unaware of and should look into. In any case, the cult appears to be less discordant than initially thought.
>>311327
And so we face our first instance of a magic user. We really should’ve used [Magesight] to see this coming, but what’s done is done. It might be a good idea to get into the habit of doing this in the future though, much in the same way we constantly spam [Survey] when walking, so we aren’t caught off guard again, but I digress.
With Rael trying to kill both Tabitha and Alice, and Lady Eliph channelling dark magic to use against us, I’m going to go with my hunch and say that it’s probably too late to reason with them and avoid combat at this point, so we should instead prepare ourselves for it. Before anything else, I’m going to advocate that we avoid using any Geomancy that isn’t for the purpose of countering Ephra’s spells during this battle, at least until she is either incapacitated or dead, because she appears to be a Geomancer or is at least well-versed in how it works and will as such almost certainly counter any spells we cast using our own Geomancy, be it offensive like [Pebble Gun] or defensive like [Build the Wall], making that divination of magic rather useless here unless used to counter her own attacks. Instead, because we will be fighting two Lamias who are cold-blooded, I’m going to suggest Cryomancy again as it is a direct counter to their race, can be used both offensively and defensively and, due to Tabitha being on the upper levels and thus out of the way, will not unintentionally negatively affect the Lizard or any of our other party members so everyone can keep fighting at peak condition.
Lady Aliph has only just transformed into a Lamia, so there’s a possibility that her mind hasn’t completely warped yet and she won’t just solely focus on us due to her libido suddenly kicking into overdrive, so don’t neglect helping our companions if they need it. She is apparently casting dark magic, which has been shown in the past to be exceptionally harmful to any casters that don’t have an affinity for it, so unless she has some kind of divine protection from Dollora that prevents such issues which is highly unlikely given she isn’t a high priestess, merely a priestess of what I assume is a temple dedicated to more than just Dollora she is likely to end up killing herself in our stead, so we should be on the defensive and ensuring our own survival while she ends her own life in her wrathful attempt to kill us. Keep a fair distance between us so we don’t have to worry about her potential venom or dark-empowered physical attacks, and focus on dodging or countering her spells with our non-Geomancy spells since [Build the Wall] will be immediately removed by Ephra such as [Gust] to deflect them, if dark magic spells can be considered to be in the physical realm, or perhaps some kind of [Ice Wall] in a similar vein to [Build the Wall] to block them, should we figure out how to do that.
Ephra should be our primary focus for this fight as she almost completely shuts down one of our strongest divinations of magic with her own, and we won’t actively attacking Lady Aliph unless required. She shouldn’t be too hard to deal with once we get going, since she pulled out what appears to be a vial of semen rather quickly after casting very few spells and didn’t actually get the chance to drink it as she gave it to Lady Aliph instead, implying that her mana reserves are rather low and will run out quickly once she starts feeling the heat or chill in this case, seeing as Cryomancy is the way to go - just make sure to prevent her from drinking any other vials of semen she may have on her person so she can’t prolong the fight. Once again, keep our distance from her to avoid potential venom or coiling shenanigans and keep spamming [Ice] to cause high damage and great hindrance to her movements.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.311383
>>311327
>>311381
On the topic of what our companions should be doing in this situation, Sylphie should begin by assisting us with the two Lamias where she can with her own Cryomancy, with [Cold Prison] and [Hail] being good options here due to the disabling properties of the former alongside the potential emergency defence option of freezing a party member to save them from an incoming attack similar to [Rock Solid] and the theoretical area of effect of the latter making it rather hard to avoid <cold-blooded> might also be viable here, but it could potentially affect Tabitha if Sylphie isn’t careful and should as such ideally not be used since Sylphie isn’t really known for being careful with her casts. Should Rael, whom Tabitha and Alice should continue fighting since they’re better suited to do so, prove to be a former Warden and activate the Blood Ward during the battle then Sylphie should swap over to hitting her with [Rutile]-empowered Fulgromancy spells, since we’re too far out of position to take advantage of the Anubis’ dropped magical resistance ourselves while Sylphie isn’t and Rael needs to be put down quickly before she can overpower the two swordswomen. Ebe won’t be doing much other than possibly putting the other cultists to sleep with a [Lullaby] with help from Sylphie for [Privacy Barrier] to avoid fucking us over so they don’t do anything and maybe being ready to catch any of our companions should they fall, as having her play [Bolster Confidence] or [Crusader’s Call] not only has the potential to help our enemies just as much as, if not more than, us, but will also leave her wide open to be attacked, only this time without a nearby Zoras to save her from certain death, making it a bad idea. Sophie can finally do something since she doesn’t have to hide her identity and thus her tails, but she could have issues fighting two spell casters without any magic of her own, especially when they can resist her movement -- best just have her use hit and run tactics whenever possible, maybe focusing on preventing the two Witches from downing any other liquids which may be beneficial to them, or possibly use her agility to climb to the upper floors to assist the two swordswomen in fighting Rael. Mr Ed might be able to swap places with Erwin to assist us without sacrificing his role as lookout, but I’m not sure what he would do other than kick Rael if the opportunity arises.
Other than all that, I guess we could have Sophie take one of the [Health Potion]s and the [Featherfall Potion] to our companions above so that, in case anything does go horribly wrong, we can quickly heal any major injuries and prevent any imminent deaths.
▶ ead087 (2) No.311404>>311405 >>311406 >>311419 >>311458
"Well maybe if you curs had some respect then this wouldn't have happened. Back in my land, we respected one another and everybody could do arcane rituals in peace. When I was a boy people would summon shoggoths and raise the dead, but they did it quietly and didn't go messing with other people. But not here. No, you want to pour cum down stranger's throats so you can rape a tired, aching celibate and cut up an innocent young lady! At least folks in my land would ASK for somebody's bodily fluids."
"And YOU were the one who drank the venom without the proper ritual so don't you try to blame me for this, missy!" Say this while smacking her on the head with our staff. "You didn't even have the decency to apologize for ruining my sleep. Maybe if you did, you would be purple and my aching back would be getting some much needed rest!**
Don't kill anybody, but cast ice onto the sneks and make a big show like >>311363 suggested. Keep an eye on Ephra to see if she has any interesting magics we can copy.
These events do raise some interesting questions as to the nature of apophi. The venom of an apophis transformed Aliph into a regular lamia, which implies that apophi are not so much a separate race of lamias like jaga-jagas are a race of lizardmen, but rather an enhancement of a more common type of lamia. If that's the case then what is the exact mechanism that turns a caramel snake into a grape snake? Not that we give a shit at the moment because we are fucking tired.
>>311357
That was just because he was a dude. Dollora can't into male anatomy.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311405>>311412 >>311417 >>311425 >>311434
>>311345
R-Rude
>>311348
Everyone is disrespectful on the inside.
>>311355
Wao, That's some serious firepower! Yeah you can do that, though I can't vouch for accuracy. You wanna kill those poor cultists, huh?
>>311357
Man was never meant to hold Dark Magic, it was some weird perversion of magic tied in with Valinthia's reversal of the Grand Transformation that did him in. Dark Magic is granted to Monsters who worship Dollora in the same way as priests with Solos. It's not supposed to be available to Humans or Wizards, but it's not inherently terrible. Which is weird because it's Dark Magic and from Dollora so…
>>311363
Damn kids! I'll work on a ramble, alright?
Stopping a fight with a ramble.. what will these kids think of next?
Stay safe Galveston-bro, it's fucking rough over there
>>311371
Such violence..
>>311373
Ooo smug! Smug is nice.
>>311381
You sir, are making assumptions. And you know what they say about assumptions?
….
Anyway, sounds like a solid battle plan, if we go with further combat this seems pretty good to go with.
>>311404
Beautiful. If the votes are for Old man Rommel fun time, then this will certainly be used. Seems like it's leaning towards this as opposed to combat, but there's plenty of time to look into it! I might write tomorrow as well because uh…
Shit's kind of real here atm.
▶ 017f0b (4) No.311406
>>311404
I liking this old man Rommel, voting for this.
▶ 2b98a9 (8) No.311412
>>311405
I'm sure you'll be fine ace. Ammit isn't ready to see you quite yet I'm sure.
▶ 339ef5 (7) No.311417
>>311405
Im also down for old man Rommel.
But before we do, Lets double cast [Cold Prison] with Slyphie.Wizard pulled it out of his ass while in a bath with a snakey lady trying to accost his naked form, Im sure we can figure it out without much trouble Before we go into old man rant, make it so cold that the semen bottles freeze solid.
▶ e12a7b (1) No.311419>>311462
>>311404
Oh wait, that stuff happened when we were 20, didn't it? Whoops.
▶ f7e453 (1) No.311425
>>311405
No shit man. I went to drive in to work, and hit four flooded roads before I said fuck it and turned around. Word is that up near El Dorado Boulevard, closer to Houston, cars are underwater.
Still wouldn't trade Texas for anywhere else though.
▶ 8d7c92 (1) No.311434>>311462
>>311405
>it was some weird perversion of magic tied in with Valinthia's reversal of the Grand Transformation that did him in
Great tra- Oh, I wasn't referring to the Cair debacle. Jakoff was screwed before that.
>This was dark magic brought about by divine means, something utterly and completely foreign to you and you could only watch as the power coursed through and consumed his humours, staining them pitch black.
>this metamorphosis has granted him a new lease on life, but only for a limited time. This… Power within him, this darkness was eating at his very core, feeding upon his magic as a power source. This wasn't a new lease on life, it was a deception
Sound familiar? Between that and the crap not-revenant Chakandras pulled, I'm hard pressed to find an example where dark magic wasn't used for messed up shit. So you've got me curious.
Care to elaborate on how it can be used that isn't inherently bad?
And I suspect if a wizard REALLY wanted to use dark magic, they could make some kind of organism to either channel it through or channel it for them, kind of like how the Grand Wizard made Saya.
▶ 410883 (12) No.311457
throw a rock at them and immediatly as they dodge shoot them with the pellet gun
then see if we can use geomancy to bring down the building on everyone
▶ 410883 (12) No.311458
>>311404
also do this as well
▶ 410883 (12) No.311460>>311574 >>311579
its a shame i didnt get to this thread sooner i was going to have rommel ask them to let him inspect the vial being an expert wizard an ally to them and if they did i was gonna have him piss in it
▶ 410883 (12) No.311461>>311574 >>311579
could you imagine if she drank his piss and nothing happened
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311462>>311520 >>311775
>>311434
Dark Magic is just a tool. It's uses are often more detrimental to others than things such as Light magic, but it's not used very often since it's not as common and frankly, most Monster Witches don't want to hurt people.
Typical uses are to sap strength from a target, can be used as a magic missile, can induce paralysis, can induce panic and mental duress (Not like illusionists), and other such things.
Where Light magic often gives, Dark magic usually takes. It can be used in a good sense to help calm down people, help with sleeping, etc. At full force, it's very dangerous, but when used subtly it's a good tool.
It's not often used subtly.
>>311419
If you're talking about shoggoth summoning, that happened like, 7 months ago and no one knows about it beyond the twins and Tobias's crew.
If you're talking about anything else that happened in Wizardquest, you were 10 when that all happened
Oh and as far as your other post… That's something you should ask someone in story!
▶ 77956c (5) No.311520>>311525 >>311579
>>311462
>Dark is not evil
I find this trope to be kind of autistic and contrarian, to be honest
▶ 8d6b5a (1) No.311525>>311569 >>311579
>>311520
stare at the sun, then come back to me. Anon
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311579
>>311460
>>311461
Jesus christ, how horrifying.
>>311520
>>311574
>>311569
>>311525
I don't want to be a part of this, but make the shitposting constructive, alright?
▶ 410883 (12) No.311586
>>311574
it was actually more of a fuck you im fucking done with this shit and this is for ruining my sleep thing
▶ 503079 (2) No.311654
>>311327
Old Man Rommel might not work but it sounds like fun, so let's do that until shit hits the fan. Try and confiscate that charm from the lamia witch while we're at it, would stop her magic and could be useful for us later.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311711>>311712
>Story continue
"Fuck this, fuck all of this."
Raising your staff, you slam it on the ground, drawing up a wall which blocks the dark magic hurled at you. The wall falls a moment later, taken down by Ephra, but you expected this. Both of the Lamia look at you in shock as you stride forward through the lowering wall on a direct course toward Lady Aliph.
She summons another ball of dark energy while Ephra builds up more magic. Before either can cast their spells, you fire off a blast of [Shotgun pebbles] with a few pieces of Ronnie. The blast hits the wall to the other side of Aliph's face from the first shot and she staggers, the magic failing and flickering out of existence as her concentration fails.
You weren't aiming for her, but you could feel Ephra desperately pushing your pieces of iron away from Aliph. You likely wouldn't have hit her if you were trying in such a case, but the effect was what you had intended anyway. The Geomancer witch fumbles to regain her composure, but by the time she has a spell up and ready, the temperature around her drops dramatically and she shudders, her own concentration thrown off.
Not sparing a glance for what you know Sylphie has done, you stride forward to the shivering, newly transformed Lamia and raise your staff. She lets out a shriek as you bring it down to… bonk her on the head.
The scene around you goes silent beyond the combat upstairs and Aliph's whimpering. Ephra looks at you with confusion while Aliph rubs her head. The disoriented cultists blink in confusion, but don't say anything, too dazed to process everything that's going on. Lady Aliph looks up at you with her new, serpentine eyes and asks, "What the hells was that for?"
"I should be asking you the very same thing!" You say in your meanest, nastiest, gruffiest voice you can muster. Using such a voice reminds you of your mean Uncle Leroy, the maddest man in the whole damn village. You never understood why he spoke this way, but now it all makes sense. You really are cranky and tired.
"You know, I was perfectly fine just going back to the inn and taking a nap, but no, you wouldn't have let us have that either wanting to take my spunk and their blood. You want to complain that your ritual didn't work? Maybe if you yellow bellied serpents had some damn respect, then this wouldn't have happened. Back in my land, we respected one another and everyone could do arcane rituals in piece! But not here. No, you wanted to pour cum down my throat so you could rape a tired, aching celibate and drain the blood of some innocent young ladies!"
You bop her on the head again with your staff, to which she puts her hands over her head and whimpers, still too confused to make any attack on you, same as Ephra. Grumbling, you continue your rant.
"Damn snakes, you could have had the decency to ask for our bodily fluids. I find something very shady about someone who puts on a good face and whispers out of the corner of her mouth, hmm? And back to this whole ritual thing, you're the one who drank that ancient venom without waiting, so whose fault is it that things turned out this way, huh? Oh you better believe it's not mine."
Aliph protests, "But you tried to break the vial and-"
"DID I SAY I WAS FINISHED MISSY?"
She whimpers and covers her head, "N-No sir."
"THAT’S MORE LIKE IT." You huff and adjust your robes, sort of wishing you had your turban. "Go to another country and they have no manners. It's so shameful it makes my damn back ache. Oh and speaking of back aching, if you'd just left us alone, I could have gotten some good rest for a change and you could have been PURPLE."
For good measure, you bonk her on the head again, though this time she was prepared and caught it on her hands. Grunting, you pull away from her before turning as you hear a cry followed by a thud. The Anubis, Rael, lays on the ground, chest heaving up and down, multiple wounds on her body. She grunts and makes to stand but Tabitha leaps down from the second floor and points her blade at the neck of the Anubis, who snarls once and then goes quiet.
"Ah, Tabitha?" Alice says from the balcony. "You uh… want to take a look at this?"
The Lizardman blinks and turns to look at your group at the altar. She blinks in surprise, same as the Anubis, both of them unable to comprehend what just happened. Frankly, you're not even certain what just happened, but talking to them in such a manner felt… well goshes it just felt great.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311712>>311713
>>311711
"Now then." You say, holding your staff up again, to which Lady Aliph holds her hands up. Smirking, you say, "You want to start something little missy?"
"I think I'm older than you…" Lady Aliph mutters before shuddering and crossing her arms. "Would you mind turning the temperature up?"
"No, I like it cold like this, it soothes my anger."
She purses her lips and then sighs. "V-Very well then. Well, you've managed to ruin any dramatic tension here and now I'm just not certain a conflict is worth it any longer, especially since you've incapacitated my bodyguard."
"I'm actually quite alright." Rael says, waving a paw from her prone position.
Lady Aliph clacks her tongue. "Well… I think the point still stands. I suppose the cultists could drag you down while we have an epic magical duel though?"
One of the cultists raises a hand. "Actually, I think we're fine, thank you for asking." The other cultists mutter to themselves in approval, clearly not wanting to fight any longer.
"Bother." Sophie sighs, letting her tails out since everyone knows anyway. "I was hoping to be useful here." As she says this, some of the cultists back away, eying her tails with apprehension.
"S-so." Ephra says, shuddering. "W-What happens now?"
"Well that's a damn good question!" You say, turning back to the cult leader. "You failed in your ritual to become a purple snake and now you're a brown snake. Did you really not plan for this? Should have answered my question earlier, maybe you'd have some contingency plan. What made you think this would have turned you into an Apophis anyway, eh? Why did you not think this would kill you?"
Lady Aliph puffs out her cheeks. "Look, the inscribed rituals inside the altar around the vial said it would unleash the gifts of the Apophis upon those imbued with the venom. It should have worked!"
"Uhm." Ebe says, dropping from the sky to stand next to you. "Wasn't the gift of the Apophis to Monsterize people into Lamia? I mean… it looks like it worked?"
Ephra and Aliph both turn to look at Ebe before furrowing their brows with consternation. Ephra puts a hand under her chin and mutters, still shivering, "Mmm, that could be one way to interpret the text written there. The rituals seemed a little more involved than a simple catalyst as the venom could have produced, but why would they have that present with just the venom? But no, you have the eyes of the Apophis, so something should have happened…"
Lady Aliph hisses, shaking her head. "Twins, you're telling me that I lost my beautiful legs for only a half-transformation?"
Ephra shrugs, "I-I suppose? Do you feel more powerful?"
"Well." Lady Aliph says, summoning a ball of dark magic. "I suppose. It's easier to conjure up my magic, though I was going for a fireball…" She looks at the ball of dark magic. "Hmm, now that I'm a Monster, I suppose my faith has granted me access to this?
"Wow, great, fantastic." You grumble. "So, now that your damn ritual is ruined and we're not going to fight anymore, can I just go to bed?"
All of the assembled cultists mutter to themselves, shrugging. The fight is out of them now, so they mill about, waiting for some orders. Lady Aliph watches this and turns to look at Rael as Tabitha helps her up, the Anubis brushing dust off her. The Lamia flicks out her tongue, rubs the back of her head, and sighs, "Well… I mean, I could relieve some of your tension with a good fucking. Honestly now that the adrenaline is gone, I'm starting to feel some of the changes. How do you Monsters stand this, I feel like I could fuck a horse!"
A few cries of panic are heard from outside. Moments later, the doors burst open as a cultist cries and flies through the portal, landing on the rubble pile. She whimpers in pain as Mr. Ed strides in, snorting as he stands over the cultist. He looks around as everyone stares at him and wickers before pawing the ground.
You look at the horse and then turn back to Lady Aliph who flicks out her tongue nervously. She chuckles, "Aha… I didn't mean… literally."
"Well, if you bother me again from my sleep, then I'm going to send him up to your room, alright?!"
Lady Aliphs blinks and then cocks her head, as if entertaining the idea. This lasts only for a few moments before she shakes her head violently and says, "NO! No thank you, I believe I'll be fine."
Sophie snickers at something and you turn to look at her with confusion. Pointing behind her, she says, "Sylphie says you're not his type anyway."
Ephra and Lady Aliph look at each other with exhausted expressions before slumping their shoulders, totally defeated.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311713>>311714
>>311712
A ray of sunlight strikes your face, rousing you from your slumber. Blinking your eyes, you grumble in annoyance as you turn over, pulling the covers over your had. As you do so, you find yourself face to face with Ebe, the woman sleeping soundly next to you. Frowning, you notice she's far more clothed than she was last evening. Still, her sleeping face is a little too unnerving and you find you're unable to go back to sleep.
With a sigh, you sit up from the bed and stretch. Something pops in your back and you sigh in relief, scratching yourself before getting up and getting dressed. Behind you, Ebe stirs in the bed and mumbles, "Mornin'…"
"Good morning. Sleep well?"
"Mmph… I guess." Ebe sits up and yawns, ruffling her hair, which looks rather disheveled. "Looks like they didn't attack us over night."
"And damn well they shouldn't." You say. "If anyone came close, my golems would have torn them apart."
"I don't…" Ebe begins before shaking her head. "I don't think your golems would have done that."
"No, but I would have noticed any changes in my magic."
"Oh." She says, yawning. Shaking her head, she climbs out of bed and walks over to you, putting her wings on your shoulders. You frown at her and she sighs, using her wings to adjust your robes. "I'm not going to do anything like that with you, you've made it abundantly clear."
"Not quite what I meant, but I'm glad you understand."
Ebe looks down, a little troubled. "I just wanted to say… sorry about last night. I thought that maybe… being close with someone might help you out after what you told us. I should have thought more about it, especially since it was a Monster who did that to you."
Scratching your head, you look down at the downcast Ghandharva. Though things were a little awkward, you know she was being genuine and thus you can't really get that mad at her. With an inward groan, you say, "I know Ebe. I know this is all rough for you too and you just want us to feel better."
"Y-Yeah." She says, still looking a little troubled. "I won't do it again…"
"It's forgiven." You say, waving a hand and taking up your staff. "Let's go get some breakfast-"
Your voice cuts off as you notice her wing is on your robes. Furrowing your brow, you turn to see the Ghandharva with her head down even further, expression downcast. Her mouth quirks momentarily before she asks, "I don't want to leave everyone. I know I cause you trouble, and I know I don't really bring much to the group but… but I want to help Sophie and Sylphie, I want to help… I want to help you."
"Ebe, come on, we just-"
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311714>>311715
>>311713
"Do you not like me?"
You look at her in confusion. "What? Why would you think that?"
"B-Because I'm a Monster, and I was pushy. I know I said it before, but I didn't understand and I forgot, and I wasn't thinking and-"
She cuts off as you place a hand on her head. Sighing, you gently rub her head, fingers getting lost in the tangles of her golden hair. "Ebe…" You begin. "When I first began this trip, I did hate Monsters. There's no way I could have been in the same room as one let alone share a bed with you. Maybe I still don't trust most Monsters, but I know at least you're genuine in everything you do."
Taking a deep breath, you continue, "So no, I don't hate you. In fact, I like you far better than I do Alice."
"B-Because she's a slut?"
"Because she's a slut." You say, patting her head one final time before withdrawing her hand. She fidgets, a goofy little smile on her face. Rolling your eyes, you say, "Come on, we should get some breakfast."
"Oh, I suppose we should wake the others up first." Ebe says, making for the door. You catch her by the shoulder and say,
"Oh, I don't think that will be necessary." Holding up a finger, you wag it once, twice, three times and-
A loud shriek comes from the room across the way. Moments later your door slams open and Tabtiha flings Erwin at you, the fox giggling like mad in your head. Catching him with one arm, you look at Tabtiha with innocence and ask, "Whatever seems to be the matter?"
"You damn Wizards and your damn pranks." She say, gritting her teeth. You notice she's only wearing underclothing, exposing her toned abdomen. Not seeming to care about how she looks, she points at Ebe and says, "You should keep him from doing these sorts of things."
"What?" Ebe says, looking confused. "What did I do?"
"Yes Tabitha, what happened?"
The Lizardman growls, "Don't you play coy, you asked your familiar here to shriek like… like some damn vixen or something."
Sylphie pokes her head out from behind Tabitha. "Actually, a male fox is called a reynard so…" She cuts off as Tabitha glares at her. "Ehm. I mean, you're both despicable, grrr."
From down the hall, Alice (wearing next to nothing and not caring) pokes her head out. "Something wrong?"
"Nothing!" Sylphie says. "Just Rommel being Rommel."
"You want I should get my sword?" Alice asks, sighing when Sylphie shakes her head.
Looking at everyone assembled, you clap your hands and say, "Breakfast anyone?"
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311715>>311729 >>311734 >>311889 >>311890 >>311911 >>312106 >>312132
>>311714
In short order, you find yourselves at a table of the tavern, plates of hot food before you. Though it's a small town, they have enough to feed paying guests, though the innkeeper graciously allowed you in for free. While awake, he still seems groggy, though he doesn't bat an eye when you ask him to taste the food he gives you before you eat. Since he doesn't pass out or die, you assume it's alright to eat.
"I'm surprised." Alice says, popping some flatbread in her mouth. "I figured they'd try something again."
"Me too." You say, shrugging. "But I'm glad they didn't. I didn't have the patience for that."
"You sounded like an old man back there." Sylphie says, giggling. "Old man Rommel, putting the kids in line."
"Don't you give me lip you whippersnapper or it's the cane for you."
"Oh no~" Sylphie cries with a playful tone.
The door to the tavern opens and the innkeeper hurriedly makes an awkward bow as Lady Aliph and Ephra enter through the door. The newly transformed Lamia slithers around with some difficulty, her tail knocking over chairs, much to her annoyance as she makes her way over to you. Managing to successfully appear, she stops next to you and nods her head. "Good morning."
"You'll understand if I'm not as keen on speaking with you." You say, popping a date into your mouth.
"Of course." She says. "You seem as if you got a good sleep, yes? In that case perhaps you'd be willing to talk-" She cuts off as you shake your staff at her. "Could you not shake that please?"
"Tch." You say, putting the staff down. "Since you asked nicely."
"Yes, indeed." She says, flicking out her tongue. "Well, here we are, after running foul of our ritual, no one is seriously hurt and I am now a Lamia and not an Apophis." She looks at her tail and frowns, "It's taking some getting used to. Did you know that you can taste the air?"
"Sort of." Tabitha says, to which the rest of you group looks at her with surprise. She shrugs as Lady Aliph continues.
"Beyond that, there are these… urges. I don't know to describe it but-"
You cut her off by holding up a hand, "Look, I don't really care about your urges. I just want to eat breakfast, get some supplies, and leave."
"About that." Ephra says, speaking up. "You are headed to the capital then? From what we hear, you are on your way to rescue the Grand Wizard and the Monster Lady."
Narrowing your eyes you say, "How do you know all this anyway? How could you know about that Urn so quickly as well?"
Ephra frowns and looks to Lady Aliph who sighs and pulls her necklace from between her cleavage. Upon the chain sits a similar serpent icon as what you saw before in Ebe's village and the crypt. Cocking your head, you look up at her and say, "That's the symbol of the Violet Sands, right?"
"Indeed." She says, rubbing it with a finger. "They do not just mark our members, but also serve as a means to communicate with each other. They are imbued with magic that allows us to speak with one another over great distances."
Whistling, you make to touch it, but she pulls the charm back. "Only those devoted to the cult can utilize it, however. For you it would be a bauble, however…" She leans forward, giving you a good view of her augmented chest. "You could have killed us, and yet chose not to. You are heading to the capital and will almost certainly run afoul of the Pharaoh. Your aims seem to line with ours so… why not join forces? We could offer you assistance with our members as you offer us assistance."
She chuckles and flicks out her tongue, "Scratch my scales, I scratch yours, yes?"
Ephra coughs and mutters about you not having scales, but Lady Aliph doesn't seem to notice. She stares intently into your eyes, her slit-pupils boring into you. Slowly, her tongue flicks out and she says, "What do you say, brother?"
>What do you do?
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311727>>311729
Turns out a great way to diffuse a situation is to fucking be confusing and rant like an old man!
Also your reputation with the Violet sands is like, +20 or something. Hey, you want to join them?
Anything else you want to do while in town? Beyond that it's a few days in the desert before you reach Jahardin.
Fuckin old man Rommel… beating people with sticks.
If you're questioning why people aren't as unnerved by her transformed state, they aren't showing it/ everything was super weird yesterday.
▶ 74be96 (5) No.311729>>311919
>>311727
>>311715
not sure about joining the VS, but our next course of action once we leave the town is to start to learn how to channel magic through our golems
▶ bc8345 (7) No.311731>>311919
Might as well sign up. It's good to have group resources for our journey.
▶ 017f0b (4) No.311734>>311919
>>311715
Hooray for our new allies, with any luck that means our travels gonna be more smooth, use this moment to get some info, Aliph is someone important on this cult so she might know a way to get us as quickly and safely to our destination inquire further on that.
▶ d2baf1 (5) No.311749>>311775 >>311889 >>311919
It would probably be good to find out some shit about the VS and what they stand for before we make the call on whether or not to join. Like, do they actually want the Apophis in charge, or do they just want the Pharaoh gone? Also, what is their opinion on certain Ectrian cultural norms, namely, slavery, since we really aren't fond of that.
▶ 4afea8 (1) No.311775>>311890 >>311919
Sure, why not? I'm not convinced the apophi dindu nuffin, but if they do succeed in bringing them back and the apophis causes trouble for us then we'll cross that bridge when we get to it. Don't outright join, but agree to an alliance.
However what does concern me about all this is Ebe. We deleorians have no stakes beyond rescuing our targets and the opportunity to kill things and ride dick, but Ebe lives here and she has family. She knows she's committing a felony by traveling with us, but actually helping allies of the cultists is another story. Not only does it place her and possibly her mother too in far greater danger, but also she has shown fear and disdain for the apophi. We lose nothing by Ectria becoming a grapocracy, but for her the risk is very real. I think that we should have a private word with her to see what her thoughts on the matter are. At the very least, it might be prudent for the cultists to tell one another that she is an oblivious tag-along so that she doesn't have to worry about being wanted for high treason/heresy.
This seems to be a problem Ebe keeps getting herself into: She joins a group of travelers for "adventure" and finds herself getting dragged into highly illegal and immoral campaigns and her only choice is to play the innocent girl that got duped when things go south.
>>311749
This. We should ask her for the Red Herb, at least so we know what the VS as a people stand for.
And we probably should get those goggles now.
>>311462
Oh, right you are. I always thought that Illusionistquest happened 10 years after the mountain blew up, not 19. I am a stupid nigger.
▶ 78d030 (2) No.311779>>311844 >>311890 >>311919
Hey here's an idea:
Let's get ourself a long steel chain. When we get proficient enough with controlling steel, we can make it burst from our [Trenchcoat] to bind, flail or just grab things like a big steel snake/tentacle. We could affix a carved snake head to the chain and with golem magic maybe we could even turn it into a snake golem for our little stone golems to ride around on.
And another thing we should do while we're here is ask if there is any enchanted items that would keep us cool with our jacket on. We need our jacket back, dammit! The town has a monster witch and cult connections so there is a slim possibility.
▶ 43ed31 (1) No.311844
>>311779
That chain idea sounds really awesome.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.311889>>311890 >>311919
I didn’t think things in Texas could get worse.
>>311715
>"What do you say, brother?"
Teaming up with the cultists is an interesting prospect, but it isn’t to be taken lightly given the implied consequences for doing so. On one hand, pledging ourselves to assist them would reduce the number of cultists trying to ruin us only those who disagree with the alliance would oppose us and grant us access to all of this cell’s resources and plans possibly more if the Violet Sands were to further unify of which we could use to increase the chances of successfully rescuing Selene and the Grand Wizard, as well as the possibility of information relating to our long-lost sister and the possibility of overthrowing the Prophet, who is quite clearly a tyrant by this point. On the other hand, said resources and plans could possibly be useless to us and assisting the cultists means we are assisting the return of the Apophis, of whom may or may not be worse than the current ruling party but are at least pretty terrible themselves, which could end up very poorly for us, especially if or when, most likely the Apophis, upon gaining control of the capital, decide we’ve outlived our usefulness to their cause and are now considered enemies to be killed or enslaved.
Before we make the final decision, we should discuss the matters with both every member of our party individually as well as Lady Aliph herself. The former is for fairly obvious reasons, what with our party having to be committed to an action before we do it and how they can give ideas themselves on what to do. The latter is because right now we’re still not clear about why the Violet Sands thinks bringing back the Apophis is a good idea -- as >>311749 brings attention to, they’ve only ever mentioned why the Prophet is to be overthrown, not why their alternative is the superior option – and Lady Aliph is the perfect candidate to give a cultist view on the matter, seeing as she’s the leader of this cell, thus sharing a lot of her follower’s views or more accurately the other way around, and was once on the opposite side of the conflict and can as such speak for both sides. When discussing, make sure to bring up the myriad of reasons why we personally think the Apophis aren’t a great replacement, from the existence of the Ectrian-murdering abomination Hent-ateh to the malevolent presence inside the urn we stole indirectly for the Violet Sands to the fact that the Apophis have access to venom that causes monsterisation which implies they turned human women into monsters against their will and so on, to see how she reacts to and justifies these points. If she can’t and has second thoughts about the matter, then we would have saved a group of primarily innocent people from making a terrible mistake by following through with what is left of their plans. If she can, then we can at this point decide whether or not it’s worth risking the return of the Apophis by throwing our lot in with the cultists to help out our own cause.
▶ 9fa66e (15) No.311890>>311919 >>312169 >>312288
>>311715
>>311889
Personally, I think we should join forces, at least up to a certain point. Our goals don’t completely align, seeing as we merely want to save our marks while they want to overthrow the Prophet and replace her with another ruling party, but there is enough overlap that it would be beneficial to us overall, and the possibility of finding SHelene once again is too good to pass up, especially since we would be able to freely discuss these matters with her. So long as we don’t assist them up to the point of ensuring the fall of the Prophet or the return of the Apophis we should be in the clear, and even if we accidentally do we will at least have rescued two of the most powerful spell casters in Deleor of whom can assist us in cleaning up any mess we would have made doing so, so it isn’t a complete disaster. Of course, Ebe may have her complaints about this course of action based on her views on the Violet Sands and the Apophis, but seeing as we, Sophie, Sylphie and Tabitha are all here for the sole purpose of saving our marks and not ensuring the well-being of a country that is built on slavery and has tried to fuck with us at every turn while she lacks a proper reason for staying with us overall, along with the fact that we can fix any mistakes we make in the process of our mission afterwards so the lasting consequences are minimal, she can frankly deal with it or leave the party if it’s that much of an issue for her.
If we’re giving our assistance to the cult, be it minimally or fully, then stay behind and discuss what the next steps are with Lady Aliph, otherwise prepare to leave. No matter our decision, make sure to stock up on supplies for our journey towards Jahardin, possibly get some magical practise in and engage in party banter before and possibly after we depart, though not with Ebe seeing as she just had the spotlight on her and completely dropped the ball during her scene which increased my distaste for her further, but I digress and Sophie, Sylphie, Erwin and Tabitha are all candidates worthy of our attention.
>>311775
>This seems to be a problem Ebe keeps getting herself into: She joins a group of travelers for "adventure" and finds herself getting dragged into highly illegal and immoral campaigns and her only choice is to play the innocent girl that got duped when things go south.
Speaking of which, I still find it hard to believe Ebe didn’t know that group she was travelling with when we met her consisted of slavers, what with the huge metal crates, chains, hiring of armed guards, lack of anything being transported in said crates moving into Deleor and the fact that she is from Ectria, a country with a culture entirely based around enslaving some other poor sod to do your dirty work for you, and should really know better, especially seeing how she is clearly aware of the slave culture and is able to identify the Khepri as slave traders despite seldom seeing them. Naivety only goes so far in this case.
>>311779
>Chain idea
This has potential, though more so for the remote binding aspect on targets that are magically resistant and possibility of grabbing and displacing an opponent than as a mount for our already pretty fast friends in my eyes. It’s definitely something worth considering and would give us an excuse to further enhance our [Metallurgy] so flying weapons is finally a thing.
▶ 77956c (5) No.311911>>311919
YouTube embed. Click thumbnail to play.
>>311715
Teaming up with cultisits is a terrible, terrible idea.
Not teaming up with them might cause some problems in the long run, but teamming up with them would cause even more problems.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.311919>>312140
>>311729
Hrrrrmmmm. Maybe Ephra knows something about that? She is a geomancer afterall.
>>311731
That's one ritual tattoos
>>311734
Two for ritual tattoos
She would certainly know of ways to get into the capital undetected. However that would likely require you just skipping over Ammon's informants.
Ooo juicy.
>>311749
Good things to know before you get ritual tattoos, mhm.
>>311775
Fair enough points.
As far as Ebe goes with all of this… That is a good point. She seems fairly well attached to the group at this point, but how she feels about the Apophis. Who's to say she wants to stay in Ectria? Guess we'll find out what happens as it goes along, but I think at this point she sort of committed to y'all. At least how she's written now.
Oh and it's a small place but maybe someone has some goggles around here…
>>311779
A long, steel chain. Mmm, not going to find that here, but probably in Jahardin?
>>311889
Oh yeah it's really bad. I'm doing well though!
>>311889
Well I have to give hard decisions sometimes, especially since y'all chose to be an old, cranky man instead of indiana jones. Who…. becomes an old… cranky man….
Yeah looks like it's talking it over with them. I might just have to make next update giving information and then going for the final y/n. Unless people really, REALLY are set one way or another?
Weh, I'm sorrrrrryyyy. But it is what it is now.
>>311890
No, she was like, REALLY innocent. She may have had her guesses but she really didn't think things through like most young women who want to leave home and end up in a rom-com with Cher.
Remember, she's traded with the Khepri before and of course she'd be told things. Hell, the Khepri may have even tried to sell one before!
>>311911
Someone who doesn't think working with a cult is a good idea? Shocking! Think of all the things you could learn! Like where that urn is,or other important things.
I'm joking about ritual tattoos btw. Probably.
▶ 410883 (12) No.312028>>312030 >>312068 >>312106
tell her we'll join her if she can beat ebe in a dance off
▶ 410883 (12) No.312030>>312068 >>312106
>>312028
also were dancing with ebe too it'll be pairs so she needs to pick a partner
▶ 2b98a9 (8) No.312068>>312069
>>312030
>>312028
Hilarious but I vote against thisat least the partners bit anyway.
▶ 2b98a9 (8) No.312069
>>312068
im sorry, just got off work and forgot about my sage
▶ 503079 (2) No.312106>>312132 >>312140
>>311715
So long as the cultists don't try to do anything to us and are upfront about what may arise should we perform any requests for them, this could work out somewhat. Refuse any tattoos though, because they are degenerate and could be used to identify us as something we're not later.
>>312028
>>312030
>Dancing with second-worst girl
>Dancing at all
>Leaving a choice like this up to chance
How about no.
▶ 9d4fce (4) No.312132
>>312106
I say go with this, stay out of each others way and work on getting to the pharoh, but keep an ear out about what they're doing, if shit turns out bad with these guys we can just take them out
>>311715
>got to bully the girls with erwin
we need more of this, we should learn the art of the bully from erwin
▶ 607cc4 (2) No.312140
>>311919
>>312106
Yeah let's not get tatoos and other shit like that. I in for a alliance but not anything like a tatoo who might be or not be enchanted at any point also things like tatoos are a dead giveaway for "Hey chump look at me I'am working with those wacky cultists" so yes for allies and no for tattoos.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.312162>>312163
>Story continue
The question surprises everyone present. Well, everyone but you anyway. The twins turn to each other, muttering dark words while Alice scratches her chin trying to think it over. Tabitha grunts and looks displeased while Ebe frowns in consternation, lost in thought. Erwin looks up at you from his plate of food, cocking his head and remaining silent for your answer.
Crossing your arms, you close your eyes and take a deep breath, thinking it over. You can feel the collected tension around you as you do so, which makes sense. This situation is very serious as your answer could change the entire course of your journey! Going forward with the Violet Sands would allow you access to resources and some of the populace, which may be more useful than just Ammon's informants.
However, there is also the problem of what the Violet Sands intends to do by bringing back the Apophis anyway. Sure, you don't have much of a vested interest in Ectria as it stands but something doesn't quite feel right about delivering these, and you hate to say it, snakes, to ruling over a country. It just feels… slimy, for some reason. Of course, it's not the first time you'd cause major regime change on this adventure, so why get so worked up about it now? Fucking Ectria keeps trying to kill you anyway.
Still, you sigh and open your eyes to say, "I'll need some more answers before I agree to something like this." Looking at your group, you say, "Before WE, I should say."
Sophie's eyebrows raise as she says, "You're considering this then?"
"Might be worth our while." You say, shrugging. "Pharaoh has what we're here for and they don't like the Pharaoh so it might work out well. Especially with supplies and housing, etc."
"Mmm yes, we do have plenty of help with that. Many cells all over the country, even though I hear that our brethren near the Chasm of Regret were killed before they could complete their own ritual." Lady Aliph says with a sigh. "They had the Talisman of Tet'hua as well, said to be imbued with the greatest magic of the Apophis."
"So they were also seeking to become an Apophis?" Sylphie asks, still looking perturbed. "I apologize for being blunt but… why would you want to give up yourself like that? Monsterization is…"
Lady Aliph smirks, a twinkle coming to her eyes. "Dear girl, I haven't felt this good in years. More so since I had one of our brothers ah… break me in last night. I never knew semen could taste so good! Not to mention the smells and the sensations, ah… if I knew being a Monster would feel this good, I would have cast away my humanity ages ago!" She chuckles and winks to Alice before pulling back as if struck. Looking over, you can see Alice has the deepest, scariest scowl you've ever seen someone give, a far cry from her normal, lewd self.
"Ah…ahem." Lady Aliphs says, coughing into her hand. "Yes, what were we talking about? Oh, becoming Apophis, well." She closes her eyes and takes a steadying breath before speaking. "The cult of the Violet Sands is formed of the remnant followers of the Apophis from centuries past when they existed before. Generation after generation passed down the relics of their masters, entrusting it to their children to safe keep until the time the power was released back into the world. Where once Apophis were seen as masters, they soon faded into legend, then to myth. To many devout, the Apophis are spoken of as demi-goddesses."
Licking her lips with her long tongue, she continues, "The Apophis knew they were to be destroyed, saw that the Pharaoh had beaten them. But they knew that their message would be needed in the future, and so they imbued their essence into various items and lay in dormancy, waiting to be returned. Despite mild surface activity, we've known that the only true way to unite the people against the Pharaoh is with an equal force: that of the Apophis."
You let that sink in for abit, mulling it over on your tongue. A question comes to mind, but before you can ask, Tabitha does it for you.
"What is so special about Apophis anyway? How do they differ from normal Lamia?"
▶ dca7bf (40) No.312163>>312164
>>312162
It is Ephra who speaks this time, clearing her throat to get attention. "I believe I can answer that. Apophis are not a natural species of Monster. As far as we know, there were never any serpents from before the Great Transformation who match this description, and as such all we have to go on are legends." She pauses to collect her thoughts,
"Millenia ago, when the first Pharaoh was granted her power from the Gods, there were those who saw the dominion being created and rebelled against it. They saw the way the armies of the Pharaoh would brutalize people into submission, forging the disparate pieces of Ectria into a whole country. Many did not like this, but what could they do? The Anubis were too strong and the magic the Pharaoh wielded was too great. They could only submit."
She raises a finger. "However! In the farthest corners of the Desolation, near the Chasm of Regret, a group of Lamia who had seen these acts, bandied together and cried out for succor from the Twins. They wished fervently to protect the people and give an alternative to the rule of the Pharaoh. Perhaps it was because of the location to such a Gods touched region, or perhaps it was the strength of their wish, but something divine touched them and granted them immense power.
"Their skin and scales turned violet, their sclera becoming pitch dark. Power coursed through their bodies and they became exquisite spellcasters as well as beauties beyond compare. When they emerged from their ritual, the people were awestruck by their magnificence, and followed them without hesitation.
"The Pharaoh did not expect such a thing to occur, and her forces were soundly beaten away from the Chasm, and then further back to the capital until Ectria was divided north and south. For generations, this was maintained, each side taking some territory from the others here and there, but no real gains occuring. During that time the Pharaoh had children, and the Apophis did as well, also find that their bite could, if they did so wish, imbue a follower with part of their strength and turn them into Lamia, who would serve as their lieutenants. For a time, the people lived well, adoring their mistresses.
"It wasn't until Pharaoh Kissa, the snakeslayer, grew to womanhood that she trained the first Anubis Wardens and brought an unexpected fury to the lands of the Apophis, destroying them one by one. The Apophis were unprepared, and desperately tried to protect their people, but Kissa was a stronger Witch than they, and had made an enchanted staff to drain the powers of the Apophis, eventually forcing them to put their power away as the last Apophis was killed, her vital essence torn away and placed into the staff. After that, the Pharaoh line never left the Kingdom of Set'et, but their armies made sure that no one would forget who ruled the sands."
Ephra exhales, her history lesson finished. For your part, you find this utterly fascinating to hear legends and history of other lands, but the others don't seem as enthused except maybe Sophie, who rubs her chin while eying the Lamia. Ebe is the one who speaks up first though, fidgeting as she is next to you.
"That's… that's not how I heard it at all."
"Oh?" Lady Aliph says, leaning over with her long body. "Were you told that the Apophis were brutal dictators who conquered with force? Do not believe everything you hear, for I was told the same thing growing up in the capital. It wasn't until I saw the people here while resting on a trip during my priestess training that I realized how terrible things were."
Tabitha narrows her eyes. "It seems like these Apophis had lots of time to practice their skills. I'll be frank, what makes you think that if some people are transformed into Apophis that you will be able to defeat the Pharaoh after she managed to beat the strongest spellcasters in Deleor?"
Ephra and Lady Aliph trade looks before the cult leader says, "There is a reason the Apophis of the past put their essence into these items. When invoked correctly, their spirit will be present with the bearer of their new form." She touches the scales on her cheek which rim the flesh of her face. "Since my own transformation was… incomplete, I was not granted such a luxury. If the spirit of this Apophis was present… it's gone now."
They both look somber at this, but Alice seems horrified. "Wait, wait, wait. Are you telling me that people who do this are going to have long dead snakes talking in their heads?"
▶ dca7bf (40) No.312164>>312165 >>312315
>>312163
"Well of course." Ephra says, looking surprised. "They would have the wisdom of the past along with the knowledge of the present! Together with the cells we have placed over the region, were have the keys to victory in our grasp. She will not consider this approach."
"Hmph." You say, thinking it over. Something doesn't sit right with that description though. These sound like revenants, though as far as you know, a revenant can't be willingly made. Of course, you've seen stranger things happen before, though if these Apophis don't know they are revenants or something similar, then how keen would they be to just sit on the sidelines giving advice while someone runs around with their power…
Scratching your head, you sigh and say, "It makes sense, I suppose. But have you considered what you're going to do AFTER the Pharaoh is gone? You'll have created quite the power vacuum, and depending on how many Apophis there will be, how will you stabilize the country?" Narrowing your eyes, you ask, "Or do you just want the Pharaoh dead and gone?"
Ephra pulls back, surprised, though Lady Aliph chuckles and says, "It will be up to the Apophis, I am afraid. There will be some turbulence, I suspect, however once control of the capital and the ports is maintained, we will go out to the towns and villages and give them succor under their rightful masters."
"I see." You say, folding your hands together. "And will you also free the slaves?"
It's her turn to look surprised. "Free the slaves? Why would we do that? We need them as sources of labor for this new country. Those who refuse to acknoweledge the new order will of course be put into slavery. It is much more preferable than the brutal murders that the Pharaoh performs, I assure you."
Ebe bites her lip as you tighten your knuckles. Gritting your teeth, you ask, "And what of Hent-ateh? What will you do with that abomination?"
Lady Aliph cocks her head and looks to Ephra. "Hent-ateh? That's Helene's little monster, yes?" The Lamia witch nods her head to which Aliph continues. "Yes, that creature. From what I know, the contract it must fulfill has it ending when the line of the Pharaoh is ended or it is dismissed by the Apophis. For now, there is little we can do about it, but use it to fulfill its purpose. At least it listens to Helene…"
Hearing that name again makes a stab of pain go through your heart. It can't be the same Helene, can it? No, of course it is, why wouldn't it be her? With a heavy heart, you ask, "This Helene… who is she?"
Lady Aliph cocks her head, "Oh, she is a member of the cult, rather high ranking too. I've only heard about her from others, but she was once a slave from Deleor. She was bought by a member of the Cult who freed her once she proved her talents and willingness to serve the cause, but beyond that I'm afraid I know little else." She blinks and then squints her eyes at you. "Is there a reason you wish to know this?"
"Curiosity." You say, pushing down the sinking feeling within you. Yes… it's probably her then. Awash with conflicting emotions, you shudder to regain your composure. Sylphie puts a hand on your shoulder and you nod to her concerned expression. Turning your gaze back to the two Lamia, you say, "I need to discuss this with my party. We will contact you with our answer later."
Lady Aliph frowns before nodding her head. "Yes, of course. I understand how important a decision it is, but I think you will benefit from the information and resources we have available. I am afraid that anything less than our ritual tattooing process will not gain you access to ass our secrets, however, but I am quite sure you'll agree."
With that, she turns and slithers away. Ephra sighs and says, "There's no tattooing process, but she wishes there was. There is an imprinting process on the charms we wear but…" She pauses and then shakes her head. "We have said far more than we should have already. Lady Aliph certainly believes your restraint last night is indicative of your intentions. I, on the other hand, am not so convinced." She sniffs and then slithers after her leader, dodging the freshly knocked over chairs.
With them gone, it leaves you, your party, and the innkeeper, who coughs and thinks of something better to do. Once you hear a door slam down the hall, you sigh and look at the others, simply shrugging and asking, "Well?"
▶ dca7bf (40) No.312165>>312166
>>312164
"I don't trust them." Alice says, her expression serious. "Something isn't right about how nonchalant they are about all of this. It gives me an itch that I can't scratch." At your expression she glowers, "And no, I don't mean sex, though it would be appreciated."
Nodding, you look to Tabitha who sits there, eyes closed, tapping her forearm. She stays like this for a moment before sighing out, "Frankly, I only care about keeping these two safe and rescuing their parents. A destabilized Ectria is not terribly concerning to me and honestly would be a boon for Deleor given its own concerns. I shudder to think what is occurring there without the Monster Lady or the Grand Wizard present." She shrugs, "If it means we need to work with this cult, then it's one last knife at our back."
"I agree." Sylphie says, speaking up. "I don't really like all of this cult stuff, it feels icky but if it helps us rescue Mom and Dad, then I'm all for it." She nods to you with her sincere approval before turning to her sister. "Sophie?"
"Hrm." Sophie hums, while looking down. "I believe they were lying to us… or were themselves in the dark about something. The two stories about the Apophis are so disparate that one has to be false. Certainly over generations these things could become more pronounced between the two groups but I don't buy it. I believe that there's more to this than we know." She exhales.
"However… I believe that doesn't necessarily mean we should discount this opportunity. I propose an alliance, not members of the cult but agreeing not to harm each other's actions. It would not do to become beholden to such a group should the worst happen, especially not for her."
Everyone looks as she gestures to Ebe, the Ghandharva taking a moment to notice the attention on her. She blinks twice before jumping and putting a wing to her mouth. "Oh! Ah, uhm… sorry."
"Ebe…" Sylphie says, expression downcast. "Gods, I didn't think… look at us, discussing the future of your country without you."
"No, I was just lost in thought is all." She sighs and shakes her head. "I never expected when I left home that I would get into something like this. I just wanted to find a husband, and then to go back home, but I can't even do that right." She chuckles, "Now I get to be part of a group that could label me as a traitor. Twins, what a mess."
"You can still leave if you wish." You say with a quiet voice. "We have our purpose here, but if you're going to stay then you'll be the one to suffer the consequences. It would be fairly easy to disown us if you wish." Looking at Sophie and Sylphie, they both look crestfallen, but nod their heads in the same manner.
"I still need to think this over, but you have a choice Ebe, we won't fault you if you leave."
Shaking her head again she says, "No, but thank you. I will continue to travel with you, even at my own detriment." Closing her eyes, she sighs out, "I already told you that I want to help Sophie and Sylphie find their parents. With this information, this choice, I can choose to sit back and watch as my country changes around me, or I can help it. I may not trust the Apophis and the stories about them, but I know that the Pharaoh's rule does hurt those outside the cities. Something needs to change, and even if I don't quite know what, it's better than sitting at home and helping to gather food."
She looks up, resolute, "I will follow whatever you wish to do Rommel, and do the best I can to support you and yours. If that makes me a traitor to Ectria, well…" She hesitates before stiffening her back. "Well, then I wanted to find a Deleorian husband anyway."
Everything goes quiet for a few moments before Sophie's mouth twitches and she lets out a snicker. She hurriedly turns her face away, hiding it with her hands as small titters of laugher escape her. Ebe blinks twice before color comes to her cheeks and she turns away, embarrassed as all get out. She lets out a small, "S-sorry!" to which Sophie breaks out into uncontrollable laughter, which affects even the mortified Sylphie, the two twins laughing before looking at each other and hugging Ebe, who looks utterly perplexed.
Trading glances with Alice and Tabitha, the three of you shrug and continue to eat while the younger girls make noise. Looking to Erwin while this goes on, you ask, {What do you think?}
{I think you didn't ask the main question on your mind.}
{I don't see what-}
{You want to know where you sister is, don't you?}
Closing your eyes, you give an inward sigh. He's right, of course. As the fox leaps up to the table and yips, causing the gaggle of girls to shriek, you think back to the alleyway and the woman who was your sister.
▶ dca7bf (40) No.312166>>312167
>>312165
You send Tabitha, Ebe, and the twins out to gather basic supplies while you, Erwin, and Alice stay back in the inn. Alice raised eyebrows at you suggesting you stay together, but you told her flat that she couldn't be trusted not to break and or sexually assault anyone. She didn't argue either point and instead contented herself to practice her swordsmanship while you think over your next move.
All parties made valid points, from Sophie's skepticism to Tabitha's pragmatism. Fiddling with your golems as you think, you use your magic to mould Phallia's head into looking like hair, the golem kicking her little feet as you do so. Yes, you may have subconsciously made the golem do that while you brush the hair, but you've got other things to worry about.
{Hey Rommel, Rommel.} Erwin sends. {Alice wants you to look through my eyes at something.}
{Is it her without clothes on?}
{N-Noooooo.}
Sighing, you look down at Phallia and say, "I sometimes wish I could channel magic through you guys. You would never try to help me peep on women, right?"
The golem stares impassively at you, which is super easy because she lacks a face. Frowning, you use your pinky to make a little smiling face on the golem my molding the rock like a stick in mud. When you pull away, you find yourself feeling a little better at the childish caricature. Maybe you should try a little harder at this, though if you're not careful people will accuse you of playing with doll- err, arcane implements. Yes. Those.
Erwin slinks back into the room, rolling his eyes. {She says you're a bore, but that if you ever decide that you want to make the beast with two backs she'll be waiting.}
"Honestly, does she ever give up?" You groan. Well, that's probably one her best traits you suppose. Dogged determination. Oh and a magical sword.
Erwin looks at the golem your working on and sends, {So, they're cool and all, but you can cast spells through me, what use do you have for them?}
"Well, they make good sentries when you can't be out patrolling all the time, and if I can figure out how to channel magic through them as well, I can keep from sending you into danger."
{Aww, that's so sweet!}
"Yeah, yeah." You say, sighing as you put down Phallia. "I've read through the book and I don't really find a good way to do this. It talks about attunement, but I'm well attuned with the minerals as it is, so what else is there?"
{I dunno, why don't you ask that Geomancer snake? She didn't really like you very much though.}
"No, I suppose not." You say with a frown. "But that would be a good course of action. Wonder if I can ask her once I've made my decision."
{Perhaps. She is in the tavern afterall.}
"Huh?" You say, looking surprised. "When… how?"
{Uh, fox? Come on now.} He shakes his head and trots to the door. {Might as well go ask.}
Following Erwin, you return to the main room of the tavern to find Ephra and Rael sitting at a table, a bottle of liquor you think to be like whiskey in front of them with a cups sitting nearby. As you walk into the room, Rael's eyes track you but she doesn't make any moves, merely watching you as you walk up to them. Ephra blinks and says languidly, "Can we help you?"
"Shouldn't you be with your Lady?"
The Lamia shrugs, "You were taking too long, so she sent us here to wait for your answer. You continued to take too long, so we started drinking." She takes her glass and drinks it straight, shuddering at the taste before putting it down.
You watch her for a moment and then cough into your hand before asking, "Can I ask you a question about geomancy?"
She blinks twice before saying, "Why should I answer anything about that?"
"Because we may become part of the same cult here soon."
"May be." She snorts, grabbing the bottle with her tail. She pours some in the glass and says, "So you haven't made up your mind, huh?"
"I'm not ready to give my answer anyway, not until my party is back from shopping."
"Ah, of course." She takes another drink. "Well, sit down I guess. Won't do to be rude to our potentially newest member I guess."
▶ dca7bf (40) No.312167>>312169 >>312175 >>312176 >>312183 >>312204 >>312234 >>312288 >>312514
>>312166
You take the chair and sit down, looking between her and Rael. The Anubis sniffs at you and then looks down at her drink. Clacking your tongue, you touch the glass and cast a light [Ice], chilling it. She blinks at the frosty glass for a moment before sniffing the drink and then downing it, shuddering at the flavor before smirking and saying, "Alright Ephie, this guy is alright."
"Don't call me that here!" The Lamia says, embarrassed. "Ugh. Just ask your question already."
"Listen, do you know about Golems? I want to try to channel magic through them, but I don't much know how."
"Eh?" She says, frowning. "What, like making and <Arc node>?"
"I… suppose?"
Ephra sighs. "Arc nodes are hard to make, they require magically attuned materials to work as a basis. Discharged mana crystals might work, especially in geomancy, but you'd have to attune them to a particular type of mineral for golems. The best thing would probably be whatever is in your constructs out in Deleor. That magitek stuff is crazy."
Blinking in surprise, you ask, "What if it's a broken core?"
"Ehhh, should still work. Things like golems which are inherently magical to even stay in shape are likely not to need a full matrix. Why, you have something like that?"
Thinking to the [Crystal Shards] you have in your [Trenchcoat], you nod your head. "Yeah, I just might. Thanks."
"Tch, great."
Ephra pours another drink and you make to touch her glass but she hisses at you, making you pull away. Ah, right, cold blooded. Frowning at her demeanor though, you ask, "Is there a particular reason you dislike me?"
"You're not into the Cult's ideas and you never will be. Lady Aliph doesn't seem to think that through, sees you as an asset much the same as you see us. For someone in her position, that's smart. For us, those who believe in the cause, have done so for generations, well." She glares at you, "I don't care for it. Especially after what you did last night."
Frowning, you say, "I don't think it would have worked anyway. From what I can tell anyway, the venom turns people into Lamia, not Apophis. It wasn't one of the artifacts like the San'ha Urn."
"No… I suppose it wasn't." Ephra sighs, slumping on the table. Maybe it’s the drink, but she looks so defenseless like that as she murmurs. "The Urn will certainly transform whoever enacts a ritual with it. Hells, they might have already done it by now. But for here… I guess we'll never know." She lays her head on the table and sighs again.
Rael rolls her eyes and says, "Look, they could have killed us all. Be thankful they didn't." At Ephra's murmured response, the Anubis chuckles and says, "She had planned a lot for that ritual. We all did, I suppose. But we all want to see change occur in one way or another." She pours a drink in her glass and passes it to you.
You look down at the glass and she waves to you. "It won't bite… much. Whether you join or not, as long as you don't put a piece of metal in my head, I'd say we're fine."
Shrugging, you take the glass, chill it, and drink, feeling the hot burn of the liquor as it goes down your throat. Coughing, you put it on the table to Rael's laughter. She's about to speak when the door opens to admit your party, who all look at you with looks of surprise. Sophie raises an eyebrow as she walks up and says, "Well then, it seems you've made your decision." She sniffs and drops something on the table before you. "Oh, and here's those goggles you wanted."
"W-what?" You say, stumbling over your words in surprise. "I didn't ask for goggles!"
"Uhm." Ebe says, tapping her wings together. "We figured you could use them since you uhm, rub at your eyes a lot because of the uhm… the sand."
"I thought they'd look cool." Sylphie says, nodding her head. "But man, were those hard to find. Turns out they aren't that common in a little town like this."
Looking down at the goggles, you rub at the glass mean to protect your eyes and nod your head. "Thanks."
Sylphie and Ebe smile while Tabitha crosses her arms and mutters, "I was the one who found them…"
Ephra grumbles and turns her head, narrowing her eyes at seeing everyone present. "Oh, you're here, how wonderful. Now then, what's your answer?"
Everyone goes quiet and looks at you. The intensity of their stares is intimidating, but you gulp and think it over one last time.
>What do you do?
▶ dca7bf (40) No.312169>>312179 >>312234 >>312288
>>312167
Beep beep.
Someone order some exposition? Got a delivery of exposition here.
Anyway, now that the information you're going to get is out there, make the final call and we'll go from there.
Turns out you had the magic for golem arcing inside you the whole time!
Well, your trenchcoat anyway.
>>311890
I'm sorry, it just felt like it needed to be done based on another guy's post.
▶ 607cc4 (2) No.312175
>>312167
I still say we do the aliance but that imprinting thing is a bit weird get some more details about that, also try get to Aliph and estabilish some terms on our alliance, we are on a mission so our terms could be like we help around on their uprising as long as it don't delay or endanger us or or mission meanwhile they will help around with resources and info we require. If not just make some no agression agreement, they don't fuck with us and we won't fuck with them.
▶ 98e859 (1) No.312176>>312246
>>312167
>"Free the slaves? Why would we do that? We need them as sources of labor for this new country.
So its just meet the new boss same as the old one
▶ 74be96 (5) No.312179>>312246
>>312169
we should imbue our golems with little bits of the shards, and then make a golem out of the shards that are left and name it [Krystal] because we're unimaginative also the goggles better look like either WW2 German tank crew goggles or aviator goggles
▶ b05344 (1) No.312183>>312188 >>312288 >>312514
>>312167
Go with the alliance idea, but not full blown recruitment. When we get a chance, thank Tabitha for finding the goggles.
▶ 9f0d89 (9) No.312188>>312246
>>312183
Agreed. We don't give a shit about their faith so joining their ranks would be fruitless. Just agree to help each other out when possible. And indeed, Praise the Lizard for helping us with our cosplay.
And if we can fit it in, Ask for some background about how a warden ended up with the cultists.
▶ 9daea9 (2) No.312204>>312246
>>312167
Too long have we spent on silly golems. We must turn ourselves back to our true path, the creation of the first magitek tank. Development of magical propulsion of material is going well, and our reformation of metals into other shapes is probably more developed than it needs to be. Using other spells we have developed, we could create some sort of 'sand tank' drifting across the sands of Ectria in our defensible box.
▶ af2fe6 (1) No.312205>>312213
I've never understood the whole "slaves are necessary" excuse people give. Ectrians, confederates, greeks, jews. At the end of the day, what slavery apologists want is human labor for a low cost but why is it necessary to imprison people and force their hand? The cotton farmers could have purchased niggers and payed them barely anything. But that same work could also be performed by consenting poorfags, vagrants or kids for the same cost because they actually want the money. Like how modern farmers handle fruit picking when there aren't any mexicans. Except unlike slaves, there wouldn't be the purchase cost or the costs associated with keeping them in line.
I can understand how using PoWs as slaves like Japan would give you an edge, and how using convicts as slaves like the British Empire would help to mitigate the costs, but if you enslave a freeman to do work that any freeman can do then there are still plenty of costs as well as more risks like escape or revolt. And if you end up working the slaves to death like the USSR then your victims have no reason to surrender, thus making enslavement harder and slaves more expensive.
▶ 22df76 (2) No.312213
▶ cbaed1 (1) No.312234>>312246 >>312288
>>312167
>>312169
Rommel still needs to find out why Dollora tried to contact him in the Centaur's Temple!
Yeah, Alliance would be better.
▶ f0bf43 (4) No.312242>>312246 >>312288 >>312514
Make it clear to them that, if they try and fuck with us, it's going to go very badly for them. Point out, without rubbing their noses in it, that if we had desired to do so, we could have slaughtered them all last night without by real effort. We may be willing to work with them, but only if they're going to be up front and on the level with us. No sneaki breeki bullshit. No using us as cats paws. Either they're honest about their intentions, or shit sours quick.
Also, thank fuck the rain has stopped, eh Ace?
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.312246>>312278
>>312176
Unfortunately slavery is a way of life there. There would have to be some institutional change to remove that, but that would likely require an outside perspective working within whatever regime is in power.
>>312179
Yeah yeah… Anyway to have a golem with an <arc node> I still have warmachine trophies it takes some time to get that in there. Won't be able to do it on the fly unless you keep the golems in their shapes at all times.
Like having doll- err, magical implements
>>312188
I don't think I explicitly said she was a warden. Not all Anubis are wardens, but she could be one!
>>312204
Hey man.
I mean. Yeah.
>>312234
I was wondering if anyone was going to bring that up. :^) You may or may not have a priestess and an only mildly corrupted shrine to check that out with.
>>312242
Fair enough.
And yeah man, that was fucking crazy. Shit's still going down near Barker and Addick's though, gunna continue for weeks. Poor Beaumont too, their pumps broke.
I also hear Irma is a cat 2 that may (unlikely) reach the easten seaboard.
▶ eaa6ac (1) No.312278>>312538
>>312246
Nah nigga. I just saw something on the news when I was grabbing coffee in clear lake. Unless I'm sorely mistaken, or zoned out, Irma is headed our way.
You ready for round two?
▶ e911cc (17) No.312288>>312538
Ooh, exposition.
>Gritting your teeth, you ask, "And what of Hent-ateh? What will you do with that abomination?"
>Lady Aliph cocks her head and looks to Ephra. "Hent-ateh? That's Helene's little monster, yes?" The Lamia witch nods her head to which Aliph continues. "Yes, that creature. From what I know, the contract it must fulfill has it ending when the line of the Pharaoh is ended or it is dismissed by the Apophis. For now, there is little we can do about it, but use it to fulfill its purpose. At least it listens to Helene…"
The Apophis aren’t going to dismiss something as useful to their cause as Hent-ateh, so the contract which binds it will only terminate when the Prophet it dead. Considering how it seemed to be growing more powerful as time goes on likely from its butchery of Ectrians, we’re going to have quite the issue on our hands should the cultists succeed in their mission, if the abomination’s love of murder and determination to fulfil the contract and gain its freedom is any indication. As such, we should avoid making any attempts on the Prophet’s life until either we aren’t given a choice or Hent-ateh is dealt with, and should discuss the matter with our sister should we get the chance.
>With a heavy heart, you ask, "This Helene… who is she?"
>Lady Aliph cocks her head, "Oh, she is a member of the cult, rather high ranking too. I've only heard about her from others, but she was once a slave from Deleor. She was bought by a member of the Cult who freed her once she proved her talents and willingness to serve the cause, but beyond that I'm afraid I know little else.
For our sister, who had lost everything to slave traders, to suddenly become a willing member of the Violet Sands, a group that still wants to use slaves, after one of the cultists had bought her and likely used her as a slave for a period of time before freeing her seems rather odd. Something tells me there’s more here that we don’t know yet.
>>312167
My view on what to do here hasn’t changed much from what I said back in >>311890 so I’ll just refer to that for what to do going forward that being team up with the cultists to a limit and ensuring we don’t pass said limit, practise some [Metallurgy] and talk to party for those bonding points. I will add however that we should make it completely clear to the cultists that we aren’t joining them, merely forming a temporary alliance to work towards the similar goal of breaching the capital, so that there isn’t any confusion later on and the cultists are less inclined to target us over surrounding settlements to spread their influence should they succeed in their own goals. I’m also going to advocate for what >>312242 said; there needs to be honesty on both sides otherwise this isn’t going to work out for either party.
Other than that, there isn’t much for me to add here in terms of actions. I guess we could practise our weapon skills at some point, because we’ve been slacking a bit in that department recently and it would definitely help going forward, both for close-quarters combat and for dealing with any potential anti-magic opponents that may appear. I’ll also suggest that, for future reference, we should only wear those goggles we were just given when they are needed, such as for sand surfing or traversing a sandstorm, or at the very least avoid wearing them in combat unless the conditions require it, because the risk of them breaking and glass shards impaling our extremely delicate eyes is very real and would require immediate usage of a [Health Potion] so that we don’t bleed out and aren’t permanently blinded from that point onwards, which would be a waste of both limited resources and a nice gift.
>>312169
No need to apologise, you’re the writer. Besides, there was love for the others in our party and it gave Ebe some sorely needed character development/establishment though she’s still worst girl to me.
>>312183
>When we get a chance, thank Tabitha for finding the goggles.
100% this. The fact that the others have taken credit for best girl’s part in this is an inJUSTICE we as a Wizard should not stand for and should correct immediately or at least as soon as it would make sense to. Tabitha needs and deserves our affection too.
>>312234
>Rommel still needs to find out why Dollora tried to contact him in the Centaur's Temple!
Agreed, since it could potentially reveal information useful to us going forward however slim that chance might be. Might as well try and make contact now if at all possible so that any gain from doing is obtained while it still may be relevant to the situation at hand.
▶ 2fc232 (5) No.312315>>312538
>>312164
She supports slavery, she can piss off. Desperation is not an excuse for amorality. I don't care if the entire country would go into poverty, it's their fault for becoming dependant on slavery in the first place.
If they were putting criminals (actual criminals, not people who don't like the snake cult) to community service that would be another story, at least I think it would be, Rommel might not
Besides, just because the pharaohs are tyrants, doesn't mean the Apophis will be any better they'll probably be worse, especially if they want to enslave people who don't agree with them, which this statement: "Those who refuse to acknowledge the new order will of course be put into slavery" implies.
Ebe wants the Great White Dick
Tattoos are edgy
▶ 2aa258 (4) No.312514>>312538
>>312167
>The cultists at the chasm had possibly the strongest grepsnek artifact with them
>Which the pharaoh now has ontop of her magic
Fuck.
I'm in agreement with the idea of a partial alliance so long as we do >>312242 and we make sure to have a plan to fuck up their plans if needed
>>312183
This, give Tabby some love.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.312538
I got home later than expected and I'm dead tired. I'm busy Sunday as it is so we'll shift to an update tomorrow. Sorry guys!
>>312278
Ah shit, clear lake, that's where my parents are.
Round two huh? I know it's going to rain a little next week, but Irma better stay away or go play with New York.
>>312288
Whaaaaat? That's just painting them in a bad light. You just heard a wonderful story, why would you do that.
As far as you sister goes, hmm. Hard to say, eh? You should ask her.
Aight, weapon practice on the roads. It seems unlikely that they'll tell you much about some of their operations without joining but you can keep fuckery to a minimum.
Yes yes, we thank Tabitha. It wasn't her idea, but she still found them!
>>312315
Ayep. Nothing terribly clear cut sadly. At least she's up front with you.
Probably.
>>312514
:^)
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.312736>>312737
>Story continue
Tapping the table, you take a deep breath and say, "I believe it is in the best interests of both our parties if we were not to join the cult."
Ephra scowls while Rael shrugs. The twins look at each other with knowing looks and Alice nods her head in acknowledgement. Ebe sighs out without any particular emotion and Tabitha merely shrugs. Erwin though, Erwin is the only one who looks at you with a critical eye, narrowing his gaze as you take another breath to speak.
"However… I do not think we needs be enemies. I propose instead that we form an alliance of sorts, a non-aggression pact in a way where we neither agree to get in your way, nor are we under your control."
Everyone blinks in surprise, their reactions the same. Knowing this would be the reaction, you push onward, your voice taking on a harsher tone. "However I will warn you: While we will have no antipathy for you and yours, we will also not be played by you. If our goals align, we can work together, but that is on our terms, not yours. You fuck me with or any of my group, I'll finish what I started last night, do you understand?"
Ephra looks at you in stunned silence while Rael chuckles and pours another drink. She chuckles and holds it toward you, tapping the glass. Not changing your frown, you reach out and touch it with the [Ice] spell again. She smirks and downs it in one pull before exhaling and saying, "Alright then. So you don't want to join us, but you don't want us to fuck with you. Sounds reasonable enough, but at the same time, you want our help, don't you?"
Frowning, you nod your head, to which she sighs. "Ah, I figured. I suppose there's things we can do for each other beneficially, but I suppose that means Lady Aliph won't just go and let you know where all out cells are, does it?"
"Of course not." Ephra spits. "Honestly, we should just have you leave now, but… ugh, I need to speak with Lady Aliph."
"She's in the shrine, yes?" You ask, to which Ephra waves. Nodding your head, you make to stand and say, "Well, might as well get going, we need to head to Jahardin soon enough."
"Mmm, I see." Rael says, putting the stopper in the bottle before standing and stretching. "Well, might as well deliver you to the Lady." She nudges Ephra who grumbles and rises on her serpentine body and begins to slither outside. The Anubis shrugs and waves for you to follow her.
"Tabitha, Sophie, come with me." You say to the two before addressing the others. "The rest of you, stay here, we won't be long and we don't all need to go."
Alice sighs and shakes her head. "Fine, get us involved with these crazy people I suppose."
Ephra glares at her while Rael lifts an eyebrow. "Crazy people huh? Mmm if you say so." She shrugs and leads the way, Alice staring daggers at her back, which now that you think about it, is the first time you've REALLY seen her seriously annoyed at someone. You wonder why?
The sun outside is already hot, though it feels good on your skin. Looking down at your arm, your hand, you realize with a start that it is richly tanned, something you didn't think you'd get before. Of course, it's also a little dry, and when you pull back the sleeve of you robe, you see that your arm is still fairly pale, but it's the small things. Like all the pocket space you're missing with these robes versus your [Trenchcoat].
Sighing, Sophie cocks her head and asks what's wrong. "Oh, I just miss my coat is all. Too hot to wear out here. If only there was an enchantment I could use to keep it cool…"
"Why not create ice and stuff it in your pockets?"
"Then everything would get wet and terrible."
"Oh come now, it can't be that ba-"
Ephra cuts in, "Just visit a damn Cryomancer. It's a popular enchantment."
Looking at the Lamia, then back to each other, you ask, "Is there a Cryomancer in town?"
Rael shakes her head. "Unfortunately not. There's one human sorcerer and he's just a pyromancer, not very useful here and without a ready supply of mana, he doesn't cast spells much. Beyond Ephra and Lady Aliph, who is- was, a pyromancer, that's it."
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.312737>>312738
>>312736
"Interesting cast of people in this little town." Tabitha says, looking about. "How did an Anubis with such martial skill as yourself end up here? Are you one of those Wardens?"
"Ha!" Rael laughs. "No, not at all. My family is far removed from the line of Wardens, though not so far as to forget our martial ancestry. We specialized in bodyguard services for the nobility and I was actually Lady Aliph's guard on her pilgrimage. I didn't much believe in this whole Cult thing, but eventually it started to make sense to me."
She shakes her head, "Things in these towns, different than near the capital or the Port. You'll see what I'm talking about." Leaving it at that, you continue on to the shrine.
Pushing open the doors, you notice a hoof mark and some splintered lumber where Mr. Ed damaged the door. Smirking at it, you continue forward past the rubble pile that some cultists are still cleaning up. At your approach the stiffen, though Ephra's scowl is what makes they clear away from you. She sniffs and continues forward, bringing you to the altar where Lady Aliph is coiled up, resting upon the stone with a contemplative look.
As you approach she says, "Did you know how cold it actually is here? I didn't, I always thought it was oppressively hot."
"My lady, you need to sunbathe every now and then to keep your body temperature up now." Ephra says, doing her best to control herself.
"Ah, yes, I am… cold blooded now, aren't I?" She looks at her hand and the long nails upon it, frowning at ridges of blood vessels seen underneath her copper skin. With a sigh, she turns her head to you and says, "Well then, have you made your decision?"
Though you open your mouth to speak, Ephra interrupts you. "Yes, they have. They wish to keep an alliance with us with potential mutual assistance."
Lady Aliph seems to understand this, closing her eyes and exhaling with disappointment. "I see." Pushing herself up, she rises to her new height and says, "Very well then. While I had hoped to be able to work with you as a brother, it seems we shall be acquantinces instead. You understand that I cannot tell you much of the inner workings of the cult, nor grant you access to our communication, yes?"
"I do." You say, nodding your head.
"However… while I will spread the word, it would be best if you were to have some form of identification…" She mutters before calling over a cultist. Whispering something to them, they nod and scramble off upstairs, bringing back a small charm similar to the ones the other cultists have. She looks it over and nods, handing it to you. "Show this to a member of the cult and they will not harm you, though I do not believe they will grant you succor either. It depends on the cell in question, you understand."
"I do." You say, putting it into your pocket.
>You gain [Aliph's sigil]
>A Cult of the Violet Sands charm given to you by Lady Aliph, this charm shows that you're at least who you say you are to Violet Sands members.
"Well then." She says, folding her arms under her breasts. "I suppose you're off and away, there isn't much more to be said here, is there?"
"Hmm?" You ask, cocking your head. "Usually people proposition me for sex one last time before I leave."
"Oh, no, I'm quite fine right now, I had a fill-up while you were deciding. Quite amazing feeling honestly, I don't see why Ephra doesn't do this all the time."
Ephra looks down and says, "My Lady, there is such a thing as moderation, even with Monsters."
"Is there? It is not one of Dollora's teachings, after all. She is quite free with such things as our bodies."
"I… I'm waiting for the right man." She says, going crimson before throwing up her hands. "Gah! I have things to do!" She looks at you and frowns before shaking her head and leaving.
Rael chuckles and says, "She's an idealist, what can we say?"
Sophie nods in approval while Tabitha shakes her head. For your part though, you look up at the carving of Dollora and Phallia as depicted in the Ectrian style. Your eyes linger upon Dollora and her bestial features when you're reminded of the events in the last shrine you went to, and the voice you heard. Frowning, you walk up to the altar, looking closer at the statue.
"Oh? May I help you with something?" Lady Aliphs says next to you, her eyebrow raised. In Deleor, men are often never seen within the chambers of shrines to Dollora, however you recall that in Ectria, all people worship both Dollora and Phallia. Considering how difficult it is to grow plants here, you understand Phallia, but why Dollora too?
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.312738>>312739
>>312737
"I was just curious is all. Looking at the statue." You say, a little embarrassed for some reason.
"Mmm no, I don't believe that." The Lamia says, slithering around you. "You have the look of someone with questions, questions for the Gods." She smiles with genuine warmth, "You are, of course, in the right place."
Staring at her with surprise, it occurs to you that before all else, she is still a priestess of the Twins. After the events of last night, you find it weird, but while they seem to revere the Apophis, they certainly still worship the Twins. What an odd dichotomy that is, but perhaps that's the way of things here.
"Ah… yes, I suppose." You say, looking at her and then back to your companions. Tabitha gives you a quizzical look while Sophie looks at you in consternation. Feeling a little more embarrassed, you turn back to the altar and take a deep breath, walking up further to it and looking down before. You hesitate before kneeling down and putting your hands on your lap. Inhaling a deep breath, you close your eyes and concentrate on… on…
You know, you don't really pray that much, do you? Still… you do your best to remember the time before, when you felt like you needed help. Pleading to a power higher than yourself, asking for answers you can't find yourself. In a way it is humbling, and at the same time it's a little scary to reach out like this. You do so, however, and wait for anything to come.
{Dollora.} You think, praying. {Ironic, isn't it, that a Wizard would pray to the Goddess he stands against? I suppose I had no choice to ask your help before, and now I return to ask what you were saying before and why. I don't think you'll answer me, but… well, I suppose I should try.}
You sit there for a good five minutes with no answer, nothing at all. Feeling a little silly, you sigh in disappointment and prepare to open your eyes when you hear faintly,
{Your task is more important than you know… Protect that which is dear to you and do not… lose hope.}
And then it's over. Despite how faint the words are, you find yourself out of breath, panting and with your head hurting abominably. F-Fucking Dollora just spoke to you! Holy hells, a Goddess just reached out and touched your mind!
You feel hands on your back and you turn about to look into the frightened eyes of Sophie and even Tabitha, the two saying something, but you don't hear the words. Shaking your head, sweat droplets fly off and you look to see your hands are pale and shaking. Another hand touches you head and suddenly you feel cool and less anxious as something washes over you or more accurately, in to you.
Your hearing returns like a thunderclap and you cover your ears as Tabitha and Sophie both barrage you with, "Are you okay? Gods Rommel, what's wrong?"
"Peace." Lady Aliph says, quieting them. "He has been touched by Dollora and he must recover. Men, especially those in service to Solos are not within her realm and it puts both a strain upon him and I'm sure the Goddess herself. What fate you must have to receive such a blessing though… what did she say?"
You shudder and shake your head, not wanting to repeat it at the moment. Lady Aliph frowns but nods her head. "Very well. I have used some of my magic to calm you, but you will still be weak for awhile. Are you certain you wish to leave?"
No, you aren't certain at all and you feel like you should go vomit, but you're going to leave. Standing on shaky legs and being helped by your friends, you nod to her and say, "T-Thanks."
"For what? You're the one who almost killed me and then refused to join our cult."
You make to say something in rebuttal, but can't seem to find the words. Shaking your head, you stand on your own feet, sigh, and start on your way back to the tavern. When you make it outside, you shield your eyes from the sun, finding it blinding. Squinting, you remember the [Goggles] and take them out, placing them over your eyes and sighing at the mild change in light.
"Rommel, are you alright? What the hells happened there? She said Dollora spoke to you?"
Looking to Sophie, you nod your head and say, "Yeah, she did." You relate your story and what she said to the two who both look at you with astonished looks.
"W…wow." Sophie says, furrowing her brow. "That's… that's really… wow."
Tabitha crosses her arms and looks concerned for once. "I don't go praying to the Gods very often, but this is something else. For Dollora to say something like that… the meaning has to be different than we're thinking, I can't imagine she'd speak to a Wizard just like that."
"I feel like I ate a whole cow and then ran ten miles in the desert." You groan.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.312739>>312740
>>312738
"You going to be okay to travel?" Tabitha says, voice earnest.
"Probably." You say, stomach still roiling. "Not in a fit shape for much else at the moment though."
"Fair enough." She says, watching you walk. After a few staggers, she shakes her head and walks up next to you, taking your arm and placing it around her. She then helps prop you up and walks with you, using her strength (and legs) to help you walk faster.
"Uh…" You say, feeling a little embarrassed. "Tabitha, you don't have to-"
"It's a little embarrassing watching you walk like that." She says, not looking at you. "Don't think much into it."
"Heh." You say, just accepting it. Of course, it's a little awkward being so close to her surprisingly ample chest, but the coolness of her skin and scales feels good and you sigh out in relief to which Sophie raises an eyebrow and says,
"Oh? You seem quite content in her arms there Rommel."
You groan and say, "Look, I just got touched my a Goddess and it wasn't a good experience, I'm not too proud for some assistance."
"Nor should you be, all people, fighters or no need support every now and then." Tabitha says, shaking her head. "You've sort of done things on your own at this point anyway."
"Have I?" You say, frowning and thinking about it. In a way, she's right, yet it feels wrong, which compels you to say, "I don't think I have… I think that everyone in our group has helped out in their own way. It's not just my goal, it's all our goals we're working toward and something about it is important enough to make a Goddess give me the bad touch."
Sophie blinks in surprise before stifling a laugh. Both you and Tabitha trade looks and then sigh in unison, making your way back to the tavern to relate the story to the others. They stare at you in amazement and insist you stay to rest, but with the backing of Tabitha, you get them to agree to leave the town.
As you leave, the people… cultists, watch you go, making no effort to stop you. Passing by the front of the town, the watchman from last night tips his cap at you and says, "Happy trails, and may the sands at night be the color of violet."
---——————————————————————
The travel is slow going, mostly thanks to you, and by the time the sun starts to set, you haven't made much distance. Sylphie helps make the sand shelter, her control over sand improving with your teaching, and soon enough Sophie has food going and the camp is warded and prepared. As you eat everyone has varying degrees of discussion about what to do going forward with the Violet Sands and what your little talk with Dollora meant. The conclusions drawn were to think more on it later and to just tackle the cultist when you see them.
From what the innkeeper told Ebe, it's normally a couple of days to Jahardin from where you are, and her aerial views show that there's nothing of much value in the area. Unfortunately, this means it's boring desert travel for all of you. Fortunately though, this means it's boring desert travel for all of you. Frankly some nice, no Sandworm, no bullshit attacks level of travel sounds nice.
The first night you are basically forced by the others to go to bed right after dinner, and you have a hard time arguing. The sleep is fantastic and the next day you feel like a new man, ready to face the day. While walking on the road, a mild sand storm comes, most of which you deflect with your magic, but the goggles turn out to be the real winner and you thank Tabitha for finding them when it's over.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.312740>>312741 >>312834
>>312739
"Huh?" She says, looking at you with a little confusion. "Why thank me, they weren't my idea?"
"Yes, but you found them." You say, tapping the goggles. "They're actually really useful. You must have been on the look out to find something like this in a small place like that."
She sighs, "Well, I didn't think they were for sale, but the man who had them wasn't using them much anymore due to his age and parted with them easily enough." Shrugging, she says, "At least you're getting use out of them."
"Well, thanks for helping me out." You say. "It's nice to know there's someone mature and strong looking over this group. Takes a weight off the shoulders."
Tabtiha gives a genuine smile. "Is that so? Hmph, if only that other Wizard I know would give me the same respect."
"He doesn't respect you?" You ask, genuinely surprised.
"Well, he does." She says, shaking her head. "It's just an issue of familiarity I suppose. Sort of like how you interact with Erwin."
"I have a hard time imagining someone acting that way with you though."
"Well, you don't really know me, do you?"
"Oh." You say, frowning. "I suppose I don't. Maybe I should try?"
She pauses and raises an eyebrow before smirking. "Is that so?"
Calling a break soon after, she proceeds to beat the shit out of you in weapons practice. On one hand, your arms hurt. On the other hand, your spear and staff training is improved. At the end of the day of the day though, you suppose there's one thing else to take out of it: she seemed pretty content kicking your ass.
That evening, you spend the time tinkering with your golems, creating <Arc Nodes> out of Phallia and Stan. You find the conductive properties of the [Crystal Shards] to be quite effective at channeling your magic once attuned, and you practice that evening channeling various geomancy spells through them as they walk past sand dunes. Unfortunately you can't see where they area, but you can listen with [Audio Tap], and your attempts to backwards engineer the spell to project sounds actually ends up working! Of course, when you check the book, it tells you how to do this, so you don't feel too excited.
>You learn <Vox caster>
>[Audio Tap] now allows you to speak through it.
For fun, you send some voices through Phallia as he traipses over a dune during your watch shift, you casting [Survey] through her While the effects aren't as useful as when you're doing it nearby, you still get a good feel for the environment. One of your pings shows some stonework nearby and you pause, getting a better feel for things. It seems to be an old structure again… damn this place is littered with them.
"Hello?" You call through the tap, ordering the golem to tap the ground as if knocking. "Anybody hooooome?"
An unfamiliar voice sounds near Phallia, "What talks with no mouth, has eyes but can't see, and feels without touch?"
Eyes flying open in surprise, you make to cast another [Survey] to get a good picture of what's going on, but before you can your connection with Phallia severed, the [Audio Tap], and your [Imbue Golem], severing. Everything goes dark on you and you find yourself sitting in camp, flabbergasted.
Alice yawns as she opens the flap of the tent and walks out, scratching at herself as she wears light clothing. She rubs at her eyes and asks, "Mmm, your shift is done I gues… anything happen?"
>What do you do?
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.312741>>312747 >>312749 >>312781 >>313032
>>312740
Oh yeah, haha I forgot to add
>You lose [Limonite]
>That was Erwin's, why did you lose it.
Well, it's just rocks. You can ignore this and go forward, practice some other tricks, you know, have a good time.
Oh and that Dollora thing, nothing to worry about. Nothing at all.
▶ c3158e (1) No.312747
>>312741
>Someone points out obvious typo like 2 sentences in.
RIP me
▶ 191e38 (2) No.312749>>313194
>>312741
>You lose [Limonite]
>we have lost phallia to a possibly hostile creature
>this same creature completely severed our magic
>not only that but it speaks in riddles
We've got a sphinx on our hands and it has phallia hostage. Rouse the camp! Call the women to battle! Pic related. No magical implement left behind!
▶ 22df76 (2) No.312765
Good idea to answer any riddles it throws our way. Curses aren't real, other than that one curse. Still, just in case, you know?
Now, what could this mysterious riddle be talking about? Maybe a sandworm? They can feel things without touching then.
Wait, no, it can also talk without a mouth. Maybe some kind of creature that can use telepathy? A cultist? They usually aren't blind, though.
It has to be some kind of telepathic, magic using being. A monster witch? Could she be talking about some specific person? Could the Pharaoh be blind? Does she mean Ebe, and the other two things are just metaphors for music? No, no. Ridiculous, that would mean she had to stalk us beforehand.
Could also be a wizard. But why would a wizard be in this sweaty, sandy, awful desert, and how would anyone even find out about them? Any names come to mind when we think of a telepathic, touching-without-feeling, famous wizard? Maybe a form of geomancer with a mental link to something. But then why would they be blind? Just because it's really dark right now? That's way too stupid to be the answer.
Damn, this is a tough riddle.
▶ 557092 (1) No.312771>>312835
The riddle kinda sounds like she is just describing the golem she just saw. First we need to recall Stan ASAP that boy could be in danger. Then rally the troops and viciously murder track down and confront the sphinx.
We know the location were phallia was brutally ripped apart, we know there is some man made structure nearby and maybe once we get close enough we can detect the limonite or the mana crystal shards we used for the arc node. Finding the sphinx should be a manageable task.
But whatever the details of our plan end up being in the end we have to get our friend back one way or another.
▶ 9f0d89 (9) No.312781
>>312741
>Well, it's just rocks. You can ignore this and go forward, practice some other tricks, you know, have a good time.
You're funny.
Sphnx. We are going to bully the every living shit out of her. She's gonna get so much sand in the clam. Talk to Ebe about monsters who speak in riddles for in universe info on the target, Then set up counter measure so we don't fail the riddle. giant privacy barrier, Ebe playing music for cancel out the magic if it fails, Sand in desert cats throat so she can't speak, ect.
She took our friend and we're going to bully her relentlessly until she is back in our hands
▶ a194c5 (1) No.312798
No golem left behind goddamn it! And I feel like if we ignore this, it will come and bite us in the ass a bit later. Make sure to bring some backup though.
▶ 56c51d (3) No.312810>>312813 >>312835 >>312900 >>313220
Aliph complaining about being cold makes me wonder about Tabitha. While we are dealing with retrieving Phallia, we should keep an eye out for a nice rock and have it enchanted into a heating stone or something later. Lizards like warm rocks, right?
▶ 9f0d89 (9) No.312813>>312835 >>313220
>>312810
I think Tabby is gonna be okay. We're in a desert after all, And she only has a torso and arms to keep warm
Also Ace, Can't be get around having to enchant our trenchcoat by just casting [Cold Blooded] periodically? It never seemed like a high impact spell so the cost should be fairly trivial.
And speaking of cryomancy, Freeze the Sphinx's nipples over. For the bulli
▶ e911cc (17) No.312834
>>312740
Dollora has seemingly spent a lot of her strength to communicate with us, with part of her message instructing us to “protect that which is dear to you”, which encompasses each of our companions, our sister and our rock collection; as such, we cannot just leave not-Phallia to her fate and must rescue her, for her sake, Dollora’s sake and Erwin’s sake seeing as he was rather fond of the rock and would be very upset if we otherwise left his beloved gift behind.
To do that, we first need to determine who take with us. Waking up our entire party seems a bit overkill to me in this scenario, seeing as there isn’t any obvious threat to our party and our mysterious figure has only just fucked with us, so let them have their rest until the situation changes. Instead, we should take at least one party member with us who can help us in combat and, seeing as the figure seemingly loves riddles, is intelligent enough to answer any riddles that may crop up in case we are required to do so. Alice has just awoken, shows a surprising amount of intelligence when she isn’t thinking about the many ways of interacting with a nearby male’s genitals and, being a swordswoman, should have no issue with any potential anti-magic abilities the figure is implied to have on account of them completely dispelling both our Geomancy and Audiomancy spells, two divinations of magic that are seldom used together so we should definitely have her put on her equipment and come with us. I would also recommend we take Erwin and Mr Ed with us while waking up Sylphie to stay on watch duty in Alice’s place, because both are shown to be quite smart, in cunning and wisdom respectively, and the latter would give us a way of keeping communication with the others so we can alert them or have them be alerted should the familiar link be tampered with in some fashion in case the situation turns sour. A final thing to recommend before leaving is to take the [Ectrian Spear] and [Ectrian Sword] with us so that we aren’t completely useless should our magic be shut down and Alice has a back-up weapon in the unlikely scenario that Energieschwert is tampered with somehow.
With our small group established and watch duty rescheduled and set up, we should head over the dune to where we last had contact with not-Phallia and look about with a mixture of [Survey], [Magesight] and our eyes without any enhancements to try and find any clues to her whereabouts, regaining possession of her when we find her -- it’s probably unnecessary as the figure will likely approach us at this point with rock in tow, but would help in case they don’t and we have to seek both of them out ourselves so we might as well do it any way. The figure is, as other have already said, like to be a Sphinx, what with the riddle and the location, but the lack of a gender in the description of the voice and our extremely limited information on the matter means they could still be anything, so keep our guard up. It’s still probably a Sphinx though.
If she is indeed a Sphinx, then expect a riddle to be proposed for us to answer with dire consequences should we fail to do so. Said dire consequences range from tale to tale, though they all usually involve the victim dying in some fashion once all is said and done so we should definitely try to avoid such issues by answering the riddle and not ignoring it. If the riddle is something classic like “what walks on four legs, then two legs, then three legs?” then we should be in the clear unless someone we brought with us blurts out the wrong answer like an idiot. If the riddle is non-standard, then make sure to wake up everyone else and get them geared up because we’re probably going to be fighting knowing our luck. In any case, make sure everyone present is in agreement before answering so we don’t jump the gun and screw ourselves over in the process.
Should combat become involved, abuse Cryomancy due to it being a common weakness of desert-dwellers in this setting. Should our opponent dispel any spells we throw at them, use Geomancy instead, seeing as most of the spells involve using nearby rocks instead of conjuring something and dispelling a thrown rock won’t suddenly stop the rock from moving. Should they disable ‘’all’’ of our magic, then resort to using the [Ectrian Spear] and hope that our recent training is enough to keep us alive while the others clean house in our place.
▶ e911cc (17) No.312835
>>312771
>First we need to recall Stan ASAP that boy could be in danger.
Agreed.
>>312810
Tabitha has been fine up to this point without any issues though that could be her not telling anyone to keep up appearances, which she has done before, but considering how cold deserts can get at night, this sounds like it could be a nice gift. That said, it would have to be a pretty big rock to have much effect and we would have to figure out how to enchant an object with heat first, as we haven’t actually enchanted anything but our golems IIRC and definitely not for prolonged periods of time -- perhaps we could reserve engineer our [Trenchcoat]’s thermal pocket without breaking it for ideas?
>>312813
>Can't be get around having to enchant our trenchcoat by just casting [Cold Blooded] periodically?
Not really sure if I should be saying anything here, but seeing as that spell reduces temperature in the general area surrounding the caster, I'm fairly certain doing so would constantly negatively affect Tabitha and probably also make the rest of our party and us uncomfortable due to the temperature in question being freezing rather than cool unless we were to gain a strong control over the spell.
▶ 5a5614 (1) No.312900>>313194 >>313220
RESCUE THE ROCK!
Also the answer is either "golem" or "hurricane".
>>312810
She wouldn't still have those red panties, would she? Since females have those "vagina" things that spit acid everywhere that burns through underwear.
▶ 2aa258 (4) No.313032>>313220
>>312741
Theres no time to waste, phallia is in trouble and we need to save her!
Waking everyone up to save a rock will lead to them bitching at us for the forseeable future but could be worth it if there is enough of a threat from the apparently lone stranger, so consider doing so if we don't just decide to take Alice and wake someone else up to guard in her place. if we do end up taking everyone then set up some wards and leave a familiar behind to let us back in so our stuff is safe from bandits. Search for phallia where she was last seen and deal with the stranger. Bullying her with ice in retaliation for her fucking with us sounds like fun but we should hold off until we can determine whether she is a threat to us or not so we don't seriously piss off a much more powerful foe we didn't have to.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313036>>313037
Hey, sorry guys, I drank way too much earlier today (come on, all the proceeds went to Harvey relief, I had to do my duty) and I feel like shit now. No update is happening today, so we'll have to push it to tomorrow. Sorry y'all. I'll see what I can do about addressing things tomorrow too, I just do not have the mental fortitude to do that today.
Here's a zoras without her clothes tho, if that helps anything. Came out so pretty I had to get a version without the headdress.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313052
>>313037
It was a base for the clothes to be drawn on later. Add nips yourself if you want ya foo
▶ 1afb77 (4) No.313129>>313131
if we throw wet sand on her fur it will get sticky in the sun and irritate her
▶ a4d72d (5) No.313131>>313132
>>313129
It's night time though
▶ 1afb77 (4) No.313132
>>313131
well it should still stick to her and be annoying the trick is to exaggerate the inconvenience of wet sand in fur
▶ 1afb77 (4) No.313133
we start by complementing her on how well gromed she is then tell her well fuck up her pretty looks with a shit ton of wet sand and then extort her for what we want
▶ 1afb77 (4) No.313134>>313220
if you where a sphinx would you want some ancient stank ass wet sand from some backwater shithole desert in your glorious mane thats what we use to threaten her
▶ 2fc232 (5) No.313194>>313220
>>312749
>riddler sphinx
Sounds fun
>>312900
How can hurricanes feel?
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313212>>313213
>Story continue
Spinning around faster than a Jackrabbit girl in the middle of summer, you say to Alice, "Phallia's been taken, I need your help."
Alice blinks slowly once, twice, three times, before she stretches and says, "What?"
"I'm not joking around, Phallia was attacked by something out there and my connection to her is gone."
"You uh… were connected to a Goddess? Must have been a quiet one in the sack, I would have figured her for a screamer."
You pause, giving her a look of utter confusion. "What are you talking about? Phallia is a rock, limonite."
Alice clacks her tongue before shaking her head and walking over to you. She gently places a hand on your shoulder and leans forward to touch her forehead to yours. "Hmmm." She hums, face before yours. "You don't feel feverish. Are you tired Rommel? Do you want to me to hold you while you sleep?"
"Damnit Alice, not now, this is serious!" You say, pushing her off you. She scoffs as you stand and gather your things. "Something out there told some riddle and then my connection to her went away. I need to find her before-" You cut off as you remember Stan, out there in the desert by himself. Locking onto his signature, you have him race back toward you as far as his little rock legs can take him.
"Rommel, your obession with rocks is kind of scary, you know that? Just find some new rocks, okay?"
"Find some new?-" You begin before stopping yourself and taking a deep breath. Once you feel a little less angry, you say in no uncertain terms, "Alice, this is a desert. Where am I going to find more Limonite, hmm? Besides, this was a gift to Erwin, I can't let some desert dweller take what he entrusted to me away!"
Looking very uncomfortable, Alice cranes her neck over to the end where everyone is sleeping and says, "I… don't think that Erwin will be all that heartbroken."
"Fine." You say with an air of finality. "I'll go by myself, you take over watch here and I'll send a message to Erwin if anything happens."
"Ahhh, wait, wait." Alice says, holding up her hand. She sighs and shakes her head, "Damnit Rommel, look you can't go out there on your own, it's suicide. You're going to get taken by some Monster and then I won't be able to take you." She pauses, "Also I guess the others would be sad or something."
"So what, you coming with me?"
"I mean." She begins before hanging her head. "Yeah, I guess. Can't have you getting yourself hurt or anything." Frowning, she looks back to the tent and says, "We should wake the others up."
"No, there's no reason to get them involved in this." You say, pulling the [Ectrian Spear] from storage, giving you a staff in one hand and the spear in the other. Nodding, you say to her, "We'll be fine on our own."
"You just don't want them getting upset when we find this is fucking nothing, do you?"
"That may be so." You say, looking northwest where you last felt Phallia. "But uh… I don't have anything else to go with that."
"You are trouble, aren't you?" She sighs. "Well, I'm going to wake Sylphie at least, she's next on watch and I'd rather her not find us missing."
"Sylphie?… I guess she'd understand." You mutter to yourself, much to Alice's eye rolling. She enters the tent and a few moments later Sylphie comes out, yawning in her night clothes, which are surprisingly revealing. She stops before you and rubs at her eyes, blinking a few times before muttering,
"Oh hey Rommel…"
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313213>>313214
>>313212
She stands there a few moments, oblivious to everything before her eyes snap open and a look of shock comes over her face. In the dull light of the fire, she turns visibly red and stammers, "R-R-Rommel!" before Alice puts a hand over her mouth and motions for her to be quiet. Fidgeting awkwardly, the Cat o'Ninetails uses her tails to cover herself from view as she says, "W-What's going on? Alice said it's my watch."
"Sylphie, I need you to take watch early."
"W-Why?"
"Because, something out there took Phallia and I need to get her back."
"Phallia? You uh… you mean one of your golems?"
"Yes, exactly." You say, smiling. "See, you understand."
"Rommel, it's just a rock…" Sylphie says, looking at you with concern. "You shouldn't go out into the desert to Gods knows what for a rock!"
Alice nods her head in thanks but you sigh out, tired, "Sylphie please, this is more important than you understand. Do you remember what Dollora said to me."
"Oh oh." Alice says, putting a hand to her mouth. "He's going insane, not another one!"
"Nrgh, look, she said protect that which is dear to me. What if this has to do with that she said?" Hanging your head, you say, "Can I at least have this?"
The two women look to each other before sighing, beaten. Alice pats the sword at her hip and says, "Let me get my armor. It's nice and cool out here anyway."
Sylphie shakes her head and looks over at Mr. Ed, who seems to know she's awake. "Well… gives me some time to read I suppose. Are you taking Erwin?"
"Hmm? Well, I didn't want him to know about the Limonite being gone, you see so…"
"Ah hells." She says, waving over to the horse. He gives her a tired look before walking over to you and placing his head level with yours. He looks you in the eyes and then snorts before swishing his tail and walking to the edge of camp, disabling the wards with a well placed tap of his hoof.
"You… are going to send him with us?"
"Yeah, I guess. He's being a grump but he's actually fine with it. He doesn't want Erwin's feelings hurt either and you need someone to act in communication."
"Ah, thanks Sylphie." You say nodding your head. "It means a lot."
"I suppose…" She mumbles, rubbing her head. As she does so she looks down at her exposed skin and blushes again, turning about and covering herself with her tails. "Get out of here though before the others get up!"
"Alright, alright." You say, looking to Alice as she arrives, armor strapped on and sword at her side. She nods to you and you summon your piece of sandstone to use as a board, mounting up as you did before. Around this time you notice Stand return to camp and set him to sitting next to Sylphie, who seems embarrassed by the Golem. Nodding to Mr. Ed, you push yourself with your magic, zooming to the northwest, the gelding at your side.
Thankfully the area you lost track of her isn't very far away, all things considered. You cast [Survey] along the ground during the ride, finding similar results as to when you were arcing the spell through Phallia. Mr. Ed rides beside you, looking utterly unfazed by the speed. He actually gives you a side-long glance, as if urging you to go faster, which you end up doing, much to his approval.
Despite having some hope that your [Survey] would pick up traces of the attacker or of Phallia, you find neither of these things. As you approach the area, Alice says, "Hey Rommel, maybe we should have asked Ebe about what this thing could be?"
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313214>>313215
>>313213
You don't have a good response to that, to be honest. A part of you wanted to ask her, but the louder voices were too embarrassed to awaken anyone else. With a sigh, you say back, "Sorry, but we'll be fine, you'll see."
"Uh huh." She says, not convinced. "Well, if it's a Monster, I'll just cut her into pieces and we'll be done with it."
You don't find a good reason to respond to that, and so instead you continue surfing the sand until you reach the spot where Phallia went missing. Sending out another survey, you stop and get off your sandstone board, looking around warily. Mr. Ed next to you snorts as he sniffs the air for any signs of danger, but by his bearing he doesn't find anything. Still, he seems on enough edge to give you pause, and you're quite willing not to muck around with him on this.
Looking around the area, you find little but sand all around you, though a pulse of [Survey] shows you that cavern again. Frowning, you park your board by sinking it into the sand and then motioning toward the entrance. Alice nods and puts her hand on her sword, walking carefully through the sand toward it. In the darkness of the night, you're unable to see terribly much beyond the small amount the moon allows you, and it takes you a few moments to find the cavern entrance.
"Rommel, I can't see shit." Alice hisses. "We're going to need a light."
"Right, right…" You say, activating your staff. A faint, aetheric glow highlights the entrance to a series of steps leading down into the sands. While there is an abundance of sand around the entrance, the steps themselves are not inundated with it, making it seem like someone- or something, is living in there. Steeling her resolve, Alice nods and heads down into the tunnel, you close behind her and Mr. Ed taking the rear. Though it's a little cramped for him, he's able to go down the large set of stairs, clearly designed for something wide in the past, though what you cannot tell.
The steps are not terribly long and when you reach the bottom you're greeted to a long hallway of pillars supporting the roof above you. Some pillars are broken with age, but most are well intact, if shifting with some sand every now and then. Your light illuminates ancient Ectrian script along the walls and while it looks interesting, it has little bearing on your current predicament. Maybe you'll inform Ebe about it later.
Sending out more [Survey] pulses, you find that the place is, of course, built of sandstone with pieces of marble- this was not a poor place it seems. As you reach the bottom, your footsteps echo through the hallway and Alice grips her sword tighter. Nothing appears to attack you however, but you cast a [Privacy Barrier] anyway, muffling the sounds of your footsteps as you continue down the hallway.
Walking through the corridor at a cautious pace, you notice that it branches off into side passages. Your light illuminates the first as you pass by and within you see a curious mix of items which appear ancient and others which seem to be more modern. Finding no foes, you continue onward, ever vigilant.
It isn't until you reach the second of these passageways that you hear something strange. What you hear is… your footsteps echoing? Alice notices it first and draws her sword, the steel ringing through the hallway. Mr. Ed snorts and stomps his hoof while you look about in confusion. What happened to your [Privacy Barrier?] How did it just disappear like that?
A chuckle echoes down the hallway, seeming to come from everywhere and nowhere. Whirling about, you find yourself unable to find the course of the girlish chuckle and you begin to feel your spine tingle with a little spike of fear. Was this a trap? Did you get lured in here and set up by whatever this Monster, and by the voice you're pretty sure it's a Monster, has set up for you?
"After three days both fish and these begin to smell. Can you guess what?"
"Huh?" You say, confused by the sudden riddle. The laughter issues again, but this time Alice takes a step forward and replies,
"Guests. The answer is guests."
The laughter abruptly cuts off. Silence pervades the area for an uncomfortable moment before it says, "So right you are, guests of mine. Why do you enter these caverns thine?"
"I'm here for my friend." You say, still looking for the voice.
"Friend? Ah, you speak of what lives but doesn't breathe, what walks but doesn't think?"
"I… what?" You say, annoyed.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313215>>313216
>>313214
"She means the Golem." Alice says, her sword in her hand. "Just give us the Golem and this won't have to get messy, though I won't complain if it has to, Energieschwert hasn't cut through anything in awhile anyway."
"A fine blade, but something is missing, what could it be?"
"Missing?" Alice says, looking angered. "Nothing is missing from my sword, she's per-" Alice cuts off suddenly as her eyes go wide, looking at her sword. The blade before her which once hummed with green energy is now dull metal.
The swordswoman shouts, true anger in her voice, "WHAT THE FUCK DID YOU DO TO MY SWORD?"
"A piece of the heavens, granted to some, great power gifted yet used so dumb. Gone from this land, but still in play, what do I speak of?"
"I AM GOING TO BREAK YOUR FUCKING SPINE IF YOU HAVE ONE, WHICH SINCE YOU HAVE A PUSSY I ASSUME YOU DO!" Alice shrieks.
"Piece of the heavens…" You mutter to yourself, trying to figure out the riddle. "Do you mean magic?"
The laughter starts again as the voice says, "Yes, yes! Magic! The blade had some, and I took it away. Much like the dogs who sit at the throne, I have something similar, to throw you a bone."
"Riddles and rhymes, how glorious." Alice says, her eye twitching. "I want to murder this Monster, Rommel, just cause an earthquake to break everything okay?"
"Look, we don't want any trouble." You say. "I just want my Golem back and we can go away.
"Won't answer the riddle? You won't play my game? If you don't try, you only have yourself to blame."
"The fuck is she talking about-" Alice cuts off as she drops to the floor, clutching at her chest. She begins to pant, eyes going wide as she tries to catch her breath.
Both you and Mr. Ed panic at the sight and you drop down to help her, reaching out with your magic and finding nothing there. Fucking hells, is this thing canceling out your magic? But how? Unless she has a nullstone or something, there should be any way she could do this!
"Those who don't speak find they have nothing to say, the only way to return her breath is to play, play, play." The voice calls back.
"Play? Play your fucking riddle game? Is this some kind of joke?!" You shout back, scrambling to help Alice. She begins to turn purple in the face, her hands clucthing at both her throat and her chest. Oh fuck, oh fucking hells, you have to think. The game right? The riddles? Ahh, what did she say, ahh dogs at the throne… taking away the magic and-"
"Anubis! You're like the Anubis!" You shout, voice echoing in the halls.
A chuckle answers you followed by Alice gasping for breath as her lungs expand. She coughs violently into her hand and you stabilize her, patting her back as you look around for signs of danger. Nothing greets you however, though this makes you even more worried. What the fuck is this thing planning?
"Yes, the Anubis, chosen of the Goddess, protected by wards in their blood. But they aren't the only ones who have such blessings. What sleeps all day and stalks at night, sometimes runs and sometimes fights, likes to be high up but always lands on its paws, has good hearing and wicked sharp claws?"
"F-Fuck you bitch." Alice spits, getting her voice back. She staggers to her feet but the voice laughs again,
"Wrong again, but it's not you who will pay, answer the riddle or he'll be forced to stay."
Blinking, you point at yourself and say, "Huh?" A force seems to grab hold of you a moment later and you shout as you're dragged forcefully to the other side of the hallway, your feet dragging painfully across the floor until you collide with a pillar. Groaning, you make to push yourself off it, but find you're unable to do so. It feels as if chains are binding you, but you see nothing there at all, making the experience rather less than sane.
"W-What the hells is-" You cut off as something appears in your mouth, gagging you. It feels like cloth, but when you look down, you see nothing. Forced to squirm in pain, you look to Alice who staggers to her feet, sword in hand.
"Show yourself!" Alice shouts. "Face me like a real woman!"
"Answer the riddle and you have nothing to fear, but answer it wrong and he will stay here."
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313216>>313218 >>313233
>>313215
Alice grits her teeth and looks over at you. A look of annoyance mixed with fear covers her face and you see her slowing down as you did, thinking things over carefully. She licks her lips and says, "paws… claws… always lands on… ah." The swordswoman grits her teeth and calls out, "A cat! You're a type of Catgirl!"
The pressure around you vanishes and you find you're able to talk again, your mouth no longer full. Rubbing your jaw, you look up and say, "Alice, we should just go."
"What? Oh hells no." She stalks toward, looking around every corner, "I'm not leaving until this bitch… tch, this Queen has been properly disciplined." She smiles at you, though it seems a little insane, "Besides, we need to get your fucking rocks back, yeah?"
"You know what I am, and what I can do, but the greatest question of all, is who are you?"
Looking to Alice, the two of you blink in surprise and say your names, to which the voice chuckles back. "That was a trick, but know that I know your names, it makes it easier to play my games." Another laugh comes followed by, "Rommel, do you fancy a girl?"
You feel a weight building upon you as the question sinks in. She can't really know the answer to this question, can she? You can just lie and it will be fine, right? Looking up, you say, "No, I don't."
The weight redoubles upon you and you find yourself plastered to the ground, as if someone had tackled you. Grunting, you try to rise but find it impossible to do so. The voice calls back, "Oh my, you lie! Or perhaps you don't tell the whole truth. Could it be me you fancy, I have quite the youth!"
H-Huh? It's not the truth? But you don't fancy anyone… right? Feeling uncertain of yourself, you search your thoughts, her little game playing well into your mind. She… she can't be… but if you don't answer, you're going to end up being crushed by whatever this magic of hers is and-
"W-Woah h-ahhhhh!"
Looking up you watch as Mr. Ed walks to a pillar, turns around, and kicks it. The ancient sandstone shakes violently and cracks, collapsing on itself. The voice you heard before shrieks and you see something humanoid fall down from the ceiling. It tumbles on its back and then flips mid-air to land on all fours, tail in the air though it staggers a moment later.
The weight on you seems to vanish and you rise up, rushing over the Monster with your spear ready as you observe her. True to her word, it is a Monster, and one of the Catgirl variety. Her skin is the Ectrian bronze and she had a lithe, dimunitive body, though the curves she has speaks of her being older than a child. Where normal hands and feet would be, she has feline paws, larger than what the twins have, and far more distinct in the feline fashion.
Her hair is long and black, tied into a loose ponytail that drapes down her back, while a golden tiara sits above her golden, feline eyes. A loose fitting two piece outfit covers her breasts while another section covers her privates while exposing her soft midriff and her lithe legs. She staggers in place for a moment as the three of you crowd around her and Alice looks at her sword in surprise as it glows again. Grinning, the swordswoman sheathes the sword and cracks her knuckles instead.
The Cat Monster looks at you with dazed eyes. Mr. Ed snorts and whinnies, his voice echoing through the halls. She blinks at him and then looks at you to ask, "W-What?"
"I believe." You say, channeling magic. "He asked, what is better than a cat?"
"I… n-nothing?"
"Wrong answer. It's a horse." You say, casting [Ice].
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313218>>313220 >>313222 >>313230 >>313408
>>313216
The desert Catgirl squeals as ice forms around her feet, freezing her in place. She flails about, hissing in panic, but you cause it to rise higher and higher, reaching up to her thighs before stopping. Shivering, her teeth begin to chatter and she looks utter miserable. But not miserable enough. With a little bit of care, you apply a thin coat of ice over her breasts as well, making her gasp, eyes going wide. Alice and Mr. Ed don't complain.
"Now then." Alice says, walking up to her. "Not so high and mighty now, are we?"
"N-No." The Catgirl says, tears forming in her eyes. "I'm s-sorry!"
"Sorry doesn't cut fucking with us like that." Alice says, shaking her head. "I should kill you for that."
"P-Please don't! I-I'll give you the doll back, please!"
"Doll?" You say, cocking your head.
"Yes! The one made of the pretty rocks!"
Perking up, you ask, "So you really did take Phallia. Why?"
"I-I thought it looked nice so I wanted to add it to my collection!" She whimpers.
"Why did you attack us though?" You ask, frowning.
"I just… just wanted to have some fun. I'm a Sphinx, we ask riddles to people but no one has been around here in awhile and…"
"And you could have killed me!" Alice says, anger in her voice. "What possessed you to do that?!"
"I wasn't going to kill you!" She shrieks, crying. "I just meant to scare you, to make you answer the riddles. I never… I never really learned how to control my power is all."
"Are you the only one here?" You ask, to which she nods her head. "How are you living out here?"
"I scavenge m-mostly. Eating bugs and things." She fidgets. "C-Could you unfreeze my breasts, it's… it's very uncomfortable."
Looking to Alice, she shakes her head and so you shrug. "Sorry, answer is no." She whimper again and you ask, "What's your name anyway?"
"F-Farya." She says. "Please don't kill me, I just wanted to have some fun and collect things. I collect things you know, things left around the desert."
Mr. Ed snorts. Nodding your head to him, you get the meaning. "How do you speak Deleorian anyway?"
"W-We Sphinx are imbued by the Gods to tell riddles. We can understand the language of those around us to make it easier to do so, and if we succeed we can… can use a magic of our own."
"How, if you've been around here without men to drink semen of, how are you able to cast spells?" Alice asks, annoyed.
"I… I have a stockpile from what I've found in the desert. Half-finished vials, y-you know." She gulps and looks at you before looking down. "I was kind of hoping you actually didn't like anyone so maybe…" She trails off and whimpers again.
"Ah… uh…" You say, scratching your chin. Alice quirks an eyebrow and looks at you. To your dismay, Mr. Ed does the same and you gulp, changing the subject. "Where is Phallia?"
"W-what? Oh… the golem. O-over in my bed chamber." She gulps as you frown at her. "I-I'll lead you to it! N-No tricks this time, I swear! I… I'll even show you around the rest of my collection!" She looks at you with pitiful eyes as she says this.
Turning to Alice you ask, "Well, what do we do with her?"
"I say we give her a little more punishment." Alice gives a dark chuckle. "Maybe ask her some riddles of my own, and take a piece of clothing away when she answers wrong."
"Eh…" You say, watching as Farya squeals. "I don't know." Looking around the hallway, you notice the end leads to a larger room while there are a few more of the side rooms on each side. Not as large as you thought it would be, huh?
Alice sighs, crosses her arms, and says, "Well, we can't be here forever, you better decide, but I don't trust her not to try some stunt again. Better know what you're doing here."
>What do you do?
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313220>>313249
>>313218
Turns out it WAS a Sphinx! Poor kitty, she just almost killed Alice, but she didn't mean it!
>>313194
Hurricanes can feel like assholes.
Irma is coming for yours tho.
>>313134
I uh.
What.
>>313032
It's okay to bully her, problem with Sphinxes it seems is that once they lose the upper hand, they're just adorable Catgirls.
>>312900
She does! Not as necessary anymore, did you know magitek legs run a little warm? Great way to heat up a Lizardman! Actually you don't know that.
Ask her about the underwear, take a look, it's in a book. Called Wizardquest.
>>312813
Yeah casting cold blooded a lot won't end well for those around you, sadly. You'd be better off icing yourself tbh. Just wait until you reach Jahardin!
>>312810
Bitches love warm rocks. I wonder what would happen if you left you sandstone board out in the sun for awhile?
▶ a4d72d (5) No.313222>>313249 >>313293
>>313218
first let's unfreeze her and tie her to a rope that alice holds onto, second any question she asks has to be able to be answered with a yes or no, riddles or anything else will be met with more ice, and third let's see if she has seen or heard anything out of the ordinary recently, If she gives us any trouble with any question start rubbing her chin, she'll crack like a flooded dam
▶ 2fc232 (5) No.313230
>>313218
What's black and bronze and blue all over?
Keep her hands frozen, she could cast a spell or something while we try and put rope on her if we unfreeze her hands before doing so.
▶ 3189ed (1) No.313233>>313254 >>313293 >>313339 >>313408
>>313216
>H-Huh? It's not the truth? But you don't fancy anyone… right? Feeling uncertain of yourself, you search your thoughts, her little game playing well into your mind. She… she can't be… but if you don't answer, you're going to end up being crushed by whatever this magic of hers is and-
No Bad Ace, the girls in our party are our conrades and associates also almost all of them are monster we would never steep so low, the only things we love are history and our rocks. Now if you were refering our sister then I might conced a point since we though she was gone for good when she was enslaved only for we discover after many years she was mingling with a bunch of wacky cultists and making her brother a very worried man and thinking a lot about her.
▶ 0cc75e (9) No.313244
Take pity on the poor girl, shes the only one who likes our rocks for what they are.
▶ 9f0d89 (9) No.313249>>313293
>>313222
This. But since I doubt we brought rope, Make some chains and shackles out of the sandstone. As well as the chin, We should also scratch the area right above her tail. If she still feels to be resisting or holding anything back, Swap to a tummy rub. Trust me, Im a catgirl doctor.
I forgive her. She likes rocks, She has to have a good head on her shoulders.
>>313220
>Irma is coming for yours tho.
No joking. Its looking to be worse then Andrew and Andrew was ripping out power poles and throwing them like nothing. Fam and I are to poor to even afford plywood for the windows, Let alone house insurance. We're more then likely fucked fam. Been an honor shitposting with you all.
▶ 8d1f3f (1) No.313254
>>313233
>No Bad Ace, the girls in our party are our conrades and associates
Stop being a cock-blocker. The Waifu Wars will continue!
▶ f0bf43 (4) No.313274>>313293
Sphinx is for BULLY and then Belly Rubs and head pats. If she's a young girl, abandoned out here, we might want to consider taking her with us, at least to the next town.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313293
>>313222
T-Trips.
Checked.
Rope… ehm, you didn't really bring any rope. Might be some in these ruins though.
>>313233
Actually, I wrote an out in here, because it might just be that he's entertaining such thoughts :^).
I wanted to activate those almonds is all
>>313249
You could do that too I suppose.
And you're not a catgirl doctor, I'm literally a doctor for cats! Just because you're correct on the rubs, doesn't mean I trust your license
Also, ganbatte poor hero. Ganbatte
>>313274
She seems young, but is fully grown, such as it is. She doesn't sound abandoned, but clearly lonely.
▶ 12c69e (1) No.313306>>313359
Ace trying to sneak another cute catgirl character into one of his stories. Well color me surprised. c-can we keep her?
▶ 74ff38 (1) No.313339>>313347 >>313359
If she wanted a rock doll she could have just asked us to make one. I say we get Phallia then fix the pillar with geomancy, just because she appreciates rocks. Then we offer to make her her own rock doll and sperg out about all the different kinds of rock and their aethric signatures and all the virtues of rocks and such.
>>313233
What makes you so certain Ace was talking about any of the girls? He could have been talking about a childhood sweetheart we had. A girl we grew up with and loved so childishly and innocently. Then we lost our family, and swore onto the path of wizardhood, yet when we told her of our oath we saw something flash in her eyes. Doubt? Pain, even? And as we both grew older our feelings toward one another grew less childish and more romantic. The looks she gave us grew more troubled, and we too ached for her.
So we started to distance ourself from her more and more so that we would not be tempted. Until one day we forsook her completely. It was for the best, but it still hurt like a thousand shards of obsidian. We loved her. We loved her so much but we had to be strong. We had to become a wizard. For JUSTICE. We tried to forget about her. We tried to forget the pain. We hardened our heart into something stalwart and strong that feels no love and suffers no pain. A stone.
But deep down, we still yearn for her. And far away in a green village a lonely woman sheds a tear for the man she will never have. Two lovers alone and cursed to solitude by honor and cruel fate.
That's just my perfectly logical guess anyway.
▶ 84b827 (1) No.313341>>313359
ravioli ravioli bully the catgirl loli
▶ 191e38 (2) No.313347>>313359
>>313339
>tragedy fags
i don't know why I kinda have a thing for tragedy really, I guess it has to do with my childhood, but I don't like to dwell on it
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313359
>>313339
>>313306
Halfway through writing this I said to myself, "Shit, what if they actually like her." But it was too late to stop.
>>313347
>>313339
I suppose if you live in Florida you're about to get with the Mermaids, ayyyyy.
No seriously, ganbatte my dudes.
>>313341
Not loli, just on the shorter side. She fully developed, such as it is.
▶ e911cc (17) No.313408
>"I believe." You say, channeling magic. "He asked, what is better than a cat?"
>"I… n-nothing?"
>"Wrong answer. It's a horse."
I wonder how the Cat O’Ninetails twins would feel about such a statement.
>>313218
From the point just before we entered Ectria to where we are now, results from sparing a person’s life or trying to play the hero have been mixed, from net positives like when we saved Zoras to complete disasters such as when Nane was spared twice and tried to ruin us at every step before we finally ended her miserable life. As such, I’m rather hesitant to just let Farya off the hook without consequence, especially since doing so doesn’t necessarily guarantee that she won’t try to pull something on us the moment our guard drops even a little. At the same time, however, killing her feels like it would be too much as she seems genuine enough about her motives and remorse for her actions then again, so did Qi and to do so would lead to us missing out on potential gain from her in this situation and having unneeded blood on our hands which in itself could bite us in the arse later on.
Rommel is a stern but fair man, and I feel like we should act like it. I propose we strike a deal of sorts with Farya; in return for sparing her life and forgiving her of all wrong she has committed towards us, she will return Erwin’s beloved rock to us, leave us alone to continue our travels and will grant us some form of assistance for future usage in our quest. This assistance could be a combination of a number of different things, from some item in her potentially large collection of trinkets and other objects of interest that may be of usage to us, to information regarding the surrounding area and current events near the capital though I doubt she has such information, to teaching us how to temporarily disable magic like she did to us and Energieschwert so we can use such anti-magic abilities against dangerous magic users in the future the latter in particular would be extremely helpful as it would help hinder both the Prophet and the Apophis during those inevitable encounters. Whatever the case, at least try to get something out of this detour other than rescuing not-Phallia because there’s no reason not to when we clearly have the upper hand, we have nearly died getting up to this point and there should really be some form of consequence for Farya’s actions towards us beyond mild bullying from us and threats from Alice.
Whether we try the above or not, we should at least try to calm Farya down so she can actually be useful to us, as everyone seems to be in agreement about sparing and petting the cat though giving any affection beyond that point seems rather out of place, what with us never having given such affection to a person that has tried to kill us and our companions. Afterwards, have her lead us to the stolen goods and the rest of her collection so we can check it out, making sure to continue being wary of her in case she tries to pull anything on us as the possibility is still definitely still there -- it may be worth warning her that abusing our kindness will end very poorly and cold for her so she doesn’t attempt to do so. After collecting not-Phallia, we can either immediately leave, talk to Farya about whatever topics we deem important or interesting for that sweet, sweet exposition or look around the locale to see if the place holds anything else of interest to us.
Once our business is concluded, we should head back to camp to inform Sylphie about what the hell just happened as she will likely be worried about how long we’re taking to grab a rock, making a point about the nearby Sphinx still being alive and a possible threat or nuisance so Sylphie and the others on watch duty she will warn are prepared just in case Farya decides to come over to our camp for whatever reason, benign or otherwise. With that done, there isn’t much else to do but sleep, seeing as we’ve been awake for longer than we should have at this point and could definitely do with the rest before we have to deal with more problems in the following days.
>>313233
The question was referring to romantic feelings and not general affection, so Helene popping up wouldn’t make sense here. It would be rather concerning if Rommel held such an opinion of his sister of whom he hadn’t seen for the majority of his life.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313465>>313467 >>313616 >>313619
I hit that point where I stayed up a little too late for too many days again and I foolishly took a nap and here we are.
Well, I was going to skip Saturday anyway because I'm going out of town. I was just planning on playing ff14 and baking tomorrow anyway, so I'll just… write instead. Also bake.
As tribute, what would y'all like to see drawn next?
▶ 0cc75e (9) No.313467
>>313465
Rommel surfing on a desert dune
▶ e911cc (17) No.313616
>>313465
Since all major characters up to this point bar Rommel have already been done, why not some minor characters who may reappear later on like Ako and Sayaka?
▶ 9f0d89 (9) No.313619>>313624 >>313694
>>313465
Wurm Queen?
Erwin?
Also I just realized something. Apparently the world of the Wizard quest series has never changing weather.I don't think we've ever seen it rain, Get extra windy or even see much of a temperature difference noted in the same general area before, Only geographical but still steay differences. Weird, Isn't it?
▶ e911cc (17) No.313624
>>313619
>I don't think we've ever seen it rain, Get extra windy or even see much of a temperature difference noted in the same general area before
One the journey to Feldergrod, just before the Minotaur encounter back in WizardQuest, it started raining when previously the weather was fair:
>It started to rain around noon.
>In your wizard robes, you had the worst of it shielded, but it was still miserably uncomfortable. You grumble about the unfairness of the outdoors with their… Outside ness…
I'm fairly certain there's more examples from the previous two image board stories of changing weather, but they do seem to be lacking in this adventure; though to be fair, that might have something to do with it taking place primarily in rocky mountains and then a desert, both environments with very little variance in weather.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313687>>313688
>Story Continue
"P-Please don't kill me." Farya squeeks, tears forming at the corners of her eyes. "I-I didn't mean it."
"Gods." Alice says, her expression awkward. "Kind of embarrassing, isn't it?"
Stroking your chin, you lean down and hum to yourself. "Hmm, could be a ploy."
"Ah, my thoughts exactly." Alice says, though you can't tell if she's being serious or not. "We should end her before she causes more trouble."
"NOOOO!" Farya shouts, crying in earnest.
Mr. Ed gives you an annoyed look and you sigh, shaking your head before putting a hand on her head and saying, "Hey, hey we were just joking about the killing you thing."
Farya blinks in shock, staring at you for a few moments before turning to Alice. The swordswoman shrugs and says, "I mean… I guess?"
The Sphinx gulps and says, "F-For real?"
"Well." You say, withdrawing your hand. "Only if you cooperate." She begins to speak but you cut her off with a quick gesture. "By cooperate, I have a few caveats. First and foremost, you are not to speak unless spoken to, and you are only to give yes or no answers unless asked otherwise?" A dark look comes to your eyes,
"Or things will get very cold for you."
She gulps and nods her head. You shrug and continue, "Now then, you'll also promise not to cause us any more trouble. I'm willing to forgive you as long as you give me back Phallia, but at the sign of any mischief, I'll let Alice have her psychopathic ways with you."
"Please, she doesn't have a penis." Alice huffs. She blinks once, cocks her head, and then reaches down to stroke the Sphinx's crotch. Farya lets out a yelp, her cheeks flushing while Alice nods her head. "Yeah, no penis, no reason for me to have my way with her and- Ohhhh you mean KILL her!" She chuckles at your flat expression. "Hah, yeah, I'll do that. Sorry."
Farya whimpers at this, which of course is the intended effect. Looking miserable, she shudders again against your bonds and you feel just a little bad for her. She looks nothing more than a stray kitten, despite the fact that she's clearly around twenty years old, such as it is for Monsters anyway. Rubbing your chin, you look to Alice and ask, "Do you have any Rope?"
"Rommel." She says, giving you a flat look, "I'm barely wearing undergarments, why would I bring rope?"
"Mr. Ed?" You ask the horse who gestures to his back with his head. No saddlebags.
"Well." You say, looking to Farya. "Do you happen to have any rope?"
"W-Why-" She begins before you cut her off by making her bonds grow in size.
"Ah, ah, ah." You say, wagging a finger. "Remember the agreement?" She nods her head quickly and says,
"O-Over in this room. There's some old rope."
"Okay then. We'll escort you while you get it." With a gesture, you melt the ice and she sighs in relief, rubbing her wrists which are red from the cold. Shaking herself like a cat doused in water, she stretches her tail and ears before walking over to the side room. Alice follows close behind her, sword at the ready while you and Mr. Ed follow behind. She makes no moves thankfully to do anything and you soon find yourself in one of the side chambers filled with various trinkets.
All around you on shelves are artifacts of Ectrian design, ranging from urns and other pottery to stone tablets and books with ancient pages. Jewelry of different metals inlaid with gems of all shapes and sizes sit stacked together while worn tools divide them into sections. In between these artifacts there are pieces of more modern design, discarded bottles, books with torn covers and pages, various rocks and ore of easy to find purposes. A mixture of trash and treasure, all in one place.
The Sphinx walks over to a crate and pulls out some rope, handing it to Alice who deftly ties to the desert Catgirl up, perhaps using a little more restraint than needed. Seriously, why did she tie her breasts up like that, and why is Farya looking so embarrassed? Well, it immobilizes her arms, so it works out well in the end you suppose…
"Are all these rooms like this?" You ask, to which Farya squeaks and then nods her head. Whistling, you continue to look around, going to touch a necklace. The Sphinx shouts,
"Don't touch tha-!" before cutting off and looking down, a look of concern on her face.
Frowning, you look at her and ask, "Why not?"
"B-Because… she mutters. It's part of my collection."
"Huh?" You ask, cocking your head. "It's not trapped or mystic or dangerous, it's just… part of your collection?"
She bites her lip and nods her head. "I… It's mine. No one else was here and I just… it's all I have."
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313688>>313689
>>313687
Ah hells, that's sad as fuck. Rubbing your head, you sigh and say, "Well, you said you'd show us your collection then. I'd like to know more about it." She looks up at you with surprise, however you raise a finger and say, "No riddles though! You attempt to ask a riddle and it's lights out."
"Yeah." Alice says, pulling on the ropes. "One of these cross ropes if place somewhere that if I pull on just the right way, well…" She gives a lecherous grin to which the Sphinx's ears flatten.
"O-Okay." Farya says, looking miserable. She looks over at the necklace and says, "There were carvings explaining that piece. It belonged to Yaeli, one of the handmaidens of the Sultanas of Ectria before the Pharaohs. What's gold and blue and-" She closes her eyes, takes a deep breath and continues, "Anyway. I like it, it sits well next to the-"
"Wait wait." You say, holding up a hand. "The carvings here, in ancient Ectrian, you can read them?"
"Well, yes." She says, looking surprised. "I can read any language I look at. Well, assuming I've heard a speech similar to it I suppose. Though it's been awhile since I've really talked to… anyone." Her ears flatten some and she sighs.
"How long have you been here?" You ask, concerned.
"I don't really know." She says, looking sad. "Maybe ten years?"
"You've been scavenging out here for ten years?"
She nods her head. "You'd be surprised what gets dropped out in the desert, and what's edible. It's quiet, and I have my collection to talk to and organize." She blushes, "I was going to add your golem to my rocks collection in my room but… well."
"Rommel, help." Alice says, her face conflicted. "I feel a strange emotion within me. It's like pity but a little more gentle. I think she's using her magic on me."
"I…" You begin before shaking your head. "I can't tell if you're being sarcastic, or you're just an idiot."
"Can it be both?"
Farya looks to Mr. Ed who shakes his head, grabs the rope from Alice, and has the Sphinx lead him to where Phallia is. Entering the bed chamber, you find that it's a similar room to the others, just a little smaller and with a mixture of pieces of silks and pillows of various states of wear and tear in a pile in the center. All around the room you see similar effects to what you saw before, even one of the Ushabti from the crypt you were in before, however this one has some major damage to its head and doesn't appear to want to kill you. Maybe.
Sitting on a shelf next to a pile of other rocks, you see Phallia, down to her composite pieces, and you run over to her, picking up the Limonite carefully. Weaving your magic into the rocks, they from together into the shape of the golem, which gently raises a hand to your face and looks at you with an expressionless face as you tear up.
"Are you actually crying?" Alice says, shaking her head. "Is he actually crying?"
"It's a beautiful moment." Farya says, nodding her head. "I'm sorry that I took something so precious away from you."
"Thank you." You say to her, placing the golem on the ground. "Despite your dangerous actions, I feel that you understand and appreciate rocks for what they are."
Farya nods her head, to which Mr. Ed and Alice trade blank expressions before sighing, which sounds really weird coming from a horse. Both you and the Sphinx give them annoyed looks before you sigh and say, "Look, tell you what. You appreciate rocks, and thus I think you can't be that bad a person. I'm taking Phallia here back but pick one of those rocks, I'll make them into a Golem for you."
Farya's eyes go wide, "Really?" She gasps and grows pale, to which you chuckle,
"It's a yes or no question, so the answer is yes."
An expression of joy comes over her face and her eyes twinkle in delight as her ears stand up and her tail begins to swish. Looking at the rocks, she nods to one, her hands being tied up, and you walk over to a fairly simple rock with some aspects of quartz in it. Looking the rock over you cock your head and say, "This is… Rhyolite?"
"I don't know." She says, shrugging. "I just think it's neat."
Nodding your head, you take the rhyolite in your hands. Farya lets out a little gasp as you do so, but keeps herself controlled as you get a feel for the rock and it's aetheric signature before molding it with your hands, smoothing out the pieces as you form it into a golem. When finished, you place the piece down before the Sphinx and hold a hand out.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313689>>313690
>>313688
Though the Golem doesn't move, as you aren't imbuing it, the Golem stands in a neutral pose at about six inches tall with feline ears and a tail. Farya's eyes go wide as she beholds the little rock cat before her and she starts crying, rubbing at her eyes. Even Alice isn't able to keep her rough attitude up and looks a little embarrassed at the show. This continues on for a little bit until Farya sniffles and says, "T-Thank you. Sh-She's beautiful."
"Well." You say, feeling a little embarrassed yourself. "I mean, I'm no sculptor or anything.."
"I can't just let a gift like this, the first one I've received in such a long time go unrewarded!" She bites her lip, takes a deep breath, and then says, "T-Take something from the collection. J-Just one thing okay!"
Alice raises an eyebrow, "You know, we could loot this whole place and you can't stop us. This stuff is all very valuable, why don't you just go and sell some of it and live somewhere not in the middle of the desert?"
"B-Because." The Sphinx says, looking uncomfortable. "It's… it's my home. If I left it, no one would take care of everything here and… and…" She shudders, "I'm afraid I'd hurt people…"
"Well, you did almost kill us." Alice says, shrugging as Farya winces.
"Yes… that's why we Sphinxes are often alone, or in small groups. We used to be guardians of treasures for the Pharaohs and others, but time changed things and there's fewer of us now. Still, our magic is too potent, and I'd rather just live here with my collection and hope some nice man stumbles on me." She gives a wan smile as she says this. "Besides, now I have a little friend to keep me company."
"Well… glad you like it then." You say, feeling a little good inside. Maybe she's a nice girl after all. Of course, you also thought Qi was a nice girl. That thought sobers you a little and your thoughts turn back to practicality. "Farya, do you know how to control your magic? Is it something I could learn to nullify magicks?"
"Huh? Oh, uhm…" Farya says, thinking. "I'm not really sure myself. It's just something that I do! I'd show you but… ah…" She nods to Alice.
"Hrm." You say, debating. On one hand, she hasn't tried to betray you now, on the other hand, losing your magic might be an issue. Grumbling to yourself, you sigh and say, "Fine, but you make one bit of trouble and Alice takes your head."
"G-Got it." She says, taking a deep breath. "Ready?"
"One second." You close your eyes and activate your [Magesight] before opening them again. A bright dazzle of colors appear around the Sphinx and you blink in surprise as you realize just how magically attuned she is. Throughout the room as well, multiple objects give off glows of magic weaved into them, hinting that this place might not just hold trinkets, but actual items of great value!
Shaking your head, you hold out your hand and conjure a [Fireball], which rests over your palm. Looking to Farya, she looks at the magic and you see a surge go through her which seems to snap at the same frequency as your magic and short it out. Feeling your connection cut to your magic, the [Magesight] begins to fade, a gradual process as opposed to the normal off and on like properties.
Clacking your tongue, you look at her and say, "How did you do that?"
"I just think of it as a game and it happens." She shrugs, "I don't fully understand it."
"Gods." Alice says, shaking her head. "Sounds like some Jackor-tier shit to me."
"Jackor? Don't be silly, he wouldn't have anything to do with this." Farya says, amused.
"I don't know…" You say, thinking about everything she does. The riddles, the games. It… could be Jackor related. That always spells trouble. Still, you sort of understand what happened, by resonating magic similar to the aetheric properties of the other caster, you can cause a mild short out? Maybe you can try it on Sylphie later.
>You learn [Mana Burst]?
>You can maybe sort of, kind of perhaps cancel out magic from a single source? You don't fully understand how at the moment.
"Interesting." You say, rubbing your chin. "Thank you for showing me."
"Thanks for trusting me." She says.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313690>>313691 >>313699
>>313689
"Yeah, yeah, touchy moments, but we need to get back." Alice says, shaking her head. "Sylphie probably going to be worried and I'm tired, alright?"
Mr. Ed neighs in agreement and you sigh. "Very well then. I suppose we'll depart here soon, however.. some of these items in here seem to be magical artifacts."
"Oh! Probably." Farya says, looking around. "They all have interesting history tied to them. Though I don't know some of them, I'm afraid."
"Do you have anything related to the Pharaohs, or the Apophis?"
"The Apophis? No, it was built before the Apophis were here, though there are other items that might be of interest…"
Farya leads you through her collection, describing various items to you. Considering the size of her collection, you find something very interesting, but decide to hold onto it until you return to camp to look it over.
>You receive [Ancient Ectrian artifact]
>Please pick an artifact and an ability it would have. I'm going to regret this somehow.
Securing the item, you take the urgings from the others and do your best to head outside. Before you leave, you fix some of the broken pillars, much to Farya's delight and remove the bindings from her, much to her even greater delight.
As you exit her home out into the cool desert evening, you turn to face her at the entrance to the stairs. She looks a little hesitant, her tail swishing back and forth slowly. Her eyes dart toward you and even in the wan light of your staff, you see her look conflicted. Opening her mouth to say something, she pauses and then asks, "Might you… come back to visit someday?"
You feel something press upon you, a faint magic familiar to the magic you felt before. It doesn't feel malicious, more like something trying to bind you to his place. Still, it's a simple enough question, and you answer truthfully,
"If I can. I'd like to hear more about the history of your collection."
The magic vanishes and Farya smiles before turning tail into her home. Trading expressions with the others, you hop onto your board and make your way back to the camp under the faint Ectrian moon.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313691>>313694 >>313707 >>313708
>>313690
"Gods Rommel, you look dead tired." Sophie says over breakfast. You let out a yawn and shake your head, blinking bleary eyes at her.
"Huh? Oh, just… didn't sleep too good."
"Is that so." Tabitha says looking to Alice who also yawns. "Seems Alice didn't get much sleep either."
Ebe and Sophie both sit up straight and look at each other before looking at you with scrutiny. Groaning, you say, "Look, it's nothing alright, Alice and I just had something to do last night." Immediately regretting the word choice, they both look scandalized until Sylphie sighs,
"Gods, look they just went to recover one of Rommel's rocks from a Sphinx."
"A SPHINX?!" Ebe says, her face ashen. "And you survived?!"
"Uh, yeah, she was quite nice." You say, scratching your cheek.
"You should have woken me up! Sphinxes are incredibly dangerous, even more than Anubis or Griffons! Did she put you in a trap with her Riddles? Are you enthralled?"
Alice snorts, "No, but they did talk about rocks a lot."
Ebe sighs and sits back, "Twins… a Sphinx out here. You better count yourselves lucky."
"Come now, you should meet her someday. She has a nice collection of ancient Ectrian artifacts" You say, shrugging. "I said I might come back and take a look."
"Oh Twins, you made her a promise." Ebe says, groaning. "She now can follow you wherever she wants if she feels like it."
"Oh." You say, blinking. "Well… I guess if that happens, we'll just have to deal with it?"
Both Ebe and Sophie sigh in exasperation while you finish breakfast. Soon enough it's time to pack up and head back on the road, such as it is being that it's a desert.
Walking through the desert while tired is worse than walking when rested and the constant sand storms you run into don't help either. Thankfully you don't run into any dangerous storms, according to Ebe, but it's enough to be a bother and hind your progress. Because of a particularly bad storm, you're forced to spend the night sheltered by some rocky outcroppings early, getting some weapons practice in under a little enclosure you make while also practicing some [Mana Burst] with Sylphie.
Neither of you quite get it right, but at least you feel a fluctuation at one point in Sylphie's magic, making her at least hesitate at one point. It's not perfect, but some practice will make it quite useful in the future you think.
The next day is much the same as the others, but at least it's clearer and soon enough you find yourself coming along smaller dunes of sand and even find a waymaker of stone with sand piled up around it. The faded Ectrian letters read, "Jahardin" with a distance that Ebe feels you can make today. With renewed effort, you push forward and as she says, by the late afternoon you find the city in sight.
While not as large as Hastet, Jahardin is still populous. The first thing you notice about the city is the large river running through it. Small boats go up and down the river while greenery spreads all along the banks, even leading to some small trees making the area seem like a nigh-on paradise in the sands. Inside the city you see what appear to be gardens, as well as little manors on the outskirts, surrounded by their own walls.
Carts with various people and animals travel into the city through the main road which you avoided, going into the main gate where guards look over their wares. From the river, a small dock with guards present keep the various riff raff out, through from the distance you can't tell if there are any royal guard present. Overall it's a nice looking city and somewhere in it is your contact, Kuhalik.
Of course, the biggest issue is, how are you going to get inside the city? Chances are that the guards won't recognize you, but do you want to take that risk? Or will you find some other way into town?
>What do you do?
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313694>>313696 >>313699 >>313704
>>313691
So! Everything went better than expected. Probably.
You also get to choose an ancient Ectrian artifact (within reason). I allowed this choice because this place isn't directly connected with the Apophis or the Pharaoh, so I couldn't find a good reason necessairly why she'd know about something related to them, but… well, you can pick something nice that might help you.
Anyway, back to the topic at hand, getting into town. There's always the front gate, or the river? Maybe there's some nice cultists nearby who could give you a hand :^)
>>313619
Heh, Erwin. Hehe.
Yeah weather patterns sure are calm during these adventures. Can't ruin good traveling with bad weather can we? No but seriously, there hasn't been a reason for the weather to turn for the worse that I wanted to so it really hasn't been necessary to write it. And now you're in a desert so the worst you get is sand Storms. WupWup.
▶ bdc7d7 (4) No.313696>>313697 >>313838
>>313694
Have an idea for the artifact. How about a cloak that can generate a localized sandstorm by grabbing the hem and pulling? The sandstorm would go out a few to several meters while an eye would be in the middle. Maybe have the eye be a meter or so in radius.
▶ bdc7d7 (4) No.313697>>313838
>>313696
A note that it can generate the sandstorm even if there's no sand around.
▶ d056f2 (3) No.313699>>313700
>>313690
>>313694
>artifact
how about a small pot or waterskin that fills up to full with whatever liquid we put in it (and perhaps keeps said liquid fresh)
▶ d056f2 (3) No.313700
▶ 122e7d (2) No.313704
>>313694
We have some problem trying to understand old and dead languages, how about something who allows us to read all the languages, lip reading and hand sinals included.
▶ e911cc (17) No.313707>>313708 >>313884
>"Oh Twins, you made her a promise." Ebe says, groaning. "She now can follow you wherever she wants if she feels like it."
Farya is now going to show her face at the worst possible time, isn’t she? We should probably keep that possibility in the back of our mind going forward.
>>313691
>Of course, the biggest issue is, how are you going to get inside the city? Chances are that the guards won't recognize you, but do you want to take that risk? Or will you find some other way into town?
Whether the guards have been forewarned of who we are or not, they will recognise Sophie and Sylphie as being the twin daughters of the Monster Lady upon inspection of our group and will raise hell as a result, wherein even if we do survive we will then have the attention of the Prophet, who will have confirmation of the twins’ presence in Ectria and will hunt our group down, so those two can’t use this entrance. If news from Hatset has reached Jahardin which is likely given how we took the longer route, then only Alice, Ebe and Mr Ed can safely use the front gates as us, Tabitha and Erwin all have rather defining features that can easily identify us, those being magic, mechanical legs and being a forest-dwelling fox in a desert respectively, meaning we will be caught almost immediately if we try it. With the risk of being identified being a definite possibility, that leaves the river and traversing the wall as options for the rest of us to enter the city.
The river will likely have much more lax protection than the front gate, but the guards will probably inspect anything that comes into the city and tries to dock so we may have to abandon ship and swim instead or attempt to bribe them and hope for the best, dependent on if they happen to be royal guards or not. The two major problems with this method of entry are finding a rivercraft to ride into the city, and certain party members’ issues. In the case of the former, we could make our own with magic, a bad idea since it would draw massive amounts of attention and probably won’t float, stowaway on someone else’s, which could work out but would require preparation and possible bribing if sneaking aboard isn’t an option, steal a boat, which isn’t going to end well in the long run for us, or forgo a rivercraft entirely and just swim, a method which requires the river to be flowing in our favour and for our party to actually know how to swim or to be able to swim at all for that matter.
In the case of the latter, Tabitha’s hydrophobia which I doubt she would have come to terms with at this point especially given the implied size of the trauma is going to make her completely lock up should we attempt the river option, while Sylphie doesn’t like boats and Mr Ed doesn’t swim so well. On one hand, the latter party member’s issues are inconsequential and this would be a great opportunity to explore Tabitha’s fear of large bodies of water, such as discovering what water-related event traumatised her so, as well as potentially increasing her affection meter should we find a way to begin the healing process, both being huge benefits. On the other hand, having one of our party members shut down unless pushed into action and two others being uncomfortable sounds like a disaster waiting to happen and aqua shenanigans are almost certainly going to occur later on any way, so we’ll have time for character exploration then. All in all the river option could work, but it’s not ideal.
Traversing the wall consists of going over it, going under it and going through it as methods for bypassing it. Going over the wall isn’t the best plan because the guards will likely be watching down from atop the wall and will see us approaching it almost immediately, or at the very least will spot us when we begin our ascent. Going through the wall has the same issue as going over it, that being reaching the wall in the first place without being spotted, so it doesn’t really work. Going under the wall via [Trench] is the best of the three options, but would require us to dig from a long distance from the city to avoid being spotted, and then has the issue of finding a suitable spot to emerge from which won’t attract attention or break anything important. Still, it’s probably our best bet.
▶ e911cc (17) No.313708>>313710
>>313707
>>313691
With all that said, I’m going to recommend we take the third option and figure out if tunnelling would work, trying to do so if yes. Should that fail or be impossible to do for whatever reason, then have Alice and Mr Ed take the front gates while everyone else takes the river in some fashion, with Ebe coming with us in case she needs to carry someone who can’t swim to shore, to meet up at a given location or landmark within the city. Once inside the city, search for some backwater inn or brothel or some other shady location of interest that will likely lack guard presence and try to find information relating to Kuhalik’s whereabouts.
>>You receive [Ancient Ectrian artifact]
>>Please pick an artifact and an ability it would have. I'm going to regret this somehow.
It would ideally be something that complements our current abilities or our party without being something we’re already capable of or may be capable of in the future. I’m the best at coming up with insane or wacky ideas, so I’ll just spit ball some somewhat mundane but rather practical ones instead and see if any stick, in descending order of personal preference:
>A poppet or effigy that absorbs magical afflictions on a person, like curses. Since enthrallment is magical in nature, this could be an effective counter to that.
>An orb, small sceptre or box that stores any single spell it’s charged with, pretty much like a cantrip. The possibilities for what can be stored are limited to who we can get to willingly charge it with a spell. Could be useful for our companions to use when we aren’t around, or for our own usage should we be unable to cast magic.
>A power source of some description that slowly charges up to a maximum storage by absorbing residue mana around it. Effectively a renewable mana crystal we can fall back on in a pinch or use to power things.
Any other ideas I could think of were either too stupid or too brokenly powerful.
▶ e911cc (17) No.313710
>>313708
>I'm not* the best at coming up with insane or wacky ideas
Whoops.
▶ f454c8 (2) No.313838>>313884 >>313901
>why would I bring rope?
>Alice
And she calls herself a pervert?
>Walking through the desert while tired is worse than walking when rested and the constant sand storms you run into don't help either. Thankfully you don't run into any dangerous storms, according to Ebe, but it's enough to be a bother and hind your progress. Because of a particularly bad storm, you're forced to spend the night sheltered by some rocky outcroppings early
Kek, sarcasm.
>item
You know what this story really needs more of? Revenants. Ace loves writing revenants. Let's get Grimoire Weiss! A magic, possessed, self-writing book that stores all sorts of arcane and ancient knowledge. Naturally he can translate ancient and exotic texts for us, as well as cataloging any information we come across and teaching us history and magic, and maybe casting some magics of his own.
Well, I suppose that doesn't make much sense lore-wise considering that the lonely Sphynx would be overjoyed at having such a clever sentient being to riddle and keep her company so she might be a little more than reluctant to let him go. But I really want Grimoire Weiss now!
>>313696
>>313697
Nigga, we are a geomancer in the middle of a desert. If you want sandstorms anywhere this badly, just chuck some into our jacket pocket. Are you stupid?
▶ 1ef345 (4) No.313840
>I can read any language I look at. Well, assuming I've heard a speech similar to it I suppose.
Wait, she auto-translates writing too? I think we just missed a chance to finally find out what's in those [Ectrian orders] and possibly the rest of the [Runic Rubbings].
▶ 76b45c (2) No.313884>>314327
Hum. Got back earlier than expected , but im tired and will write later. Might extend anothrr day to see if anyone else has item suggestions/ banter but we may just work with what we got.
>>313838
Well.
Yes.
I guess i goofed again.
You know what i love more than revs? Dullahans!
I should add another Dullahan. I can name her Rose and she'd be all qt and happy with her sycthe and oh such fun!
>>313707
She might never show up though, she seemed pretty reluctant and thats just a myth anyway. Ebe's never met a Sphinx.
▶ 2fc232 (5) No.313901>>313915
>>313838
>why would I bring rope?
because… it was trying to grab your prize?
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.313915
Crimeny,I can't decide on an item today and the driving has made me loopy.
Guys, I'm so sorry I haven't been as consistent recently, and hopefully we start to get back to more interesting stuff. After Jahardin, wer'e actually fairly close to the capital. (Unless you want to take detours or something else changes) so we're in a good place.
Hope y'all are still enjoying the ride, sorry about this, but we'll be back tomorrow. If you still have suggestions on getting into town or what you want to do while in town, let me know. Shopping is also a possibility unless you royally piss off the guards.
On the plus side, I submitted a new commission request
>>313901
Alice would likely have been more excited to kill whatever it was that stole Phallia rather than tie it up. Y'all did leave in a hurry.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314063
>Story continue
Under the afternoon sun, the discussion begins on how best to tackle this current problem. Entering through the front gates seems a little too dangerous for most of your party, however the other access routes, while having a higher chance of success, are unlikely for ah… "different" reasons.
"No." Tabitha says, stomping her adamantium foot on the ground. She crosses her arms and gives you a stern look. "We're not swimming or riding a boat into the city."
"Uhm… but it's our best chance in." Ebe says, looking a little distressed. "I can enter the city through the gates probably but you aren't exactly ah… you know."
"Inconspicious, yes." Alice sighs. She looks over at Tabitha and smirks, "Your fancy, duel cheating legs are going to get you caught if you just walk right on in."
Cocking your head, you look to the twins, the two of them grimacing before Sophie sighs and says, "Tabitha, isn't it about time you… you know-" She cuts off as Tabitha gives you a withering glare, to which Sylphie shudders,
"I think it's best not to force her into anything she doesn't want to do. She's older than all of us and is very wise and knowledgeable."
A very disappointed neigh comes from Mr. Ed, at which Sylphie turns about, blushing. You have a feeling you should stay out of that for now and instead concentrate on the task at hand. Looking over to Ebe, you ask, "What about flying into the city?"
"There's always people on the walls, Rommel." Ebe says, shaking her head. "Too many winged Monsters, they'll shoot us down before we get close."
{Means we aren't making a hole in the walls either.} Erwin cuts in, narrowing his eyes at the city. He turns back to you and says, {We're either going to have to tunnel in or get some outside help.}
"What kind of outside help?" Sylphie says, a little too quickly. Mr. Ed narrows his eyes but merely shakes his head before snorting at her dodging of the question.
Giving her a flat look, Erwin rolls his eyes and sends, {I bet you one of those manors has a Violet Sands member in there, or someone who knows Ammon.}
"Hmmm." The Cat o'Ninetails muses. "Makes sense actually, it's a lot better than sailing in and dealing with the guards that way."
"What if their answer is to smuggle us onto a boat?" Sophie says, voice flat. Her sister winces before looking down and mumbling to herself.
"That either leaves smuggling in through the main gate or tunneling." You sigh. "Personally, I don't trust cashing in on the Violet Sands so soon, I think the more we rely on them, the more leverage they have on us." Turning to Tabitha you ask, "Still… why are you against the boat traffic?"
Tabitha grits her teeth and hisses, "You read Wizardquest."
Blinking, you cock your head and think it over. Hmmm… What could be mean by- Ah. Snapping your fingers, you say, "The boat right out of Sanctifrond, where you encountered the Sahaguin."
She closes her eyes and sighs, "Yes, that part…"
"I don't-" You begin before Sophie puts a hand on your shoulder and leans in to whisper,
"Drop it for now. It's a sore subject for her, okay?"
You look between her and Tabitha before clenching your jaw and nodding your head. "Well…" You begin, "I don't relish staying out this close to the city overnight, since we'd be prime targets for bandits where I doubt the guards will do anything until morning."
"Hmm." Sophie hums while looking out over the road into the city. "Traffic is dying down too. Smuggling into the city probably won't work terribly well, even if the guards are tired." Sighing, she looks down at her clothes and says,
"Guess we're tunneling… again."
Ebe groans while the others nod their heads. Taking a deep breath, you nod as well and say, "I suppose it's the best course of action. We'll wait until nightfall then."
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314065>>314066
"Whatcha doin'?"
Blinking in surprise, you look up to see Sylphie standing over you, arms behind her back. The sun is still on its way down past the horizon so you still need to sit back and wait until you can tunnel into the city. With the time, you've taken out the [Ectrian Orders] and have them unrolled in front of you, the text still foreign to you.
"Ah, well." You say, rummaging in your pockets for something. "That trip last night with the Sphinx wasn't all wasted time. We got a little gift for our troubles."
"Oh?" Sylphie says, watching as you pull out a small glass eyepiece in a copper set. "Looks pretty old, but… what is it?"
"Well." You say, wiping some sand off the lens. "From what Farya said, this is the [Oculus of Henhotep], one of the ancient rulers of Ectria before the Pharaohs."
"Eh?" Sylphie says, looking down at it. "That's pretty cool, but… you can't read Ectrian, so what's it supposed to do, just look cool?"
"Not quite." You say, rolling the device in your hands. "See, magic was fairly new in the land after the Great Transformation, but there was always a drought of it in Ectria until the Monster Witches became more accepted, as early as that was. Crafting items like this was next to impossible for all but the richest in Ectria who could trade for mana crystals. When an item like this was made, it needed to be for a good purpose."
"Like what." Sylphie says, obviously curious.
"Like uniting the disparate tribes of Ectria." You say. "See, when Monsters began to change they went from predators who killed occasional people to raiding for mates. It made things rather… difficult, especially when much of Ectria did not share a common language, especially when written." Patting the device, you say, "Which is why Henhotep created this. It translates text views through it into a readable format for the user."
"How does it do that?" Sylphie says, looking it over. "I can understand changing light that goes through it, but how does it know to change it to your language?"
"I don't know." You say, shrugging. "Farya didn't know how it worked, merely that it did work. Apparently one of the carvings on the walls explained it."
"Wow, we better not tell Zoras about that place, she'll have a heart attack." Sylphie says.
"Tell me about what?" Zoras's voice calls from behind you.
Both of you jump and turn about to see Sophie standing behind you, a shit eating grin on her face. "Got you."
"Gods damnit." Sylphie says, putting a hand to her chest. "I thought you were Zoras, I forgot your impressions were so good."
"I have plenty of voice training practice." Sophie says. "All the better to speak with dignity and grace."
"Uh huh." Sylphie says, not buying it for a second. "What do you want anyway?"
"To see what you're talking about." She nods at the papers, "Those seem important, what are they?"
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314066>>314067
>>314065
"Orders to the Royal Guard, I couldn't read them before now, but I might as well to test this out." You say, looking at the device before holding it up to your eye and then looking at the paper. What was once incomprehensible gook now became clear as day. Under the gaze of the Oculus, the Ectrian becomes Deleorian and you pour over the document reading the details:
"By the Decree of The Prophet of the Twins,
Your orders are to assemble at the Chasm of Regret. You will be one of four teams under Handmaiden Yu'hekt heading to the Chasm to stop this Cult of the Violet sands at their source. You will enter any town or village along the way and root out signs of sedition, killing or capturing those you deem traitors. Priority will be put to capture for judgment before Prophet.
Once arriving at the Chasm, destroy all signs of the Cult present and retrieve any and all artifacts for purification. If the leader, Liala is present, she is to be captured at all costs. The magicks of the Apophis will drive them to be reckless, fearless even. They will attempt vile rituals to undermine the rule of the Pharaoh. This cannot be tolerated. When success of your mission reaches the capital, we will commence a purge of the remainder of these traitors.
You understand what fate awaits all of us if you do not perform your duty.
-Handmaiden Bustefa"
Passing around the Oculus to the twins, they in turn read the orders and grimace. Much of this was made known to you by Lady Aliph, but seeing it written out like this confirms it.
"What do you think they mean by that last part?" Sylphie says, frowning.
"The part of what awaits us all?" Sophie asks.
"No, no the part about purging the remainder of the traitors. How are they going to do that? If they could purge them all, wouldn't they have done so already?"
"Yes, unless…" You grow a little cold, "She's talking about that artifact that Lady Aliph mentioned. Do you think it would give them that kind of ability?"
"I don't know." Sophie sighs, "But I do wonder if it's our problem."
"Well, I assume we have some time at the moment anyway." You say, wondering the same thing.
"Not much of it." Tabitha says, walking up to you. "Sun's starting to come down, let's make plans to move out."
"Alright." You say, stretching and making to stand. She holds out a hand for you and you blink before accepting it and standing with her help. Nodding to you, she looks out over the city and you follow her gaze.
"There." She says, pointing to a corner in the city that was already dark in the shade of other buildings. "That looks like a good place to emerge."
"Hrm…" You say, rubbing your chin. "It'll be tough to make it there directly, but I'll see what I can do."
"Ahem."
Turning about you both raise eyebrows as Sylphie puts hands on her hips. "You mean, what WE can do."
---—————————————-
"You know Rommel." Sylphie says, sweating. "Tunneling kind of sucks."
"Just put it out of your mind and keep casting." You say, sweating as well.
Despite being night outside, by necessity you needed to start the digging far away from the city in order not to be spotted by the guards. While not the longest tunnel you've had to do, this one is the most taxing as you were basically widening the tunnel made by the Wurm back at Blackfire Reach. Keeping this tunnel straight as well is also taxing as any deviation could lead you way off track and you could emerge inside a building!
"But I want to complain." She grumbles.
"P-Please don't complain." Ebe says, breathing a little heavy. "You might lose concentration and bring the tunnels down."
"Ahhh, damnit Ebe." The Cat o'Ninetails groans. "Sorry, I forgot." She sighs and continues going, popping another [Mana Potion] and downing it before grimacing.
"How far are we away?" Tabitha asks you.
"Not far." You grunt. "Just a little longer if my helper would stop complaining."
"Meeeeh." Is all you get as a reply from Sylphie.
Working with renewed effort, you send out another [Survey] and find yourself passing under the walls. So far so good. With a little more digging and a lot more sweat, both you and Sylphie stop, surveying the ground above you.
"Mmm, feels pretty quiet to me." Sylphie whispers. "You?"
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314067>>314068
>>314066
"I think… we're good." You say, hoping that's the case. The Cat o'Ninetails nods her head and together you create a way out, your magicks quickly digging out a hole that lets in the light of the moon.
Erwin is the first to pop out of the ground, looking around for any trouble. He sends, {Coast is clear, looks like you were on target. All I see and smell is garbage.}
"Yes!" Sylphie exclaims before clapping a hand over her mouth and gulping. She points to the tunnel overhead and widens it, allowing your group to exit into a back alley shaded mostly by darkness.
Once outside you notice the twins grimace and pinch their noses while Tabitha narrows her eyes. Both you and Alice blink before sniffing and then making disgusted faces, smelling the garbage everyone else is smelling. Refuse and filth sit all over the alleyway, and you wonder if anyone EVER cleans this place. Still… means you're unlikely to be caught.
"Alright." You grunt, "Let's get going before we choke on this shit."
Something rustles behind you and you turn to see a man wearing tattered rags and covered in filth standing near a pile of debris, where he must have been sleeping. He eyes your group with a terrified and bolts down the mouth of the alleyway before you can catch him, though Alice and Tabitha chase after him, stopping as they reach the edge.
"Hells." Alice spits. "We should get out of here."
"He looked like a vagrant." Sophie says, "Will anyone believe him if he talks?"
"No sense in finding out." You say, turning to Sylphie, "Help me collapse the tunnel and let's go, we need to find somewhere to find our contact."
She doesn't question it and you hide the tunnel entrance with your magicks before leaving out and hurriedly moving out. In this section of town, it seems very similar to Hastet, making you wonder if the architectural style will be the same in the capital too. The major difference is the landscaping, which allows for trees and grasses inside the city since water isn't a terribly large concern. Even illuminated by only a few torches along the streets here and there, you get a good feel for how the people here must enjoy seeing something other than sand.
Alice gets your attention as you pass by a place with a sign that Ebe translates as, "The Angry Wurm." Figuring this to be an inn, or at last a tavern, you enter sand Mr. Ed who walks behind the place to find a stable.
As you enter the usual smells of alcohol and overcooked meat waft over you, though this time you smell a lot of something else, a smoke that's… pleasant? Looking around in confusion, you notice in the corner that men, women, and a few Monsters are sitting about large glass devices with pipes coming out of them, taking in turn to suck on them before blowing out a ring of smoke, delight on their faces.
"Eh, you hear to Gawk, or are you going to buy something?"
Turning your gaze to the one addressing you, you're forced to look down at a short, angry looking man at the counter who glares at you. "What's that look for you, you want to fight?"
"Uh, no sir, of course not." Alice says, putting a hand on your shoulder and pushing you back. She looks him up and down before lowering her hood and running a hand through her hair. She flutters her eyes and says, "He was just in awe of how rugged you are."
"O-Oh." The man says, smiling like an idiot. "Well then! Welcome to the Angry Wurm. Seems I'm right to speak Deleorian to you."
"We thank you for the kindness of speaking to our homeland." She sighs, "It's such a long way away, and I get so cold at night thinking about it."
"For the love of the Gods…" Sylphie mutters next to you, but Sophie elbows her to shut her up.
Alice continues, "For now though, we would like nothing more than to have something to quench our thirst, some warm food to fill our stomachs, and some wonderful conversation."
"Aha, well, you won't get much of that from these louts here, but I'll be sure to ah, aha, keep you company."
The swordswoman blushes, "Oh? You are… too kind."
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314068>>314070 >>314073 >>314150
>>314067
The man quickly shows you to a table and you all sit around as a busty desert Catgirl walks by to take your orders, quickly delivering drinks to all of you. She sniffs and walks away, to which the twins look at each other oddly while Alice chuckles darkly.
"You bastards better thank me, I might be sleeping with a manlet tonight."
Tabitha sighs, "Alice, why do I put up with you."
"Oh, like you're going to spread your robo-legs any time soon."
The two begin to bicker between each other while you shake your head and look out over the crowd. A few patrons avert their gazes as you look at them while most just enjoy their smoking devices called "hookahs" as Ebe explains it. Flavored smoke, what a weird place Ectria is.
"Any likely suspects to ask about Kuhalik?" Ebe asks to which you shrug.
"I don't know, I can't really get a read on these people."
"You lookin for Kuhalik, eh?"
All of your group turns to regard the table next to you, where an Ectrian man sits, arms crossed. A half-finished ale is before him while another occupant, a tall Monster with scales and sharp, jagged teeth and a powerful tail sits, watching you with unblinking eyes.
Looking between yourselves you ask, "You speak Deleorian then?"
"Anyone doing proper business needs to, at some point." The man says, waving a hand.
"Very well then…" You say, feeling a little suspicious. "What do you know of Kuhalik."
"I should ask you the same question." The man says. When you don't say anything at first he shrugs and makes to turn around.
"Ah, wait, wait." You say, holding out a hand. "All we know is he's a man who can… get people places without trouble."
The man smiles and picks up his drink. "Indeed he can. Of course, he doesn’t always do such a thing for everyone."
"We have… an introduction to give him."
The man's eyes glint. "Is that so? May I see it?"
"Who are you first." Sophie asks, eyes narrowed. He regards her for a moment before looking to his companion who merely grunts. He shrugs and says,
"My name is Humadin, I am… an associate of Kuhalik's. If you wish to see him, I can make that happen."
A smile comes over his face as he says this, one that makes you shudder a little. This man… can you trust him? He's your only lead in on Kuhalik, so you might not have a choice. Turning to your allies, you look to them to see their reactions on how to handle this situation. Maybe Alice can get information through the innkeeper…somehow, or perhaps you can search the city yourself for him? Choices, choices…
In the end though, you know it's up to you what you do, so…
>What do you do?
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314070
>>314068
The site broke a little but the update is here!
So two people asked for a translation-like device, so this is what we get. Sorry, no talking revenant books my friend, but this is nice too?
Anyway, you have another decision before you! Tunneling went pretty smoothly tbh, so good for you.
Oh and I'll either be doing the next update tomorrow or early on Wednesday cause I'm going out to play AoS and might not be back in time to write stuff, sooooo. Put in your stuff now!
▶ 122e7d (2) No.314073>>314118
>>314068
Its our chance to hurry up the whole proccess so show him the introduction letter and try to get some info on Kuhalik.
▶ 4a429c (3) No.314118>>314132 >>314178
>>314073
It could also be a trap, catching the unwary and naive…
▶ 9f0d89 (9) No.314132>>314178
>>314118
I think so, Lets find him ourselves. This one Inn by happenstance has a guy who works for him sitting right next to us? Doubtful. Let Alice fuck it out of the manlet for all I care. Don't get us suckered
▶ e911cc (17) No.314150>>314178
>[Oculus of Henhotep]
Since we have this, we might as well translate the rest of the [Runic Rubbings] to see if they hold anything else of use to us, be it more information on Hent-ateh or an understanding of what that spire we met the Khepri at was saying; even if they don’t, it would still be nice to be able to claim we’ve read and understood Dwarven script. We should also probably look over the [Scroll of Ectrian Geoflexing] to see if we missed anything there because we’ve already invested time into it and might as well finish what we started to actually get some usage out of said time.
>As you enter the usual smells of alcohol and overcooked meat waft over you, though this time you smell a lot of something else, a smoke that's… pleasant? Looking around in confusion, you notice in the corner that men, women, and a few Monsters are sitting about large glass devices with pipes coming out of them, taking in turn to suck on them before blowing out a ring of smoke, delight on their faces.
>Communal smoking
I wonder how Tabitha feels about this :^).
>>314068
As other anons have already pointed out, the whole situation of finding just what we’re looking for so quickly seems awfully convenient for us, perhaps a tad too convenient to be genuine. That said, we’re not only racing against time to save our marks from the clutches of the Prophet before anything happens to them, but, with the revelation from the [Ectrian Orders], are now also trying to do this task before the Royal Guards near the Chasm of Regret have the chance to purify that particular artefact they almost certainly retrieved and begin their planned purge of the Violet Sands cultists in Ectria, seeing as we will not only be caught up in the mess due to the increased Royal Guard presence who will not ignore us but will also have to deal with a more powerful Prophet should she be able to wield said artefact she’s not going to just let two of her most important prisoners escape without conflict, so we can’t really ignore a potential lead like this even if it is possibly a trap, more so if we want to shop for supplies and other items of interest in Jahardin or make any deviations when heading towards the capital. As such, I’d recommend we discuss matters with this Humadin, perhaps flashing one of the [Ammon’s Marks] to show our intent, and follow this lead with caution to see if it bears fruit while Alice stays behind, alongside Erwin and possibly Mr Ed for communication with us, just in case she can find something on her end. Worst case scenario that we’re brought somewhere out of the way and this lead is a sham, we can quite easily fight our way out any ambushes which are unlikely to even occur due to a required set up that isn’t possible what with us only just appearing without much issue nor drawing too much, if any, attention from any guards or cultists, then either head back to the Angry Wurm to see if Alice found anything or follow any new leads which may crop up as a result of our actions.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314178
I have real world excuses so it looks like Wednesday morningish it is anyway!
>>314118
>>314132
What? A trap? Here?
Don't be silly. But I suppose if you insist…
>>314150
Yeah, without a clear consensus, something over the top seems a little eh, but this is quite useful as well. Sure, we'll go over the other things later.
Also sir, Tabitha's emotions on such a subject have clearly changed some in 20 years.
Sort of
Oh wait now we're sort of tied I guess. Well if nothing changes we're going with the guy I guess.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314246>>314247
>Story continue
"I don't trust this guy." Alice whispers, narrowing her eyes. "It's a little too convenient, don't you think?"
"My thoughts exactly." Tabitha concurs, keeping an eye on them as your party convenes. "We might be better off searching on our own."
"Do we have the time for that?" Sylphie adds in, biting her lip. "Based on what Rommel found out, we might be racing the clock even faster than before."
Her sister nods her head, "True, if there's a possibility that he could help us reach our goal in a more timely manner, then we should take the chance."
Ebe frowns and says, "I… kind of agree with the those two. It sounds fishy but… we don't have the luxury of choice, do we?"
Everyone looks back to you and you sigh, rubbing your cheek. The points given are good ones, and while you also get the distinct feeling that this is some kind of trap, you also know that waiting the evening just advances the clock. Looking over at the man and the Monster, you see a glint of something in their eyes. Well… if it ends up being some kind of trap, so be it, you doubt they've had time to prepare anything that could stop you.
Taking in a deep breath you turn back to the man and nod your head. "Very well then, we would be quite gracious for you to take us to see Kuhalik."
Humadin smiles, "Ah, good to hear. But first…" He nods his head to his companion, "You will show us your… 'introduction letter.'"
You dig into your pockets and pull out one of the {Ammon's Marks], holding it between a few fingers for the man to look at. His eyes go wide at seeing it and he turns back to the Monster who also looks surprised. They both quickly hide it and turn back to you, nodding in unison as you put the Mark in one of your front pockets without thinking.
"Ahhh, that is quite the introduction letter indeed. I suppose there is little left to be said." Humadin stands up and places a few coins on the table. He smiles and says, "For your drinks as well. Come, we will be going."
Tabitha and Sophie nod, standing up from the table while Sylphie looks down at her mug with a look of panic before downing the whole thing in one gulp before belching and covering her mouth with a look of utter embarrassment. Ebe blushes as well and holds up a wing before her face as the other patrons look over at the scene.
The two Monsters join the rest of the group and you follow after them, stopping when you reach the entrance due to Alice's arm on your shoulder. She looks at you with a serious expression , putting a hand on her hip as she says in a low voice,
"I'm staying here to see what I can find in case this ends up as a dud. Will give us a place to stay too."
A flat expression comes to your face, "Are you sure you don't just want to get laid?"
"With a manlet? I have fucking standards too you know." She shakes her head, looking utterly annoyed,. "Anyway, just be careful, alright?"
Looking down at Erwin, the fox shrugs and sends, {The horse will be here.}
"Call out to Mr. Ed if you need help." You say. "He'll contact Sylphie."
"Oh gee, yelling at a horse, I won't look like a crazy woman again will-" She cuts off mid sentence and puts on a blank expressions before saying in a flat tone, "Go on, they're waiting for you."
You feel the incredible urge to ask her what she meant by that, but instead you just shake your head and follow after the others. Behind you, you hear the innkeeper say, "So… how about we share a hookah, I have some… purple herb."
You meet the rest of the group outside, Humadin nodding at you as you join the rest. He raises an eyebrow and asks, "Where is the woman?"
"Her vagina was itchy."
He blinks a few times before smirking. "Very well then. Come, Kuhalik awaits."
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314247>>314248
>>314246
With that, he waves for you to follow him, the Lizardman Monster walking near him, but hanging a little back to watch you. He doesn't say anything as you walk, heading back past where you actually entered the city toward the river. The business and residential buildings start to change more into warehouses. While this river is a major source of traffic for the region, the town isn't structured the same as the river cities in Deleor, which are far more like port cities due to the massive amount of traffic that comes through them, even after Leyways were made.
Thinking of such, you wonder how this place would be with the mana that pervades Deleor. How would things change with magitek in their daily lives? If Leyways could connect all the disparate places of Ectria, would things be better here or would it just allow the Pharaohs more control over the people? The socio-political implications go through your mind as you walk through the darkening streets of the city.
"Rommel." Sophie whispers to you, breaking you from your concentration. "Do you notice what the Crocgirl is doing?"
"Huh?" You say, confused. Looking over at her, you notice the Crocodilian (which you have to admit she probably is a Crocodile) Monster thumping her meaty tail against buildings as you walk down the alleyways. The way she does it appears to be timed rather than random wagging and you're forced to admit something is going on here. Not looking at Sophie you whisper back, "What should we do?"
"I think she's sending out a signal, warning people ahead of us."
Well… this could be them readying Kuhalik for you, or it could be them readying an ambush. Either way, the only thing for it is to ask, "Where exactly are we going?"
The Monster's tail stops moving and she looks back at you as Humadin stops and turns to you. "Kuhalik operates out of the docks. He smuggles things very often through river traffic you see, so he needs a base of operations in the warehouses here."
"I see." You say, nodding your head. "How far away are we from this warehouse?"
"Oh, very close, very close indeed." The man says, smiling a little too wide. "Come, we need to be quiet though, he does not enjoy people causing a disturbance for him."
You and Sophie trade glances before following after them. True to his word, you soon stop before a large, sandstone building without any real defining features. Windows high up on the walls allow in some light during the day but you're unable to hear anything from them or see any light. Feeling nervous, you wait as Humadin knocks on a metal door. A slat opens and someone on the other side looks at him and then your group before it shuts closed and the door swings open, allowing you inside.
Humadin steps back and holds an arm out for you to enter. Your group look between each other before Tabitha nods her head and walks in first, the twins, Ebe, and then yourself and Erwin following after. Taking a few steps inside the building, you find the room illuminated by a few lanterns, showing various metal crates and a few wooden ones that you assume are filled with products ready for river travel. It looks very much like the warehouse that Ammon had, except without any of the people-
Oh.
The lights snuff out all around you and you hear the sound of predatory growling, something guttural and reptilian. Feeling a shiver down your spine, you turn to the door and it swings shut behind you, forcing you to grit your teeth as you're plunged into near absolute darkness. Through the small slits of moonlight from the top of the building, you see flashes of shapes moving toward you. Most people would be terrified of this situation, would find it an utterly untenable position. Unfortunately for them, you're not most people.
"Sylphie, if you'd please."
"Yeah, I guess." The Cat o'Ninetails says, blinking before holding up her staff. "Honestly, humans need better night vision."
Light shoots out of the tip of her staff as she casts [Daylight], drowning the room in light with the intensity of the sun. Before you, men with clubs and some more of the Crocodilian Monsters put hands over their eyes, crying out in pain at the sudden light. With the light present, Tabitha and Sophie dash forward, the former using the sheath of her sword to smash into the faces of the Monsters, dropping them to the ground while the latter takes down the men without using her tails.
One of the Monsters lashes out as they fall and grab Tabitha, dragging her down to the ground and rolling with her, trying to bite the Lizardman despite being unable to see terribly well. Using her adamantium legs, Tabitha is able to push the Monster off her, though she does headbutt her first. Rolling off of the Monster, she drops the last of them before turning to you and shouting,
"Behind you!"
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314248>>314249 >>314251
>>314247
Sylphie lets out a gasp as a man tackles her to the ground, another comes from behind Ebe, putting his hands behind her wings and restraining her as she panics and tries to escape. Erwin warns you to the danger of someone behind you and you twirl about with your staff, cracking it across the man's skull and dropping him to the ground in a heap.
"Sylphie!" You shout, casting [Ice] as the man raises a fist to smash it down onto her face. His hand freezes and he shouts in alarm before Sylphie thrusts her hand into his face and casts [Lightning Bolt]. The surge of power causes the man to scream and convulse as his face begins to char. She quickly cuts the magic off and pushes him away from her as she backs away from him, the man thrashing on the floor.
"HELP!" Ebe shouts. Turning back to her, you raise your staff and hesitate as the man has an arm around her neck, the other holding onto her wing. He looks at you with frightened eyes, clearly not expecting things to go this badly.
"You should just drop her and leave." You say in a low, threatening voice. Electricity cackles around your hand in a way to intimidate the man, which seems to work very well. He falters then, letting loose his grip enough for Ebe to bite down on his arm.
The man gasps and lets go of Ebe, shaking his hand while looking out over your group as everyone else assembles from the far side of the room. Gritting his teeth, he takes the low road and runs past while shouting, colliding into you as he tries to push past before running to the door and hitting a lock, thrusting it open before running away.
Tabitha runs over to the door and looks outside, grunting before shaking her head and closing the door. Sylphie's magic fades so you both light the room with your staves before helping the man Sylphie electrocuted and gathering up the others, binding them with ropes and chains found in the room. Ebe is fine, if shaken, though she spits blood out of her mouth with a distasteful look, saying that it's yucky and gross.
With the ambushers all taken care of you shake your head and say to Tabitha, "Well… you were right, we got played. This didn't lead us any closer to Kuhalik."
"At least we didn't suffer any major injuries." She looks at you and says, "That man didn't hurt you when he ran into you, yes?"
"Nah, I'm fine." You say, waving a hand. "We did get lucky that they didn't know who we were, or else they would have tried something else. This seems fairly slapshod."
"I guess we just looked like an easy mark." Sophie says, wiping sand from her sister's clothing. "However now this Humadin and whoever he works for knows who we are, or will know soon, and he'll be more prepared."
"All the more reason to find Kuhalik now-what's wrong?" You look at the two Cat o'Ninetails and Erwin, their ears twitching as they look to the door, which you didn't lock again. Before you can do anything, the door swings open to show a man in pieces of light armor and a curved sword at his side looking into the room and spotting you, his eyes going wide.
"What the-" He looks at the tied up ambushers and whistles, "Well, well, well, so this is what the commotion in the Quicksand's warehouse was about."
"Who are you?" Tabitha asks, drawing some of her sword, the steel gleaming in the fey light.
The man holds up a hand and says, "Peace, I'm not with the guard or these ruffians. I work for a man named Kuhalik."
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314249>>314284 >>314293 >>314350
>>314248
He blinks in surprise at the flat looks you give him. "I see you've heard that one before then. I will prove myself then." He turns his head outside the warehouse and whistles. A moment later two more men in armor appear followed by a tall, slightly rotund, yet very powerfully built man. He looks over your group with hard eyes and says,
"I am Kuhalik. Who are you to be in my presence."
Looking between yourselves you step forward and ask, "We've had some difficulties this evening with identity. How do we know you're Kuhalik?"
"It doesn’t matter if you believe I am who I am. Your actions here have benefited my organization but all this means if that I have no reason not to harm you. Tell me why I shouldn't have all of you leave right now."
Sophie cocks her head and says, "I think… this guy is Kuhalik."
"How can you tell?"
"He seems pretty genuine I'd say." She waves to you, "Show him."
Sighing, you reach into your pocket to take the [Ammon's Mark] and freeze, feeling nothing there. You pat yourself down, searching around for where it could have gone before beginning to sweat. The man who ran into you… he couldn't have stolen it, could he? You have everything else, but the damn Mark is gone!
"Well?" Kuhalik growls, "If you're just going to waste my time then get out of here now, I'm a busy man."
Looking about, you find the other [Ammon's Mark] where you stored it and you pull it out, turning it over in your fingers. If you traded this one in you can get what you need, but then you're in trouble once you reach the Capital. That's something you can deal with when you get there, or you can find another way into the Capital.
As far as the other Mark though… if you could find the man who stole it, you wouldn't need to worry. But who knows how long that will take, and what, if any leads you might have with it? You might not have suffered any physical wounds, but this might be worse in a way. As Kuhalik's patience thins, you think over your options.
>What do you do?
>You lose 1x [Ammon's Mark]
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314251
>>314248
Welp, turns out following them lead you to Kuhalik but… not in the way you wanted it to happen.
Could be worse though! You can just figure things out when you get to the Capital though!
▶ f163f8 (2) No.314284>>314293 >>314333
>>314249
Show him the mark we have and proceed to spli up to find the one who stole from us, Erwin, Sylphie, Tabitha and Alice should go looking for the thief while the rest of us deal with our business with Kuhalik.
▶ a4d72d (5) No.314293>>314333 >>314403
>>314249
I like this idea >>314284, but keep tabitha with us in case we need some muscle
see if erwin can track his scent and have slypie get alice up to speed
also let's make sure we don't lose this mark, if "kuhalik" asks for it, tell him he has to prove who he says he is, we can't trust ectrians on their word as we should have learned by now, the filthy snakes
▶ f454c8 (2) No.314327>>314333 >>314403
Show him the coin and talk business, and send the girls after the thief.
>>313884
>dulluhans
Oh no. Nononononono. No.
Ask Zoras if she has raided the tombs of any ancient undead slayers next time we see her.
▶ 56c51d (3) No.314333>>314350 >>314403
>>314284
>>314293
>>314327
OK, before we send half the party after one guy, let's try checking the floor first. It's possible we only dropped it. If he did take it, he's bleeding, so Erwin could easily track the smell of blood.
▶ e911cc (17) No.314350>>314403
>>314249
The purpose of the [Ammon’s Mark]s was to both get us into the capital via Kuhalik and then get us into the palace’s dungeons via Polah, both without issue. Were we to forgo the former, we would have to figure out who to bribe to smuggle us into the capital without betraying us, as other methods of entry such as tunnelling in are likely to be expected and caught by the Royal Guard, which is something that is rather hard to do and we may lack the necessary gold for bribery. Forgoing the latter on the other hand means we have to figure out how to infiltrate the palace ourselves, but we at least have that [Palace Map] to use as a guideline for the palace’s layout so we aren’t completely screwed there, not to mention that finding Polah in the first place without drawing attention is going to be a nightmare in itself while Kuhalik is supposedly standing right in front of us. As such, under the assumption that the man in front of us definitely is Kuhalik we should do what other anons have suggested and attempt to confirm this before we give him anything, showing him the remaining mark should suffice to get his attention and we don’t manage to retrieve the missing mark, I’m going to recommend we trade our last [Ammon’s Mark] in return for his services because it’s a confirmed use of the mark for something we likely can’t do ourselves.
In terms of the missing mark, assuming we do what >>314333 (checked) mentioned and find that the mark has indeed been stolen, whether or not we can get it back depends on Kuhalik’s plans for getting us into the capital. Since smuggling us in is the way to go, I’m guessing he’s not going to have something set up for us immediately and will instead require a given amount of time before he can set something up, giving us a window of opportunity to look for our thief and also shop around if things go well. As for how to actually find the bastard, Erwin can track his scent quite easily and won’t be spotted following our target should he catch up, so send him out to do just that. While he does that, everyone else should be trying to gather information regarding our attackers and where the thief may be headed before pursuing because there’s no way he’s leaving the city, so we’re not in a huge rush, and it would help to know where he’s running to both in case Erwin can’t keep up with his scent and to know what we’re getting into.
Given that the attack was clearly a coordinated method, those left behind of whom we now have bound are related to our missing man and whatever group he may be a part of, so quickly interrogate them for information about who they are, why they attacked us and where our target is heading. Kuhalik may also know a thing or two that could help us in our current predicament, as he’s mentioned that we’ve “benefited [his] organisation” which could imply he’s had issues with these people in the past and as such may be willing to help us track them down, seeing as we’re likely going to be crushing whatever group our target belongs to when trying to retrieve that which was stolen from us. A final source of potential information would be from Alice, who may have picked up some things relating to the group who attacked us in her search for information relating to Kuhalik, but, unless she goes out of her way to talk to Mr Ed which is unlikely, especially given the implied usage of purple herb, we’re not going to be able to talk to her until we head back to the Angry Wurm because having Mr Ed enter the inn to contact her will draw a huge amount of attention, which is something we can’t deal with -- if she doesn’t say anything to Mr Ed, then have someone like Ebe head back to the inn to find and talk to her while everyone else pursues our target because Ebe isn’t great at chasing nor dealing with surprise attacks if what just happened is any indication and there’s not point having her continue to be a liability for us when we can’t make use of her skillset.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314403
>>314293
He probably can track the scent TBH
Oh boy getting him to prove it that will go over gre- I mean, yes that's prudent
>>314327
It's almost like you DON'T want another Dullahan in the stories, it's almost tradition now!
I thought about it and had you gone the boat route she almost certainly would have appeared, but I think at this point it's a little much.
>>314333
Trips aside, it's not on the floor
>>314350
I guess we'll be exploring into that soon enough!
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314527>>314528
>Story continue
The Mark in your hand feels like it's burning hot as you way your decision. Giving away this Mark means you'll be able to make it into the Capital, if he's as good as Ammon says, but once there you're stuck. If you don't pay it though, you're in for some shit trying to get there. All in all, it's not a great situation for you. Still, given the circumstances there is only one correct option for you to take.
But first…
"I'm going to need you to prove you're Kuhalik." You say, giving the man a stern look.
He looks into your eyes with the annoyance that a foreman gives to an incompetent worker. "I'm going to need you to get the fuck out of here then."
"Look, I have business with you, but I need your identity proven. I have limited resources here and I do not wish to scrounge them on false premises. Besides…" You wave a hand toward the groaning ambushers. "Did I do not 'benefit your organization?'"
His eyes go so flat you'd think they were one dimensional. His voice too sounds like it's been normalized to the point of no emotion as he says, "How exactly am I supposed to prove that."
"I…" You begin, rubbing your chin. Sophie shakes her head and puts a hand to her face. You can almost hear the cringing she's doing right now. Looking to her for some help, she gives you an equally flat look before taking the [Ammon's Mark] from your hand and holding it up.
"Here, does this show that we're not just idiots?"
Kuhalik's expression does a 180. He holds out his hand as Sophie places the Mark there. Kuhalik rolls the Mark around before whistling and then smiling at you. "Well, well, well, that old bastard Ammon is still roping me into his horseshit, huh?"
Blinking in surprise at his change in demeanor, you hear Sylphie say, "He didn't look that old to me…"
Kuhalik turns his gaze to Sylphie before smirking."It's a matter of phrase miss, he's just got his fingers in every pie, if you get my drift." Rolling the Mark around in his hand again he continues, "These Marks basically put him in our debt, assuming we do what the bearer wanted us to do. Of course, he doesn’t much care if the job gets done, all he needs to see is that we have a Mark."
Tabitha and Sophie stand to attention, their spines going rigid, scaled hand on sword and ears standing up under hood. The Lizardman growls, "So, you're going to try and kill us and reap the rewards, hmm?"
"Ha! Noooo!" Kuhalik chuckles, "If I did that too many times, Ammon would find out and life would get rather difficult!"
Sophie mutters, "Too many times, huh…?"
"Ah, don't you worry." Kuhalik chuckles before nodding to his guards. "Go and round up those Quicksands, see what we can get from here before they scrap this place." The men nod their heads and go to do so. Turning back to you, the man asks, "Well, what can I do for you?"
"Uh." You say, still taken aback. "We need to get into the Capital without being found out and to find someone named Polah."
"Polah…" Kuhalik mutters to himself, giving you a critical eye. "What exactly are you planning to do in the capital that requires that bird-brained hag?"
"I think the less you know the better off you'll be." You say with an icy air.
The man blinks and pulls back, regarding you with some more respect. Nodding his head he says, "Well, that can be arranged easily enough. Is it just you or do you have any… cargo?"
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314528>>314529
>>314527
"It's us, another woman, and a horse."
"Ah that's easy… wait, a horse?" He groans and shakes his head, "Getting a horse in by boat is going to be a pain, especially being able to meet up with it once you get inside but-"
"BY BOAT?!"
Kuhalik blinks in surprise as both Sylphie and Tabitha shout in unison. They look at each other with uneasy looks before Sylphie looks down and Tabitha grits her teeth. The smuggler looks at you and you shrug. He licks his lips and says, "Sorry, but that's how it has to be. Smuggling by land has too many risks and my connections are by the river."
"Is… that a problem?"
Sylphie opens her mouth but before she can speak Sophie throws a hand before her mouth. She gives her sister a glare and before smiling to Kuhalik. "None at all, they just get a little seasick is all."
"Ah, well that's going to be unfortunate." He says, shaking his head. "Well, I suppose I have some preparations to make, but you're in luck, I had a shipment meant to leave tomorrow at noon, I can get you on it if it will work?"
Looking between the rest of your group, you nod and say, "Yes that will work."
"Very well then." He pockets the Mark and ends the conversation, speaking with his guards.
Turning to everyone else, they look at you with mixed expressions. Waving to Sophie, the Monster walks over to you and leans forward. Whispering low enough that she can hear you say, "I lost the other Mark."
"WHAT?" She hisses, turning about to Kuhalik before turning back to you. "HOW?"
"Well, first off…" You say before dropping to your knees and feeling about on the floor. She gapes at you as you do so until you stand up, wipe off your robes, and say, "Ahem, well I didn't drop it, so it must have been stolen."
"By whom?" She sighs. "Humadin?"
"Doubtful, he never got that close and…" You grit your teeth. "Ah hells, it must have been that guy who ran into me."
"We needed that for Polah, right?" Shaking her head, she says, "What are we going to do?"
"Well…" You look at the others and then say to her, "Sounds like we have some time to find them. I think Erwin can track the scent and find him, so we can get the Mark back."
"What if he's met up with his friends?"
"Well…" You say, looking at the men you tied up. "We should get going after him then."
Sophie nods her head. "Alright, I'll go with Erwin and find the Mark-"
"No." You say, shaking your head. She blinks at you and then frowns until you continue, "Look, I need you here. You're better with getting information and talking with people than I am. Besides, you're not going to be able to use your strongest asset against them."
"Well I never." Sophie sniffs, "I could show off my ass if I wanted too, I'm damn certain they'd bow down to me if I did so?"
"Eh? You think your ass is your greatest asset?" You say without thinking. She raises an eyebrow,
"Oh? What do you think is my greatest asset? I mean, my breasts are quite ample I suppose, but I do wonder if they look off at times and."
"Stop. Stop." You say, holding up a hand. "I meant your tails. Your tails."
"Ah, so you are an assman after all." She chuckles before turning to the others who watch with amusement. "Well then, that leaves Sylphie, Ebe, and Tabitha."
Tabitha cocks her head, to which Sylphie tells her the deal. She nods her head and says, "Fine, I'll go and hunt him down myself."
"Actually," You begin, raising your hand. "I had a different plan in mind…"
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314529>>314530
>>314528
{I have the scent} Erwin sends.
{Alright, let me know when you're getting close.}
Returning Erwin's sending, you turn back to Tabitha who sighs and gives you a flat look.
"I should have gone with Sylphie. Sending her alone is only going to cause problems."
"It's fine, she's a big girl and she's learned from her mistakes." You say, waving your hand. When she isn't swayed, you say, "Look, I need someone like you present in case Kuhalik tries anything and if I need some muscle to get answers out of these guys."
You nod your head at the last group you tied up, including the man whose hand you froze. He groans as he begins to awaken, eyes fluttering. Turning back to Tabitha, you say, "Besides, she's going to find Alice."
"If Alice isn't filled to the hilt by that man and his s-smoke." She shudders to which you cock your head. Shaking hers, she brushes it off and says, "Well, I'll trust you on this, but Erwin better keep us appraised."
"It's fine, if anything happens Mr. Ed will save her." Waving it away, you kneel down next to the man as he awakens.
"Ungh… huh?" He mutters, looking about at you before gasping and shouting in Ectrian. [W-What? What is this?]
"This is an interrogation." You say in Deleorian. He seems scared and confused, so Ebe walks forward and translates, "Answer correctly or I'm going to freeze off more than your arm."
"Aww fuck, I didn't sign up for this, shit." The man whines, to which Ebe translates, though you mostly get the meaning.
"What did you sign up for?" Tabitha asks, her voice cold as ice, which Ebe tries to mimic.
"Fuck me, and Lizardman… look, I can't say anything okay? They'll kill me!"
"I'll kill you." Tabitha says, drawing her sword to which the man squeals.
"Ah Twins damnit! Come on, you guys were supposed to be easy marks!"
"Humadin warned you ahead of time?" You ask, narrowing your eyes. "Or was it the Monster she was with?"
He bites his lip, "Fuck man, yes, told us ahead of time we were going to jump you okay? Used that tail of hers, okay?" He shudders, "Is that it? I'm sorry, it's just my job!"
"Who are the Quicksands?" Sophie says, getting in on the conversation. She nods to Ebe who pulls out her Ghitar, looking a little nervous. She doesn't play it though, but merely watches, which makes the man more nervous.
"I didn't know you were working for Kuhalik, okay? We're just a gang okay, just sell some things to people who can't get these things normally, okay? Just because we encroach on Kuhalik's territory a little… come on it's a big country!"
Getting all that from Ebe, Sophie nods her head and asks, "So you're part of a rival gang. Is this your headquarters?"
"What? No, of course n-" He shuts up quickly, looking incredibly nervous. At Ebe's strumming of the Ghitar and Sophie's smile he squeals again and says, "Okay, okay! No, it's not! I don't know where it is, trust me, I just work the warehouse but I know that Countess Crocula runs the group okay!"
"Eh?" Tabitha asks, cocking her head. "Countess Crocula?"
The man shudders, "Look, I've just seen her once. She's the leader of the Crocodile girls of this river, doesn't like Kuhalik much. Scary Monster, and she has magic!" Hanging his head he mutters, "She had us all masturbate into buckets for her…"
Looking at each other you grimace while the Monsters shrug, seeming unfazed by the admission, though Ebe does look a little embarrassed. Taking a turn to speak, you ask, "Alright, is she strong? What would she do if she had the ear of Ammon?"
"Ammon? Twins above, if we had the favor of Ammon, we could gain an upper hand over Kuhalik! Perhaps even have the Royal Guard pay him a visit and…" He pales and whispers, "Oh twins…"
Nodding your head you stand up and say, "I think we found out what we need to know." Hearing Erwin in your mind, you say, "Alright, seems Sylphie has met up with Mr. Ed. It looks like Alice isn't with them though." Grimacing you turn back to Tabitha.
"You were right about her, she's not going to be much use to us unless we pry her off him."
"Why couldn't I have had someone like you as an apprentice." She grumbles. "Someone with some damn sense."
Feeling a little happy about that proclamation, you turn back to Kuhalik and his group as they go through the boxes, pulling out various goods. Walking over to Kuhalik, one of the guards intercepts you, though when he notices he shakes his head and the man backs away.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314530>>314531 >>314538 >>314662
>>314529
"Ah, I'm a little busy, do you need something?"
"No, we're leaving. Where should we meet tomorrow?"
He rubs his chin, "Easier if you arrive in the late morning at dock twelve. Don't call much attention to yourselves, but someone will be on the lookout for you."
"I see, I understand." Making to turn away, you stop and say, "Oh yes, these men didn't provide any challenge. I doubt you would either if you choose to betray or mislead us."
Kuhalik gives a predatory smirk, "Oh. I think I know what Ammon sees in you."
He walks off after this and you meet with your own group, heading back into the cool evening. Night air plays over you and you realize how warm and stuffy it was in there. Searching out for Erwin, you find that he's found the scent of the man and that it ends at a larger building inside the business section of the city as opposed to the docks. Relaying through him, you find that Sylphie is on her way to him.
{I have to say, I don't see anyone around here, is anyone actually guarding this place?}
{Be careful, don't get in close, okay? We'll be there soon.}
{Yeah, yeah.} He sends back. A moment later he sends, {Awful lot of guards around here though.}
{What do you mean?} You send back, mentally frowning.
{Well… they don't seem like they're looking for anything in particular, but some are heading over to where we came in and… How well did you hide that hole?}
{Why do you ask?…}
{Because that bum we saw in the alleyway is with some of them, and I think he's ranting about horses from the ground or… something. Ectrian is weird.}
{Shit. We hid the hole well, but if they find out about it we're in a bad situation.}
{Better hurry then!}
Nodding your head, you relay this to the others and head toward Erwin's location, doing your best not to attract attention, yet making good time. Unable to know how long it will be before the guards get there and if anything will even happen over it makes you nervous, but all that means is you need to get in there quickly and get the Mark. Great, pressure, how wonderful.
Reaching Erwin a block away from the building, you reach him around the time Sylphie does, walking Mr.Ed instead of riding him. From her grim expression, you can tell that she's been appraised by Erwin.
"I didn't see any other guards heading that direction from where I was." She says. "Erwin says, he saw may four or five heading that way, all humans I think."
{Ayep.} Erwin sends, nodding his head. He turns to the three story building where the Quicksands leader, and your [Ammon's Mark], is supposedly hiding. {I scouted around, there's two doors in, the front one and one in the back. No guards present, however I bet they're locked.} He looks up and continues, {There's some windows up top, but I don't know if you're going to be able to get in from there without being seen.}
Nodding your head, you cast [Survey]. Feeling the stone that makes the building, you feel through it to the first level and find its larger than expected and formed into multiple rooms from the partitions. The clatter of multiple pairs of heavy feet reverberate on the ground, though it does sound a little like there isn't as much vibrations in the back of the building.
"Damnit, there's a lot in there, I don't know how fast, or how quiet this is going to be." You say to the others.
"Well we could find a way to stealth inside, see if we can't steal it back." Sophie says, rubbing her chin. "But that might take too long, and if the guards mobilize then we might not be able to find somewhere to lay low for the evening."
"If we take them by surprise, we could end this quick, I doubt any of them pose much of a challenge for us." Tabitha says, dead serious.
"Only the Countress Crocula, she's supposed to be a Monster Witch of some kind." Sylphie says, looking concerned. "I don't think we're getting the drop on her, not before we cause trouble with the rest of the group."
"Uhm, what should I do?" Ebe says, holding her ghitar.
"What do any of us do…" You mutter to yourself. With time running out, you find yourself at an impasse. You need to figure out how to get that Mark back, and quick.
>What do you do?
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314531
>>314530
See,Kuhalik is a nice guy after all!
Unfortunately, this isn't going to be easy for you. They don't seem to expect anyone coming after them right now but you can't be sure. Yes, you could find a way inside and look around but… ah who am i kidding, you have all night, no one is going to believe some crazy bum talking about horses in holes.
Erwin probably heard wrong anyway.
Oh and Sylphie wasn't going to break up Alice, especially because that would take way too long. No Powersw- I mean uh, Alice's sword on this adventure.
▶ a4d72d (5) No.314538>>314562 >>314861
>>314530
first let's cause a diversion, send erwin to sneak into the back of the building to see if he can find the countess, if he can get close have him activate dire mode and take a guard out and flee, after that have slypie activate trick of the light and rommel use privacy barrier and head into where erwin left off and try to find the countess undetected, if we can get to her without her knowing, send a pebble right through her head and leave, if we get discovered dig a hole through the ground, cover it up and bring the whole building down and kill all the survivors
We're done being the good boyim
▶ 5c8b96 (1) No.314562>>314861
>>314538
I like the sneaky part not so much the lets level the city block part. The guards are already looking for a geomancer it seems and the fact that they seemingly belief some bum makes me think they might already know more about us that we'd like. Not sure if alerting every guard in the city is a good idea for our upcoming smuggling operation. How time sensitive is this heist / massacre anyway? Kahulik has a personal interest in weakening and or destroying this gang. Maybe he can provide us with some insight or assistance if we have the time to arrange that.
▶ f0bf43 (4) No.314576>>314634 >>314662
I kind of feel that Old Man Rommel might work well here. I think that Rommel isn't much of a fan of killing if he doesn't need to do it, barring slavers.
Of course, this isn't like with the cult, where we didn't hold them true malice. These people attacked us with clubs, probably intending on selling us into slavery.
They get a chance to lay down arms and not fuck with us. If they don't take it, we put a stone through the head of the guy who betrayed it, and let them know that if they don't surrender immediately, everyone dies.
▶ 9f0d89 (9) No.314634>>314861
>>314576
Eh why not? This sounds fun and lets be real, They pose no threat to us whatsoever. A lone monster witch surrounded by unskilled mooks. If the crocotits had enough power to push us then she would easily be able to rub out Kahulik's operation. I'm game for another session of old man Rommel and some more ice themed Bondage reprimanding.
▶ e911cc (17) No.314662>>314861
>>314530
I apologise if this doubleposts, 8chan appears to be shitting the bed as per usual.
Before anything else, we should figure out where to head once this task is finished, be it successfully or unsuccessfully, so that we have a safe place to hide from the city guard and don’t have to scramble to find a hiding spot when things go to hell. I personally vote for heading back to the Angry Wurm, because the inn is out of the way and may avoid a lot of the attention from the city guard, it would probably be the last chance we get for a while to have a decent night’s sleep and the innkeeper is likely to help us in our moment of need due to Alice’s recent ‘persuasion’, so we shouldn’t have to worry about being backstabbed as we would with other inns in the city.
With that out of the way, back to the current conundrum. Rather than charging through the front door to attack the thugs head on or sneaking through either the back door or the windows to try and avoid them entirely, I propose we take a third option of casting a [Privacy Barrier] around the building and having Ebe sing a [Lullaby] empowered by [Amplify] inside of the barrier to disable the vast majority of the people inside by putting them to sleep, leaving only the leader and maybe a few stragglers still awake and horribly confused, giving us the opportunity to enter the building and clean up -- they didn’t expect us to be a threat, so they certainly won’t expect Ebe to be able to manipulate them with music. By doing this, we can avoid attracting the attention of the city guard, quickly take down all of the thugs to leave Countess Crocula solo and thus more vulnerable and have Ebe do something right for once. The downside to this course of action is that we will lose our element of surprise against Countess Crocula, but she is probably expecting us to try something and we likely weren’t going to be able to successfully pickpocket her or anyone else for the mark without being caught any way, so it’s not a huge loss.
Speaking of which, Countess Crocula. It sounds like a nickname rather than an actual name and appears to have inspiration from a certain famous historical figure and fictional monster, so I would expect she had earned such an alias due to showing some vampiric traits, which could be anything from her love of biting everything and everyone, to something more concerning such as her being some kind of user of occult blood magic; a Hemomancer, if you will. Due to the mysterious nature of our opponent, it would be in our best interests for us to proceed with caution, use [Magesight] to quickly discern whether or not she is actually a threat to us and be prepared to cast [Rock Solid] on ourselves or our party members in case she charges at anyone to ensure that she chomps down on rock rather than flesh and bone. Should we deem her not a threat, then we could probably get away with doing something like >>314576 to save time and to make her reconsider all of her choices in life. If she actually is a threat, then focus on using Cryomancy and don’t hold back to an extent that is, casting something like [Epicentre] is going to alert the city guard immediately until she’s incapacitated in some fashion, because she certainly won’t limit her offensive. In any case, we might as well take this time to experiment with our Cryomancy because it will definitely have usage for us in the future and right now all we can cast is basic [Ice], which is pretty pathetic for an aspiring master of magic like ourselves -- just make sure not to hinder Tabitha in the process, because that could end poorly for us.
Other than all that, it would be prudent of us to leave one of the familiars outside of the building and the [Privacy Barrier] which we should be continuing to maintain to avoid the loud sounds of magic drawing attention to watch out, or more particularly listen out, for any of the city guard that may be headed our way so that they can forewarn us, which may or may not require them to enter the barrier if the familiar link is hindered by it, as to give us the chance to prepare for a quick escape so we aren’t caught off guard and in a bad situation. Such a move may end up being unnecessary, but it’s better to be prepared just in case.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314861
I'm not going to lie guys, today has been… a thing. I'm going to skip updating today because I can't seem to focus on the writing and I feel it's been hurting things anyway Though I think each story has hit this kind of snag around this time of year-ish and I hope it's not turning too many people off.
>>314538
Leveling a building is not going to end well for you, to be honest. You can if you want, I won't stop you! But think carefully about that.
Oh but dire Erwin eh? That could be fun, if dangerous sending him in alone.
>>314562
It sounds like this could be fairly time sensitive if they find anything. Going outside if the guards are active could be dangerous beyond a few of your group who can blend in better.
>>314634
I saw that there.
>>314662
Seems likely he might be able to hide you in that case.
Very creative use of Ebe's power! At the moment it seems like Old man Rommel is in the lead, but we have another day to see if anyone else agrees with you. Otherwise I'll have to see what I can do about combining them.
Oh and the Countess, yes. Very tricky name! The ability to manipulate blood beyond purification or outright corruption would be a sub-set of Plagamancy, a very rare sorcery sect and frankly if she's a Plagamancer she's either not a good one or she has a reason not to kill all of her rivals in horrific ways…
But which familiar? Mr. Ed wants in on the action too. Just because the doors are a tight squeeze for him doesn't mean anything!
▶ 1ef345 (4) No.314889>>314899 >>314918
I just got an idea.
Dulluhans can do all their OP bullshittery because they exist simultaneously on Earth and Hell, right? So if we could somehow place a block between Earth and Hell within a space, then that would not only make the dulluhan in question momentarily incapable of !teleportation but also might either render her a harmless corpse or outright banish her. As a side effect, death as a concept would cease to exist within the AoE for the duration of the spell, making it potentially useful for medicine too.
So how do we do this? First we would need to study either "rift magic" or necromancy. The former is poorly understood and even a master of the art would still need to find where exactly Hell is. Did GW ever end up telling anybody how to get to El Dorito? I take it we don't know either way since it was never mentioned. The latter is much more feasible, but also extremely dangerous. Whenever somebody tries taking Nerg's ill-gotten subjects, he gets pissed and typically ends up "helping" the necromancer so that they end up summoning a !Great Unclean One instead. However, Sam did manage to get away with necromancy for a long time. But either way, our objective is not to raise the dead, but rather to find the link between Hell and Earth and sever it. This will still get Nerg's beshitted panties in a twist, but no more than isolating penicillin or chatting with a hospitalier.
And if we learn to do this -although I wouldn't recommend it- we might be able to cast the spell in reverse and create a "death zone" where everything in the area becomes dead. That, or we would turn them into zombies and summon 1000 servants of Nerg and unleash a catastrophic plague that will wipe out the entire ectrian population before Solos finally gets off his butt and glasses the place. It's a 50/50 gamble.
Also, it it true that there are Hells where Nerg eternally tortures the dead with anything but his bad smell and worse jokes? Or is that just a made up story ectrians tell their children so they behave themselves?
▶ 1ef345 (4) No.314899
>>314889
Oh, and that Yuki-Onna too. She was even worse than Sam too since she kept so many souls out of Hell that a shoggoth appeared. And Nerg couldn't touch her at all, and the only reason she died was because Xanthia let her.
Plus there was the mummies.
Thus, 3/4 cases of necromancy don't end up with Nerg going on a rampage.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.314918
>>314889
Read Illusionistquest to find out about the first part.
The second part… Lord have mercy, killing everything around you isn't good for your longterm health, or those around you.
Also that last part you'd have to ask a Dullahan or a God, because no one else really knows of all the Hells, but that is conceivable.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315086
No update today, I'm falling apart apparently and I still have another day of work. Sorry guys. At least I'll have something good for you next week, though if you want I could post the WIP.
I'd ask if anyone has any questions or comments but usually y'all don't so I'll do my best to write tomorrow.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315283>>315284
>Story continue
"We need to go quickly." You say, looking at the building.
"So what, we storm in there, beat everyone up, take the Mark and go home before the Guards come knocking?" Sophie asks, raising an eyebrow.
Nodding your head you say, "Yes actually." Hmmm, the walls of the building are thick, but with the right spell, you can probably get sounds inside, at least to a certain point…
"Simple, but they won't be caught on their home turf so easily, especially not if they expect a counter attack." Tabitha says, watching the building as well. "Besides, their leader could be trouble."
"If she was so much trouble, why is Kuhalik alive?" Sylphie asks, shrugging. When everyone looks at her, she shrugs again, "I mean, come on. If I was a ruthless criminal and wanted to corner the market, wouldn't I go and just use my magic to kill the opposition?"
Tabitha opens her mouth to make an objection before frowning and then nodding her head. She smirks a moment later in admiration at Sylphie's line of reasoning, though you're barely aware of it as the plan comes together.
"Alright, I think I know how we're going to do this." You say, picking some stones up from the ground and smoothing them out with your magic. Ebe cocks her head and asks,
"We're going to go in and… shoot everyone?"
"Well, not everyone."
The Ghandharva frowns, "I don't understand."
"Well." You turn to her and nod your head, "You're going to put most of them asleep."
Blinking, Ebe raises a wing and then stops, blinks a few times and then nodding her head, getting her Ghitar ready. "Ah, I see."
"Sylphie." Turning to the Cat o'Ninetails, you address her. "Can you cast a [Privacy barrier] so Ebe's sound won't get out?"
"Sure." She says, rolling her shoulders. "You want an [Amplify] too?"
Sophie giggles, "Dear me sis, it's like you're a married couple."
"Hey!" Sylphie says
"What?!" You stammer
"Not funny." Tabitha says, deadpan.
All three of you look at each other while Sophie does her damndest not to break into laughter. She even succeeds mostly! Shaking your heads, Sylphie turns about, beet red, and casts her spells before nodding to Ebe. The Ghandharva takes in a deep breath and steps into the barrier.
"So she sings and then…?" Sophie asks, raising an eyebrow.
The stones clink together in your hand and you smirk, "I show them a little bit of what happens when you make me angry."
"Oh, okay." Sophie says, seeming to take it all in stride as Ebe opens her mouth and begins to sing.
You can't hear her, but watching the way she moves her body and her voice almost makes you feel a little at ease, a little sleepy even. Turning your head, you shake yourself not to be pulled in, through doing so has you looking at Sophie. The Cat o'Ninetails gives you a shit-eating grin to which you narrow your eyes and cast [Survey].
While not a very precise way of doing things, you feel for changes in vibrations in ground inside the building. As Ebe sings, you feel heavy thuds and the moving of feet on the ground as panic and sleep sets in. Nodding your head, you turn to Mr. Ed and say, "Alright, I need you keep a look out, can you do that."
He gives you a look that makes you feel small for some reason before sighing and shaking his head. He steps back into an alleyway, melding into the shadows as he looks at you, and everything. Truly, Mr. Ed is the strongest member of your entire group.
"She's done." Tabitha says, nudging your shoulder.
As she says, Ebe stops moving and lowers her Ghitar, eyes half lidded as she sighs and stands motionless for a moment, looking pensive. She turns back to you and nods her head, waving for everyone to enter. Looking to the others, you enter the barrier and stand before the door. Making to turn and kick it in, you stop, look at Tabitha's legs and then up to her. She gives you a long stare before sighing, turning,
And kicking off the hinges and into the face of a half- sleeping guard.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315284>>315285 >>315327
>>315283
The doors fly across the room, man attached, before crashing into and breaking a wooden desk. Likely the man as well, but you don't have time to consider that. Striding into the room before Tabitha, you hold your pebbles at the ready and scan the first floor.
Open around you is a receiving area where various desks are arranged while a large room to the side leads to a back loading dock. In the back of the room sits the staircase with sleeping and half-asleep men and Crocodile girls. All around the room you see guards sleeping peacefully, papers and parchment all strewn over the floor, weapons on the ground.
However, not everyone is asleep. A bestial cry catches your attention and you have to quickly parry a blow from a club wielded by a man with cotton in his ears. Pushing him away from you, you fire a pebble into his chest, dropping him to the ground with a shocked cry.
More Quicksands, their ears hurriedly stuffed with cotton or anything they can find, charge at you. Alice steps forward and blocks a blow from a sword wielded by a crocodile girl with her own, though she is unable to push the stronger Monster backward. Two more men, one with a club, the other with a sword charge at both you and Sophie.
The Cat o'Ninetails drops to the ground and thrusts a blow into the chest of the man with the club with her arm, which is stronger than you'd expect. Air rushes from his lungs which allows her to grab his leg, twist it, and drop him to the ground before stomping on his throat, her teeth bared.
Unable to appreciate all of this, you're a little busy with your own attacker. Using the skills Tabitha taught you, you dodge the first swipe of the sword before blocking the other with your staff, stepping to the side and firing another rock. Unfortunately it ricochets off the man's belt buckle and embeds itself into the leg of another Crocodile girl bearing down on Sylphie. The Monster drops to the ground, allowing Sylphie to point her staff at her face and fire a fist of concentrated air to drop her opponent unconscious.
Your attacker and you both look at the scene, then to each other. The man gulps and you ready another rock, growling, "Where's the Mark?"
[I can't understand what you're saying!] The man says, stepping backward, holding his sword up in shaking hands.
[WHERE'S THE MARK!] Ebe shouts in Ectria, stepping out from behind you. The man looks at her with a mix of shock and surprise before Sophie steps out from behind him and hits him over the back of the head with a club from the fallen guard. The man's eyes roll into the back of his head and he drops to the floor in a heap.
You hear a crash from behind you and look to see Tabitha flick dark blood off her sword, her opponent dropping to the ground, groaning. She scans the room before looking at the rest of you. Nodding her head, she says, "I'm going to check the other rooms."
"I'll go with you." Sylphie says, holding up her staff to shed some more light. They walk to the back of the room and you walk with Sophie, checking over the people on the ground. None of them are Humadin or the man who stole the Mark from you. Looking over at the stairs, you don't hear anyone moving, but you know damn well that they know you're here.
Taking a deep breath, you cast [Amplify] and say, "Come down, bring me my Mark, and no one else needs to get hurt."
No answer comes to you. Gritting your teeth, you shout again, "Don't make me come up there, I will do so, and you won't like it."
Nothing again. Sighing, you turn as Tabitha and Sylphie return, nodding their heads. The other rooms are clear also it seems. Sylphie looks at the stairs and asks, "Any response?"
"No. Guess we're going up then."
"I suppose." You say, taking in a deep breath and walking over to the stairs. You have to push a few people out of your way as you climb them, holding your staff before you as you prepare for an ambush at the top. Feeling through the stairs to the upper level, you feel something moving and a moment later a medium height, lithe Crocodile girl appears at the top of the stairs.
"My, my, what filthy guests you are." The Monster shifts her round hips, Ectrian garb similar to Ebe's jingling as she does so. "I think I'll just need to wash you all away."
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315285>>315286
>>315284
She raises a hand and from a jug at her side red liquid draws forth. She thrusts it out before you and as you feel the magic being channeled, it fires at you down the stairs.
With almost no time to react, you cast [Build the Wall], driving the stone stairs up into a wall to block the flow of liquid. It splashes against the stone and you prepare for a counter-attack when it flows around the edge and strikes at you. Unable to react in time, it slams into your face, filling your mouth and nose with pressurized liquid, trying to drown you.
Abruptly, it's pulled away and you cough at the disgusting taste, spitting up the liquid before wiping at your eyes. Sylphie holds out her hand, sweat forming on her face as she tries to hold the liquid off you, using her magic to fight against the other Witch's hold. Gritting her teeth, she hisses, "Drop the wall!"
Blinking, you slide back into focus and drop the wall, allowing Tabitha to charge forward up the stairs toward the Monster. Hissing, the Crocodile girl pulls away from Sylphie and redirects the flow into Tabitha who activates her blade, which roars into life with fire, turning the liquid into steam.
"Damn you!" The Witch shouts, stepping backward and Tabitha continues to charge. A rough, scaled hand grabs her arm and throws her backward before the Crocodile girl from the Angry Wurm appears, sword drawn.
"Countess, behind me!"
She holds firm as Tabitha plows into her, stepping backward and allowing the rest of you entrance up the stairs. Sophie helps you up and then looks at the red liquid on her hand, "Is this… blood?"
"I don't know!" Sylphie says, shaking herself. "I'm not used to working with it, but the Hydromancy works!"
"It's not blood." You spit, the taste in your mouth still. "I think it's water with a dye in it."
"Tch." Sylphie says, "That's a gimmick I suppose. Alright, I'll protect you then."
"Alright." You say, moving up the stairs. "But don't drop that barrier, we can't afford the Guards to come in. Also Ebe, stay back though Erwin…" You say, preparing yourself, "See if you can sneak in without being seen." The fox nods as you move forward.
Rocks in your hands, you push into the gap that Tabitha made and find the Countess with more of the colored water in her hands. She snarls at you with those jagged teeth of her species. "I will drown you in blood and then join yours to my stockpile!"
"Please." Sylphie growls, "You're just using water!"
The Witch narrows her eyes before hissing again. Holding up your staff, you growl, "You can stop now, don't make me kill you."
"Ha! That Mark is worth the battle. Besides, you are worth quite a lot to the Royal Guard. Currying some favor with the authorities and this Mark? I'll finally get the better of Kuhalik."
"Why don't you just drown him or something in your blood?" You ask, waving to Sophie to head over to help Tabitha.
The Countess, or whatever she is, watches Sophie move but makes no moves of her own, the sounds of battle between Tabitha and the Crocodile girl going on too long for your own comfort. She must be fairly skilled not to be dead already. Looking back to you, she smirks and says, "Bastard is careful and crafty. Besides, it wouldn't do to just kill him, I want to make him suffer."
"Gods, you could just ask him out on a date." Sylphie sighs, rolling her eyes.
Crocula fumes, "T-That is not what's going on here!"
"Yeah, okay." Sylphie shrugs. "Why haven't you attacked us yet anyway?"
Erwin's voice stirs in your mind, {Oh hells, look out!}
From behind the wall abutting the stairs, Humadin steps forward, holding something to his shoulder. A long, metallic barrel points directly at you. Your eyes go wide as you realize what it is he's pointing at you. A magitek rifle, military grade from Deleor. The power source charges and the man grins as he pulls the trigger.
A bright flash of light appears before your eyes and you feel things grow sluggish around you. Searching for your magic you find you can't seem to pull it up. How weird, you should do something about this, you're going to die if you don't. A wall? Yes, a wall would be good to summon. Too slow though, it's going to be too slow…
Something pushes your shoulder and you hear distantly Sylphie shout, "ROMMEL!" before she cries out in pain.
Everything snaps back to normal speed as Sylphie spins about, crashing to the floor in a heap. You stare at her in dazed confusion before looking over at the Countess. She grins with her wicked Crocodile teeth and thrusts the red water at you, driving it down into your throat. The warm, disgusting liquid forces its way into your lungs trying to worm its way into your body with a force that wracks you in pain. Red tears dribble down your eyes as you cast one last spell,
{Erwin…}
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315286>>315287
>>315285
A cry of pure, bestial rage comes from behind Crocula and Humadin. The Witch turns about, dropping her control of her magic and screams as something large and furred leaps upon her. She trashes with her reptilian teeth and claws but is unable to do anything to her attacker. The creature opens its large jaws and tears out the throat of the Monster, her blood mingling with the red water leaking out of her jugs.
"W-What the hells!" Humadin shouts, holding the rifle up. His hands behind to shake as the creature turns red eyes upon him, fresh blood dripping from its mouth. He thrusts the rifle forward and shouts, "S-Stay away! Stay away or I'll shoot!"
The beast snarls and Humadin screams, firing another shot. It anticipates the shot and dodges it, clearing the distance between the two in a second. Powerful jaws clamp down upon the weapon, breaking it apart with little effort before spitting it out and biting the man's arm. He screams before being thrown across the room, colliding into the wall with a sickening crack, sliding down and leaving a trail of blood.
Your vision swims as you find it difficult to breathe. Your vision begins to swim and you collapse to the side, watching the beast turn to you. It lopes over on black paws, the orange fur splattered with red as it turns you over to your side. Looking down at you with eyes that see too much, you hear in your mind,
{Guess you can't hold your drink. What would you do without me?}
At that, Erwin pushes on your chest and you cough up the red, disgusting water. Painful though it is, you're unable to stop as you wrack your body to expel the fluid. Feeling utterly sick, you groan in agony. Behind you, a cry of alarm comes and the Crocodile girl comes flying backward. She hits the ground next to you and makes to get up when both Sophie and Erwin slam paws into her, forcing her unconscious.
"Oh gods, Sylphie!"
Ebe runs up the stairs, dropping next to Sylphie and holding her wings out. "Oh no, oh no, oh no."
You shift your body, painful as it is, to look at the Cat o'Ninetails. Sylphie breathes out ragged breaths, crying in pain as Ebe rolls her over. A ragged, bloody hole shows at her left shoulder right under the clavicle. Thankfully the magic shot cauterized some of wound, but it still leaks some bloody fluid.
"Sylphie!" Sophie cries, dropping next to her sister, hands above her wound, unsure of what to do. "Oh Gods, oh Gods." She turns to you and cries, "Rommel! D-Do something!"
You try to say something but just cough up more fluid, slamming the ground as you're still too weak to stand. Sophie looks at you with a terror you haven't seen before, something that makes you feel like you've failed. She turns to Tabitha, who stalks back into the room, sheathing her sword before kneeling down to the groaning Cat o'Ninetails.
"The shot was fairly shallow somehow, she got lucky." Looking over to a piece of shattered rock, she nods her head, "Seems she blocked most of the blow somehow. Alright, we need to bandage this up and apply pressure before-" Tabitha cuts off and puts a hand on her sword.
A squeal of alarm comes from a man with a bandaged hand, the same one who stole the Mark from you. Sweat beads down his face as he holds up the [Ammon's Mark] with a shaking hand. "J-Just take it!"
Erwin snarls at him, but you send, unable to speak normally, {Don't, just get the Mark}.
Erwin growls and walks over the man who drops the Mark and runs. Erwin looks at the Mark, then back to you, and you sigh, lowering the spell. Erwin seems to sigh as he shrinks back to his normal size. Shaking his body, he picks up the Mark and heads back to you, dropping it next to you as they bandage up Sylphie.
>You retrieve [Ammon's Mark]
"Alright, she's bandaged up." Tabitha says, "We need to get going though, the barrier is probably down and someone might have heard us."
"I-Is…" Sylphie begins, gasping in pain. "Is Rommel… okay?"
Sophie's eyes go wide and she looks at you with an unreadable expression before turning back to her sister, "Yeah, he's fine, you protected him."
"Ah… good. Mr. Ed is going to be… mad at me." She sighs and passes out.
Her twin gasps, but sees Sylphie breathing and sighs herself before picking her sister up over her shoulder, nodding to Ebe who also helps carry her down the stairs.
Tabitha turns over to you and helps you up, your chest burning as she does so. Sniffing, she says, "You're not as bad off as the girl, don't pretend you are."
Grunting, you take the message and stagger to your legs, taking a ragged breath yourself. Throat feeling hoarse, you say, "You're right."
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315287>>315288 >>315294 >>315295 >>315296 >>315298 >>315361 >>315373 >>315374
>>315286
"Good, come on then." Tabitha puts an arm around you and helps you down the stairs, Erwin at your side. The little fox, blood stained around his muzzle looks at you with worry, though by the time you reach the bottom of the stairs, you're able to walk on your own, if with shaky legs.
Pushing outside, you see Mr. Ed standing at the door, a look of pure agitation on his face. He bears down on Sylphie and nuzzles her almost violently before turning about and neighing for Sophie to put her on his back. Doing so, he shifts her into a better position and then snorts, looking at you. Looking into his eyes, eyes which seem filled with accusations, you can see that he has a question of where to go.
"T-The Angry Wurm." You wheeze. The horse nods and begins to move, making certain that she doesn't fall, but not waiting for the rest of you.
As you move through the city, a tension fills you. While few people walk the streets, they give you a wide berth, at least until you reach the side of town the Inn is located at. Sounds of Guards shouting to each other sound around you as you reach the Inn. Moving around to the back, you enter through the back door, much to the surprise of a few barmaids and an annoyed looking cook.
[Hey! You can't-]
[We're friends with the person fucking the innkeeper] Ebe says, to the surprise of the staff. Walking up to the stairs, Tabitha carrying Sylphie, you make your way up until you find an open room where you can put Sylphie down. Still feeling a little woozy yourself, you ask Erwin to find Alice. He does so and a shortly after Alice walks into your room, naked except for a bed-sheet over her body. Pulling a drag from a pipe after Tabitha explains the situation, she blows out a ring of smoke and looks over your group.
"Damn, getting into trouble without me?"
"We didn't expect to -" Cutting off, you shake your head and ask, "Why are you dressed like that?"
"Awaiting round seven. The little guy's little man is taller than he is and he knows how to use it." She frowns at Sylphie. "Damn, I'll see if he can find a healer. Don't worry, I already secured rooms, this one and one next to it actually. I'm sure another round or two and he'll lie about you being here."
"Thanks." You say, feeling awkward about this. "Spreading your legs… seems to pay off every now and then."
"Mmm." She says, somehow refraining from inviting you into her legs. "We all do our parts. I'll be back, hang in there."
The door closes and you're able to breathe a collective sigh. While on the way in, you gave Sylphie a [Health Potion], which managed to stop the bleeding, but the majority of the wound is still present, a vibrant reminder of the wound. Her breathing has stabilized though, and she sleeps with easier breaths as her sister sits over her.
Looking at Sylphie, you go to reach a hand out to her when Sophie swats it away with one of her tails, giving you a glare and a feline hiss. Blinking in surprise, you step back as Sophie looks down and growls, "Go to your own room Rommel."
Looking between her and Ebe, you look down and nod your head, walking away numbly to your room. Before you make it out, Tabitha puts a hand on your shoulder and whispers, "She's just upset at the moment. Sylphie made the choice herself. She did it to protect you. If you need to talk about it, just… let me know."
Feeling something in your chest, you put a hand to your heart and close your eyes, taking in a shuddering breath. It still hurts a little to breath, but you're able to wheeze out, "Yeah… thanks."
She pats you on the shoulder and you leave into your own room. Sitting down on the bed, Erwin jumps up next to you and sits down, the blood washed from his muzzle. He doesn't say anything, but just sits there as you look down, feeling a mix of emotions at the events of the evening.
{She could have died.} You send.
{She could have.} Erwin replies. Short and simple.
Hanging your head, you think over the emotions you're feeling, some familiar, some new. Thoughts spiral through your mind and you know you'll have difficulty getting to sleep that night. Erwin slides up close to you, resting his head on your chest as you scratch behind his ears. Perhaps there's something else you can do tonight, or perhaps its best to wait until tomorrow.
Regardless of what you do though, the time to leave to the capital is noon.
>What do you do?
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315288
>>315287
Oh hey, you got the Mark back and….
Ah.
▶ d056f2 (3) No.315294>>315297
>>315287
>totally not Ophelia 2.0 happening
oh well, at least we got a direfox now, and based on our totally not nazi-inspired character we should call Erwin's new form [King Tiger] because fuck you the Tiger 2 was a cool tank
no idea on what we should actually do though
▶ f163f8 (2) No.315295>>315297
>>315287
Well, for now grab a drink the wizard needs to calm down a little and if the drink don't help then practice some of that golem crafting just try to calm him down a little so the wizard can rest for the night, after that prepare go for the boat and I believe a meeting to discuss and plan our steps when we start to look for Polah we always get in those kinds of situations so we need to be more careful from now.
▶ 4a429c (3) No.315296>>315297 >>315298 >>315326 >>315556
>>315287
>To Do List
Talk to Tabitha, about shit maybe share a drink with her.
Thank Sylphie, when she wakes up and reward her with god-tier headpats
Give Sophie some space
Buy Alice another gift; necklace?
Thank Ebe for her efforts
Apologise to Mr.Ed, after talking to Sylphie
▶ 76b45c (2) No.315297>>315326
>>315294
You're hurting me
>>315295
Fair
>>315296
Sounds like a nice list.
There is time for shopping before the boat ride tomorrow as well.
▶ 62650b (1) No.315298
>>315287
>>315296
I'm good with this list.
▶ 0cc75e (9) No.315299>>315321
Once Sylphie wakes up we should talk to her inside our head, also clear things up with mister Ed
▶ 0cc75e (9) No.315321
>>315299
Also we should gib hugs for saving us
▶ 56c51d (3) No.315326>>315374
>>315297
>boat ride
Hoo boy. During our shopping trip, we should look for a Pyromancer to turn one of our unnamed rocks into that heating stone for Tabitha. Give it to her before boarding the ship and have her focus on thinking of a name for it, and not on the fact she is on a boat.
>>315296
Agree with all of this.
Didn't sage like a retard last time i posted this. Sorry
▶ 9f0d89 (9) No.315327>>315343 >>315454
>>315284
>Alice steps forward and blocks a blow from a sword wielded by a crocodile girl with her own
Pretty cool how Alice can be fucking a dudes brain out on the other side of town and still be with us to break necks. Thats a handy ability.
I say it's drink time. Go get plastered with the Lizard and Burd. We've earned the excuse.
** And perhaps the night will end with both of them staying in Rommels bed . You know, So Sophie and Syphie can have the space they need. Definitely not because of drunk cuddles.
▶ 4a429c (3) No.315343>>315454
>>315327
>drunk cuddles with Lizard and Burd
Excellent!
▶ bdc7d7 (4) No.315361>>315454
>>315287
Go for a little walk around the inn. Preferably somewhere quiet and empty. We're going to play with our rock collection and try to get rid of these feelings. Better yet, work on getting rid of our feelings in general. It's only going to hurt more down the road.
▶ e911cc (17) No.315373>>315374 >>315454
>>315287
That certainly took a turn for the worse. We need to be more careful in future encounters if we don’t have everyone in our party with us to avoid situations like this where we are caught off guard and aren’t able to correctly respond to a new threat, lest we find ourselves facing even worse consequences.
Sylphie’s injuries will hopefully heal over time, but she’s likely going to be hindered for the rest of this adventure, or at the very least for the foreseeable future if that healer Alice was going to send for is able to do anything the [Health Potion] we gave to Sylphie couldn’t. Her magic shouldn’t be affected much, if at all, as physical strength and well-being have minimal effect on spell casting AFAIK in this setting, correct me if I’m wrong here, but she will definitely be sluggish due to the feeling of being drained that major wounding and blood loss tends to cause and may end up hurting herself more if she moves her arm around too much, so we need to accommodate for this by keeping her as far away from any threats, while still maintaining her usefulness, as possible and actually keeping to the terms of our contract by defending her from cast spells or close quarter combatants if necessary. Here’s hoping her parents don’t get too angry with us when we eventually rescue them.
As for what to do now, we’re clearly not in a good mental state, making getting any sleep impossible and potentially hindering any activities until we begin to rectify that, and the guards seem to have been alerted to our presence and are now running around the city looking for us, so we’re stuck in the inn for the time being. Since getting into a better state of mind is a priority for us to do anything without getting distracted constantly and we can’t go outside for fresh air without causing problems, we should probably discuss our thoughts and feelings with someone, since gathering our thoughts solo is likely going to be hard to do so close to the event that caused them and frankly it would help to get it off of our chest. Erwin is a perfectly reasonable candidate here, but Tabitha has a standing offer for exactly this, and it is heavily implied that she shares Erwin’s worries about our emotion well-being in spite of us indirectly causing Sylphie’s current condition, so I’d recommend we take her up on said offer and go speak to her so she can help us with our current issues and potentially so we can return the favour, both of which helping to raise that affection meter -- if we also bring Erwin along with us we can alleviate his own concerns simultaneously, killing two birds with one stone, so do that as well. Alcohol could also assist with the calming process, but let’s avoid any binge drinking because any drunken stupors are likely going to end poorly for us, what with all of the guards in the area looking for our party, and having a hangover both during the minimal time we have in the morning tomorrow and when dealing with Kuhalik sounds like a recipe for disaster and all-round awful idea.
With us hopefully having calmed down a bit, we can either go to sleep immediately or fuck around for a bit before doing so. Since the former is boring and we’re unlikely to get many more opportunities to relax once we proceed towards the capital, my vote is for the latter. As for what to do, we can play around with our golems perhaps one of the forgotten rocks in our collection because Acilis, Valinthia and the unnamed rocks need love too, experiment with our magic or use the [Oculus of Henhotep] to finally read both the rest of the [Runic Rubbings] and the [Scroll of Ectrian Geoflexing] we’ve been neglecting despite the time we’ve poured into it already. Just don’t forget to go to sleep, as that would be a disaster.
▶ e911cc (17) No.315374
>>315373
>>315287
Upon the rise of the morning sun, we should get our stuff together and check on the others, particularly Sylphie to see how her condition has changed, if at all. Once everyone is ready, head downstairs to grab some breakfast, bringing food up to Sylphie if she can’t move from her room easily, and exit the inn to go look around the city since we have some time to kill before our meeting with Kuhalik, leaving both Sylphie and either one or two other party members behind, the former so she can continue to rest and the latter to protect her in case anything happens. While doing our best to avoid any guards, start searching for last minute supplies that we may need for our journey, such as [Health Potion]s due to their usefulness and our dwindling stock, other potions of some given effect which may prove useful, books on magic or other reading material to expand our spell pool and to give us something to pass the time, trinkets that could be of use for niche circumstances and rocks to expand our recently stagnant collection -- gifts for our party members is also another definite possibility, but we need to be careful about it so that they are seen as a heartfelt thanks from us instead of an attempt at trying to solve our problems with money. We should also do what Ephra suggested and seek out a Cryomancer of some description to get that supposedly popular cooling enchantment for our [Trenchcoat], because said coat is much more useful to us than our robes and, unless I’ve missed something, we’ve been wearing our robes for all interactions with the Royal Guard and the Violet Sands cultists, so swapping to a different article of clothing should stop us from being identified as “the Wizard opposing the Prophet” so easily. Whatever we do, make sure to head back to the inn before noon so we can regroup with the others and head over to the docks as a full party to meet with Kuhalik to get our method of breaching the capital started.
>>315326
I rather like this idea. If we’re doing this I suggest we use either the [Basalt] or the [Pumice], as we found them at Blackfire Reach and having Tabitha think of “home” should her mind wander is better than her thinking about the motions of the deep water beneath her. The [Marble] could serve the same purpose, but seeing as that was taken directly from the palace the gesture may be seen as poor taste on our part.
▶ fcd308 (1) No.315404>>315432 >>315454
>sylphie is quickly falling to runner-up in the waifu war
>have her take a bullet for rommel
goddamn, Ace.
While we obviously need to make it clear how thankful we are to Slyphie, we, in true wizard fashion, need to also autisticially assess the situation and make sure it doesn't happen again.
I think its clear that we need better defensive magic. Build the Wall obviously was wrecked by hydromancy, and odds are we couldn't get it up in time for that rifle shot anyway. Is it possible to form audiomancy and/or aeromancy into some sort of defensive shockwave we can use to deflect or at least slow down incoming projectiles? Have Rommel (and Slyphie, once she's up to it) start experimenting with that when we get a chance.
▶ 1e78de (1) No.315415>>315454
Ace, I remember you said something about making a doll for a complex golem. I know you at least hinted at it. Do we have the needed materials for that to happen? That way we can have a stone/metal bodyguard to take shots for us.
▶ 2fc232 (5) No.315428>>315432 >>315454 >>315556
Was there any reason why wizards can't put blades on their staffs?
If not then we should do that
▶ 05c02a (1) No.315432
>>315404
>sylphie: runner-up in the waifu war
Sorry m8 But with Tabitha being in the group, near enough everybody else is second best!
>>315428
Sage Boy! Sage!
▶ bdc7d7 (4) No.315437>>315454
>there are people who want Rommel to get a waifu
>not having him expand his rock collection
Did you lot forget that we're a classical wizard? We need to become more autistically obsessed with rocks.
tanks > interesting rocks > rocks > not as interesting rocks >>>>>>> waifus
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315454
>>315327
See, I put mistakes in there purposefully, so the pain when it's called out will fuel me like a thousand needles to my soul.
Also, you seem to suggest something untoward!
>>315343
You too
>>315361
Edgy!
>>315373
Surprises happen, but at least she looks like she'll make it. Going to probably leave a nasty scar though…
She shouldn't be affected in her magical casting, however her own personal stamina does come into play with spells too. Even Rommel feels tired at at times.
>>315404
Sadly she was close to you and well, maybe you could ask her why she'd do that. It has nothing to do with waifu wars which weren't really warring recently anyway.
>>315415
Making a large Golem like that would likely need all of the same material- unlikely to be metallic and frankly they're kind of slow depending on the materials. Since you have an arc node though, you can give basic commands easier as well. Things start to turn to the realm of "Magitek construct" fairly quickly past that.
>>315428
The Wizard did attach a blade with Chaika's spirit in it onto his staff so… I don't see why not? You're probably not the best at doing that yourself… well I suppose you could use your magic to do that but no promises on how pretty it would be.
>>315437
oh boy will warring begin again?
Hopefully the pic y'all asked for gets colored this weekend. The lineart looks pretty neato. though someone will undoubtedly say something about the clothing
▶ 2aa258 (4) No.315556>>315578
Do what these guys >>315296 >>315373 said.
>>315428
Isn't that a bit redundant? We have a sword and spear for that.
▶ 84952d (1) No.315578
>>315556
>Isn't that a bit redundant? We have a sword and spear for that.
Yeah but we wouldn't have to switch weapons though.
A sword is a side arm anyway
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315580>>315581
>Story continue
Erwin closes his eyes and rubs his head against your side as you work your uncanny magic scratching his head. A talent you never asked for, but one you have anyway. Still, it's something you keep your hand occupied as your mind considers the weight of everything that just happened.
"She took a rifle shot for me." You say, feeling odd as you voice the words.
Erwin looks up at you and sends, {Yes, and she knew what she was doing.}
Removing your hand from Erwin's head, you cup them together and give a pensive look down. Erwin cocks his head and sends, {Maybe you should sleep it off, think of it fresh in the morning.}
Looking down at the bed, you frown. The pillows look rather inviting, and it may be the last good rest you get for awhile. Infact, looking forward to a nice bed was one of your driving goals for getting into town again but… you just aren't feeling tired. The pit of emotions in your chest is too much and the thought of just sleeping it off fills you with a guilt. Come on, a room over a girl is in pain because she saved your life.
{A girl}, you think to yourself, shaking your head. When did it happen that I stopped thinking of them as just Monsters? Sylphie's words from the past come unbidden to your mind then, hitting it home all the more,
"You've changed some, haven't you?"
Gritting your teeth, you stand up from the bed and walk to the door. Erwin pads up next to you and sends, {What are you doing?}
"I don't know, I'm just going to go for a walk or something."
{Not with all those guards out there.}
"Oh… right, them." Sighing, you say, "I guess I'll go get a drink then?"
{I see.} Erwin sends, looking over at the wall next to you. {Alright then, you better change into your coat then and leave your staff}
"Why?"
{In case any guards come in. Come on, don't argue with me.}
Grumbling, you change your clothing, feeling a little more at ease in your old clothing. Without the turban on, and wearing the [Trenchcoat] it kind of feels like you're back in Deleor. It hasn't been terribly long, but to you it feels like months have passed since you were last there.
Feeling that some alchohol might remove your sense of homesickness, you open the door and make to leave when you pause and turn to Erwin. "You coming?"
{Maybe in abit.} He sends, shaking his head. {You head down there, if you need anything, you know how to contact me.}
Feeling a little dissapointed, you nod your head and walk out of the room, down the stairs, and into the bar area. Smoke of all scents cloys your nose, but the warmth feels good in spite of your trenchcoat. The night air in Ectria can be rather cold after all. Most of the patrons are gone at this point, but a few linger on, lost in a literal haze while some prefer their liquid vices instead.
Sitting down at the bar, you look at the bartender, a Rabbitgirl with a rather impressive bust and smooth, coppery skin wearing an outfit that in most places would be scandalous. You're pretty sure she works here because of the ah… "tips."
"Speak Deleorian?" You ask. She shakes her head, which shakes everything else, and you sigh, dragging up your limited Ectrian. [Ale, please].
She nods her head and draws up your drink, foam frothing down the glass. She places it down in front of you and asks for a coin, but you say, [On house]. Narrowing her eyes, she looks at another waitress who rolls her eyes and makes a lewd gesture, likely referring to what Alice is doing with the innkeeper. The bartender sighs as if this wasn't the first time this has happened and places it down in front of you. Digging in your pocket, you pull out a coin, pausing to make sure it wasn't the [Ammon Mark] before handing it to her as a tip. Thankfully you've stored that in a more secure location.
She smirks at you and then makes a show of slipping it in her cleavage. Rolling your eyes, you tap your ale to cool it down and go to take a drink when you hear behind you,
"So that's the kind of girl you're into?"
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315581>>315582
>>315580
Blinking in surprise, you turn about to see Tabitha behind you. She stands there with her cloak off, wearing only the black form fitting top that shows off her arms. Surprisingly, she wears long trousers which cover most of her legs as well and look rather sliming on her despite the bulky prosthetics. Had you not known what lay underneath, you'd say she was a normal Lizardman going casual. Well, that and the sword at her waist.
"How did you know I'd be down here?" You ask, avoiding her question.
Her lip quirks in response, though she doesn't address it and merely says, "A little woodland creature told me."
"Erwin…" You mutter, realizing what he was doing. Around that same time a sense of smugness flashes through your familiar bond. Bastard.
Tabitha looks at you and quirks an eyebrow. Giving her an off look, you wonder what she's waiting for when it hits you and you clack your tongue. "Ah, right, sorry." Clearing your throat, you gesture and say, "Please, won't you join me?"
"Ah, I thought you'd never ask." She smirks again and sits down at the bar. As she does so, she gives the bartender a look that makes the Rabbitgirl narrow her eyes and sniff before asking in Ectrian what she'd like. Tabitha points at you and she rolls her eyes before pouring her a drink and setting it down in front of her, spilling a little as she does so. She looks at Tabitha with a glare until you hand over another coin, which she stuffs unceremoniously unto her top and then turns around to wash glasses.
"What was that about?" You ask, giving Tabitha an questioning expression.
"I think she was going to try to get you drunk and then have sex with you." She says, glancing over as the Rabbit's gives her a dirty look over her shoulder.
"Ah, thanks then." You say, looking down and then over at Tabitha's glass. "You want that?…"
"Rommel, I'm a Lizardman." She takes the mug to her lips and takes a big gulp before placing it down on the counter.
"Ah, right, cold blooded." You do the same as she and sigh as the cold liquid rolls down your throat. Feeling some thirst parched, you set the glass down and ask, "Erwin asked you to come talk with me?"
"In a way. I did offer to talk with you if you needed it, and I think you need it."
"I guess." You say, shrugging. Looking up at Tabitha, you frown at her smirk and say, "Don't take this the wrong way but… I'm still used to you being more stern. It's kind of weird seeing you casual like this."
The Lizardman narrows her eyes. "Is there something wrong with me acting a little more casual?"
"No! Not at all." You say, holding up a hand. "It's just… different. I like it."
She sighs and chuckles, "Well, glad you think so. It's… a struggle sometimes, being so serious all the time."
"That's not your normal personality?"
"No, it is." She puts a hand to the glass and frowns, "Sometimes though, you just want to take it a little easy though, let down the guard."
"I'll be frank, I don't think we've really known each other long enough for that."
Tabitha frowns and then nods her head. "True, but at least you're serious enough that I don't have to babysit you, or act like I do. Those girls, Ebe, even Alice, I need to keep focused, be a pillar of strength."
Frowning, you ask, "Why?"
"Because everyone needs someone they can depend on." She sighs and takes another drink. Placing the glass down, she looks at you and says, "To those kids I'm a friend of the family, the always aloof and stern swordswoman who drops by every few years to teach them how to fight. To Alice, I'm a legend, someone whose blade has traveled all over Deleor and done things people can't imagine. They expect that if I'm around, things will go right, because they just have to."
Motioning for her to continue, she does so. "You read the book so you know pretty much my early story, lost my legs in the final battle after failing to do much of anything. If it wasn't for Veronica I'd probably have fallen into some pretty bad depression."
"Because of Blake…"
She winces and then nods her head. "Yes… because of that. It took some time to truly come to terms with it, but I eventually did. Wandering was partially to find myself more than it was to be useful, though that was important to. All the while though I had to keep focused, rarely letting my guard down."
"That sounds…" You mull your words over carefully before saying, "Lonely."
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315582>>315583
>>315581
Tabitha gives a wan smile before looking down into her glass again. "A little bit, yes." She swirls the glass around before draining the mug and placing it on the counter loud enough for the bartender to hear, which actually isn't very loud. Rabbit ears and such. The drink is refilled and she nods before turning to you and asking, "So you know what I am to those girls, but I have to ask Rommel, what am I to you?"
Caught off guard, you blink in surprise at the sudden question. Feeling a swirl of emotions you open your mouth to speak before closing it and furrowing your brow in concentration. Working the words in your head you say with caution. "I think… you're someone I can trust. Not just because of your reputation but because among these children, you're the only one I see as an adult. Knowing there's someone I can turn to if I need to is a great weight off my shoulders."
With a wry chuckle, you say, "Before you came along, I felt like, pardon the pun, I was herding cats."
Tabitha closes her eyes and gives a genuine chuckle, a sound which is actually quite musical to your ears. Sighing, she says, "That is why I feel I can at least trust you enough to have a moment of respite. I see the way those girls look up to you. For those two, they see you as they do their Father, a strong willed man who is there when they're down, who is a pillar of strength to them, holding them steady as they try to do something that, frankly, should have been suicidal."
"I…" You begin but trail off, looking into Tabitha's warm smile. She nods her head and says,
"There's few people I feel at ease with and one of them is their Father. If those two girls feel that way about you though, then I might as well give you benefit of the doubt."
A complete loss of words comes to you at that. Gripping your drink tight, you feel a swell of emotion come to you and it takes all your effort to keep it down. Taking a shuddering breath, you exhale deep before draining your glass as well and slamming it down, motioning for another refill. When it arrives you look down at the glass, but see only froth in the dim light of the bar.
"I'm not sure what to feel right now." You say, chuckling. "To be told I'm like the Grand Wizard and then being the reason one of them is hurting in a bed while the other hates me because of it." Looking up at Tabitha you ask, "Why would she do that?"
Sighing, the Lizardman says, "Because she loves you, isn't that obvious?"
Wincing, she hold up a hand, "Not in that way… though with Monsters it's hard to say. I think it's really a more pure love. She's told me before you're basically her mentor."
"Wouldn't her Father be her mentor?"
"Well… about that." Tabitha says frowning. "I don't know if I have anything to do with it, but with everything going on in the world, their parents have been rather busy. From what I've received via Leymail, he's been busy these past years and I think they've sort of been… not forgotten but a little-"
"Lonely?" You offer. She nods her head and continues,
"So of course they, and mostly Sylphie, would latch onto you."
"Being a mentor is one thing, but going so far as to risk your life… Gods, I don't know what I would have done if she'd died because of that."
Tabitha chuckles, "Sophie told me that when you first met you were rather standoffish, didn't really think much of Monsters, had some ground rules set. I understand why after your story back in Hastet, but I don't think a man who hates Monsters would feel like this."
Folding your hands over your drink, you rest your chin on them and say, "I can't forgive them, for what happened. I never really told this to anyone but Erwin, but I became a Wizard to gain the power to stop something like this from happening again. Ironic, it's because of your adventures that I became aware of Wizards and when I looked into their history it just… resonated with me."
You give a dark chuckle, "Wizards are supposed to protect humanity from Monsters, not feel bad when one gets shot."
"Mmm." Tabitha humms, tracing a clawed finger around the rim of her glass. Looking to the side, she points at a patron in the corner of the room, a woman blowing a ring of purple smoke before chuckling.
"Do you feel like you have to protect her from me?"
"Tabitha, that's not-"
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315583>>315584
>>315582
"Not the same? Then what is it?" She gives you a stern look as you search for words. Eventually she sighs and says, "Is it because you know me? Because you know I'm not a raving, sex-crazed beast?" She shakes her head, "By that definition, Alice is more of a Monster than I am."
Feeling a little cowed, you huddle over your glass, trying to muster your thoughts. Something wet touches your cheek and you shudder to see Tabitha holding her mug up to you. She gives you a warm, genuine smile and says, "Rommel, what I said before is the truth. I honestly haven't spoken this freely with someone in awhile, and honestly it's kind of relaxing." She motions with the glass, some of the liquid sloshing out.
Looking at her you close your eyes and take a deep breath before picking up your own mug and clanking it to hers before taking a deep drink. Both of you slam your mugs on the table and smile in satisfaction, and a little inebriation.
{Well that's a much better face!} Erwin sends, smiling at you while sitting on the bar top.
"GAH!" You shout, flailing backward in surprise. Tabitha grabs your hand before you fall and drags you back into place before releasing you. Blushing furiously, you scowl at Erwin who smirks before being chased away by a frantic Rabbitgirl who tries to grab him as he bobs and weaves before leaping off the counter and into your chest, causing you to exhale violently from the impact.
Feeling a little woozy and embarrassed, you look up to see something truly surprising though. Tabitha laughing, genuine and pure laughter.
Why, you can't help but crack a smile yourself.
---——————————————————————-
"Tabitha, I'm fine."
"Rommel, you can't stand very well."
"Well excuse me, not all of us have magitek legs."
"Oh, they're easy to get though, just break your spine."
"Unfair."
Tabitha chuckles as she helps you upstairs. The two of you drank for abit longer, at least until the bartender had enough of Erwin's shenanigans and had you leave, which was for the best since you were getting a little inebriated. Walking up the stairs to your room, you feel more at ease after the experience. The way Erwin prances around your legs, you're pretty sure he's happy about it was well. You try to reach down and pat his head but Tabitha keeps you upright from falling over.
"Woah, what are you doing?"
"Going to Pat Erwin's head. He's a good friend."
"You can pat his head later."
"Fine, fine." Looking at Tabitha, you raise an eyebrow. "Do you want a headpat? I'm told I'm pretty good."
"No, thank you." The Lizardman sighs. "Maybe I should re-think this whole other adult thing."
"Fine, fine." You say in the same tone. As you turn the corner to reach your rooms, a woman exits the door to the room Sylphie is in and freezes as she sees you.
[Oh! Sorry.]
[It's alright, no harm done.] You say in perfect Ectrian. The woman looks at you in surprise and you blink in surprise yourself. Did you even know those words?
"Are you the healer?" Tabitha asks, to which the woman blinks in confusion.
[I apologize for her lack of communication skills, but she asks if you're the healer sent by the owner of this establishment.] You say, flawlessly.
[Yes, I am. Are you friends with the woman in there?]
[Indeed, we are her compatriots.]
The healer gives you an odd look. Is compatriots even a word in Ectrian? Well, it is now. Coughing, she says, [She will be fine, the healing potion did most of the work. There was some bone damage that I did some mild repairs too, but I'm afraid I can't heal the scar that's there. She might have reoccurring pain every now and then because of it.]
[I see. Is she awakened?]
[No, I had her take a sleeping potion anyway so she gets some good rest.]
[Indeed, well thank you for your efforts my good lady.]
The healer gives you the oddest of looks before leaving you behind, her steps a little faster than they should have been. Once she's around the corner, Tabitha looks at you and asks, "What the hells did you say?"
"I think Sylphie is going to be okay, she's just asleep."
"Rommel you… are full of surprises."
"I should ask Ebe if compatriot is a word in Ectrian." You mumble. At that, Ebe opens the door and looks at the two of you, turning back to say something before exiting the room.
"Ah, I wouldn't go in there if I were you." She looks a little nervous, "Sophie is in a bad mood after, well…"
"The healer said Sylphie would have a scar." You say, nodding your head with guilt.
"I… yes, she did." Ebe says, looking surprised. "I didn't know she spoke Deleorian."
"She doesn't, apparently Rommel is a savant when drunk." Tabitha says, shrugging you.
"Compatriot isn't a word in Ectrian is it?" You ask, to which Ebe looks at you with confusion.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315584>>315585 >>315595 >>315599 >>315611 >>315652 >>315657 >>315797
>>315583
"I… no?" She shakes her head. "Look, I'm going to try to calm her down, might need to sing a song. I don't think she wants to see you right now Rommel." Biting her lip she continues, "And… there's only one bed in there now so someone is going to have to sleep… on the floor."
"Eh, I'll just sleep in Rommel's room then." Tabitha says. "Won't be a problem."
"W-Won't be a p-prob?" Ebe says, flushing. "B-But that's… but…" She trails off, unable to finish the sentence without incriminating herself.
"He's a Wizard, it's fine." Tabitha waves to Ebe and drags you to your room and leaving a red-faced Ebe behind you. Entering the room, she takes your coat off and drops you onto the bed, where you sigh at the softness there. Not the best, but far from the worst. Tabitha sighs and draws the covers over you, muttering something about babysitting. You hear shuffling and then a rustle as the bed sheets part before Tabitha slides into the bed next to you.
With the windows shuttered, no light enters the room, and you're unable to see much in the darkness. You can, however, feel Tabitha as she stretches out in the bed next to you, turning over under the covers to find some comfort. Something cold and scaly slaps your legs and you jump until Tabitha says, "Sorry, sorry it's my tail. Forgot what it was like to be next to someone who doesn't have one."
She shifts again and a quiet comes over the room. Despite the awkwardness of the situation though, you find yourself feeling much more at ease than when Ebe was in a room with you. It's just… you can't see anything bad happening. Despite this, your heart beats a little fast and you focus upon sleep and hope nothing bad comes of this in the morning. Indeed, sleep comes for you quickly though, and you drift off soon enough as weariness, emotional and physical, mixed with alcohol takes you away into a deep slumber.
Still, you think as you drift off, it wouldn't be the worst thing if her tail hit you again.
>To be continued
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315585
>>315584
Aha… so I shitposted a little too much tonight and ended up only writing 3.5k words of emotion time with Tabitha.
Hope that's okay. I'll have to write the rest later since that's also a lot of things to do and I still have work tomorrow!
So you can still put in suggestions and such if you want for things to buy etc, though atm the main stuff seems fairly well set.
Sorry, I couldn't find a good way to squeeze in Ebe for that without losing the impact. Guess you'll just have to enjoy your emotions and cuddling with Tabitha instead
▶ 1ef345 (4) No.315594>>315595 >>315652 >>315701
YouTube embed. Click thumbnail to play.
Did the healer get all the bullet out? Sorry if you've mentioned this before, but what material do they typically make bullets from if lead is so expensive in Deleor? Whatever it is, we should be able to get it out in the morning when we're sober. Or now, actually. We can't have her getting heavy metal poisoning from the lead, or cut up from the clay/steel/tungsten shards and we're not that drunk.
From now on we'll need to practice some faster defenses because although [Build the Wall] is strong and has broad coverage, it is slow as shit.
The most basic way to do this would be hold some [Pocket Sand] and use [Flurry] to direct it into a dense shield. A bagless sandbag, essentially.
A lightly more advanced and dangerous way would be to use Audiomancy and/or Aeromancy to create sonicbooms that bounce back high-speed projectiles like reactive armour or at least make them move around us like vid related. Only suitable for low force projectiles though, like bullets and fireballs, but should be very quick to cast if we can time it right.
A third method that I'm not sure if it would work combines [Flurry] and Audiomancy. All but the most aerodynamic projectiles make a noise as they fly, so what if we could cast a spell that detects noise and produces a reaction? We produce a cloud of sand around us and cast a spell that when a high pitched noise is detected within the AoE, all the sand zerg rushes to that point thus making a reactive sandbag japanese honey bee spell thing.
▶ 0cdeb8 (1) No.315595
>>315584
Well for now leave Sophie alone sometime on the future have a talk with her or with both of then since Sylphie taking the bullet for us while appreciated was extremely reckless. And I say we do what this anon >>315594 said and practice some better ways of defense, maybe try improving our sand armor or using our minerals as a substitute something like a mineral armor mixed together with our sand armor.
▶ 2c3247 (2) No.315599
>>315584
To Do List
<Talk to Tabitha, about shit maybe share a drink with her.
>Thank Sylphie, when she wakes up and reward her with god-tier headpats
>Give Sophie some space
>Buy Alice another gift; necklace? she did help get accommodation
>Thank Ebe for her efforts
>Apologise to Mr.Ed, after talking to Sylphie
▶ 0cc75e (9) No.315600>>315701
We should see Sylphie tomorrow regardless of Sophie being angry, she's important to us too.
▶ 294bb1 (1) No.315611>>315656 >>315701 >>315797 >>315990
>>315584
First things first
CUDDLE THAT LIZARD
We're drunk so we have plausible deniability
Otherwise more geoflexing exercise would be nice. Are we still trying to do the tank thing? Because I think this whole "teammate taking a bullet for you" business is a good excuse to start developing that in earnest. That shit doesn't happen when you roll through the front door in a Panzer.
▶ e911cc (17) No.315652>>315656 >>315701 >>315799
>>315584
I’m rather pleased with this outcome.
>Guess you'll just have to enjoy your emotions and cuddling with Tabitha instead
But Ace, no lizard cuddling has occurred yet. You wouldn’t lie to us like that, right?
>>315594
>Did the healer get all the bullet out? Sorry if you've mentioned this before, but what material do they typically make bullets from if lead is so expensive in Deleor?
>From Ace’s own words back in IllusionistQuest thread 4:
>”Oh, and he [Clint] only has one type of ammunition for his rifle. These things are fairly rare and it only fires magical bolts channeled by it's mana capacitor.”
Unless significant progress in the field of magitek firearms has been made in the one year gap between the two quests, the rifle in question wouldn’t have fired a bullet or any other type of projectile, so we don’t need to worry about any concerns regarding metal poisoning. I’m not sure if bullets even exist in this universe, since the only mention of them in story updates are in figures of speech like “biting the bullet” and gunpowder doesn’t seem to be present either, as any explosives use charged mana crystals instead.
>A lightly more advanced and dangerous way would be to use Audiomancy and/or Aeromancy to create sonicbooms that bounce back high-speed projectiles like reactive armour or at least make them move around us like vid related. Only suitable for low force projectiles though, like bullets and fireballs, but should be very quick to cast if we can time it right.
Wasn’t that the whole purpose of [Gust]?
▶ 2c3247 (2) No.315656>>315701
>>315611
>>315652
>CUDDLE THAT LIZARD
Yes please. The Lizard Lady needs to know she can still get a young stallion! Maybe Tabitha waking up with a sleeping Rommel, hugging and spooning her from behind.
▶ 969850 (3) No.315657>>315701
>>315584
We should find a way to really thank Sylphie once Sophie eventually cools off. She deserves it, or at the very least learn some more physical defenses like the other anons suggested. Being a Sylphie-fag is suffering
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315701>>315710 >>315740 >>315828
>>315594
>>315652
Second Hero is correct, the magitek rifles don't fire bullets, they basically fire magic missiles. If I've used the term, "Bite the bullet" then I didn't mean to and when I eventually edit it I'll have to take it out. No bullets in this place beyond what you've made!
As for the rest of what you've said, I'll have to analyze that all later cause it might be a little hard to implement.
>>315600
Oh of course. It's just, her twin sister got shot, so you can probably understand how distraught she is.
>>315611
Well, I may have ended it there for a specific purpose… It was a good place to end and also I had work today
Geoflexing can be fun to do, you will be on a boat later with little to do :^)
>>315656
This may still end with magitek leg in the gut. She is, after all, still a Lizardman and they have certain rules.
>>315657
I'm sorry Sylphie-fag. She'll get thanks! But unlikely to get fugs
Course fugs may never happen anyway if you can't beat Tabitha in a duel, which is basically like asking her to a date. Not like you don't have more important things to do anyway.
▶ 969850 (3) No.315710>>315716 >>315740 >>315828
>>315701
Yeah, I've accepted it. Which is why I'll root for Ebe instead
▶ 0cc75e (9) No.315716>>315756
>>315710
>Giving up on your waifu because of probability
Come on anon
▶ 4a820b (1) No.315740>>315756
>>315701
>This may still end with magitek leg in the gut.
Still totally worth the risk
>>315710
>betraying your waifu for a foreign bootleg version of her
You never loved the cat in the first place
▶ 969850 (3) No.315756>>315828 >>315839
>>315716
>>315740
Yeah you guys are right, I wasn't thinking straight. I don't deserve her
▶ f0bf43 (4) No.315759>>315799
>not wanting best girl Sylphie
ISHYGDDT
▶ 2aa258 (4) No.315797>>315828 >>315839 >>315904
>>315584
>Tabby still doesn't want god tier headpats
She'll learn her mistake soon enough
>We become amazing at spoken Ectrian when drunk
Make sure to buy bottles of strong alcohol when shopping because we may need it at some point. Also ask Kuhalik or some other local if compatriot is a word in Ectrian because we need a second opinion on this.
>>315611
Cuddles with the lizard would be nice, but we're already asleep and forcing it after we sober up may be taken poorly so let's hold off for now. If we discover ourselves in an interesting position in the morning cold-blooded monster subconsciously seeks warmth perhaps?, great! But let's not purposefully do anything that could make her uncomfortable.
▶ e911cc (17) No.315799>>315800 >>315839
>>315652
On the topic of the magitek rifle, would it be possible to sneak into the Quicksands' headquarters to salvage the remains of the weapon from when Erwin broke it? The building might be swarming with guards at this point, in which case forget it as it's far too dangerous to be worth it, but if it isn't we may be able to repurpose or study the still functioning components for our own future usage if any are still present, making the trip a worth while venture.
>>315759
>Being wrong
Anon please.
▶ 0cc75e (9) No.315800>>315805 >>315839
>>315799
<being wrong
Blake was there first
▶ e911cc (17) No.315805>>315828 >>315839
>>315800
Sylphie guzzles the semen of many different men, all of which she has almost certainly never met, on a semi-regular basis so that she can cast her magic. She's still pretty good, but how could she possibly be best girl when pure Tabitha is present?
▶ 705a31 (1) No.315828>>315839
>>315701
>This may still end with magitek leg in the gut. She is, after all, still a Lizardman and they have certain rules.
>>315797
>Cuddles with the lizard would be nice, but we're already asleep and forcing it after we sober up may be taken poorly so let's hold off for now.
Fine. I guess the best girl has to have standards… which makes the challenge all the more rewarding.
>>315797
>Tabby still doesn't want god tier headpats
I know! A crime in and of it's self. But one that will be remedied later.
>If we discover ourselves in an interesting position in the morning, cold-blooded monster subconsciously seeks warmth perhaps?
Yes, FUCK YES!!
When we do manage to headpat Tabitha, she needs to have a tiny, mini climax/crisis. Which causes Rommel to hide behind Alice. Alice later teases Tabitha that, "Her little L lizard has become a Lady Lizard!" Tabitha threatens to stick something in her craw. LOL
>>315710
>>315756
SHAME!! SHAME!! SHAME!!
>>315805
>but how could she possibly be best girl when pure Tabitha is present?
<Nods head at obvious and most correct truth.
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.315839>>315844
Funny story, I was playing warhammer all day and intended to come home and write, when I got a text from me mum saying she's coming over for dinner tomorrow. This would be fine except I work tomorrow. And she's coming right when I get off work.
Which means last minute shopping and cleaning. Which I still need to finish, so we'll have to delay for tomorrow… because if she's here that long something is wrong. At least I have monday off.
I need to make a new thread anyway so continue to shitpost/waifu war, this thread isn't bumping anywhere.
OC shitposting is fun too. I miss some of the Illusionistquest shenanigans with Saya
>>315756
I'm glad you realized your mistake. Never give up on your waifu. Get art of her drawn. Post it here.
Feed my addiction
>>315797
Well now, that sounds like a challenge
Also yes, you can buy it though you'll have to make sure Sophie doesn't drink it.
Well, you could get up during the night or… maybe that could happen. Indeed
>>315799
Dubs aside, that thing was annihilated by [King Tiger] Are you happy beardicus?
Even if the important component, the mana capacitor was intact (it's not), no one in your group really knows how to fix/operate it.
>>315800
>>315805
There's a certain special feeling when anons shitpost waifu wars with your characters.'
>>315828
We shall see what happens
▶ 0cc75e (9) No.315844>>315865
>>315839
The odds have never stopped me before. The cat waifu will reign supreme in the end.
▶ 9daea9 (2) No.315865>>315904
>>315844
We cannot let those cats reproduce. Slyphie is already lore breaking enough, can you imagine how lore breaking the kids will be!
▶ 9f0d89 (9) No.315904
>>315865
Eh really its just Slyphie thats lore breaking. To prevent further damage she should have taken the shot to the ovaries. No little glitch kittehs for you.
>>315797
>buy bottles of strong alcohol
This kills the liver. Sounds fun though, Go flirt with the rabbit to see if we can convince her to hand over some of the top grade stuff they keep for the VIP's
▶ b01b74 (1) No.315990
>>315611
I agree.
CUDDLE THE LIZARD
▶ 715eb1 (64) No.316007
R-Remember how I said I would update today assuming my mom wasn't here forever?
S-So yeah, that happened it seems. Well at least I have tomorrow off and no plans past the morning. Really sorry guys, this weekend has been thrown for such a loop. Also my artist got sick on me too, bleh
On the plus side, Japan trip is shaping up now so… yay.
▶ a4d72d (5) No.316196